WO2008001583A1 - Device unit for throttle body - Google Patents
Device unit for throttle body Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2008001583A1 WO2008001583A1 PCT/JP2007/061279 JP2007061279W WO2008001583A1 WO 2008001583 A1 WO2008001583 A1 WO 2008001583A1 JP 2007061279 W JP2007061279 W JP 2007061279W WO 2008001583 A1 WO2008001583 A1 WO 2008001583A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- throttle body
- throttle
- device unit
- valve
- block
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
Classifications
-
- F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
- F02—COMBUSTION ENGINES; HOT-GAS OR COMBUSTION-PRODUCT ENGINE PLANTS
- F02D—CONTROLLING COMBUSTION ENGINES
- F02D9/00—Controlling engines by throttling air or fuel-and-air induction conduits or exhaust conduits
- F02D9/08—Throttle valves specially adapted therefor; Arrangements of such valves in conduits
- F02D9/10—Throttle valves specially adapted therefor; Arrangements of such valves in conduits having pivotally-mounted flaps
- F02D9/107—Manufacturing or mounting details
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C65/00—Joining or sealing of preformed parts, e.g. welding of plastics materials; Apparatus therefor
- B29C65/02—Joining or sealing of preformed parts, e.g. welding of plastics materials; Apparatus therefor by heating, with or without pressure
- B29C65/14—Joining or sealing of preformed parts, e.g. welding of plastics materials; Apparatus therefor by heating, with or without pressure using wave energy, i.e. electromagnetic radiation, or particle radiation
- B29C65/16—Laser beams
- B29C65/1629—Laser beams characterised by the way of heating the interface
- B29C65/1635—Laser beams characterised by the way of heating the interface at least passing through one of the parts to be joined, i.e. laser transmission welding
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C65/00—Joining or sealing of preformed parts, e.g. welding of plastics materials; Apparatus therefor
- B29C65/56—Joining or sealing of preformed parts, e.g. welding of plastics materials; Apparatus therefor using mechanical means or mechanical connections, e.g. form-fits
- B29C65/60—Riveting or staking
- B29C65/606—Riveting or staking the rivets being integral with one of the parts to be joined, i.e. staking
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C65/00—Joining or sealing of preformed parts, e.g. welding of plastics materials; Apparatus therefor
- B29C65/78—Means for handling the parts to be joined, e.g. for making containers or hollow articles, e.g. means for handling sheets, plates, web-like materials, tubular articles, hollow articles or elements to be joined therewith; Means for discharging the joined articles from the joining apparatus
- B29C65/7802—Positioning the parts to be joined, e.g. aligning, indexing or centring
- B29C65/782—Positioning the parts to be joined, e.g. aligning, indexing or centring by setting the gap between the parts to be joined
- B29C65/7823—Positioning the parts to be joined, e.g. aligning, indexing or centring by setting the gap between the parts to be joined by using distance pieces, i.e. by using spacers positioned between the parts to be joined and forming a part of the joint
- B29C65/7829—Positioning the parts to be joined, e.g. aligning, indexing or centring by setting the gap between the parts to be joined by using distance pieces, i.e. by using spacers positioned between the parts to be joined and forming a part of the joint said distance pieces being integral with at least one of the parts to be joined
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C66/00—General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
- B29C66/01—General aspects dealing with the joint area or with the area to be joined
- B29C66/05—Particular design of joint configurations
- B29C66/10—Particular design of joint configurations particular design of the joint cross-sections
- B29C66/11—Joint cross-sections comprising a single joint-segment, i.e. one of the parts to be joined comprising a single joint-segment in the joint cross-section
- B29C66/112—Single lapped joints
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C66/00—General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
- B29C66/01—General aspects dealing with the joint area or with the area to be joined
- B29C66/05—Particular design of joint configurations
- B29C66/10—Particular design of joint configurations particular design of the joint cross-sections
- B29C66/11—Joint cross-sections comprising a single joint-segment, i.e. one of the parts to be joined comprising a single joint-segment in the joint cross-section
- B29C66/114—Single butt joints
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C66/00—General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
- B29C66/01—General aspects dealing with the joint area or with the area to be joined
- B29C66/05—Particular design of joint configurations
- B29C66/10—Particular design of joint configurations particular design of the joint cross-sections
- B29C66/12—Joint cross-sections combining only two joint-segments; Tongue and groove joints; Tenon and mortise joints; Stepped joint cross-sections
- B29C66/124—Tongue and groove joints
- B29C66/1244—Tongue and groove joints characterised by the male part, i.e. the part comprising the tongue
- B29C66/12443—Tongue and groove joints characterised by the male part, i.e. the part comprising the tongue having the tongue substantially in the middle
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C66/00—General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
- B29C66/01—General aspects dealing with the joint area or with the area to be joined
- B29C66/05—Particular design of joint configurations
- B29C66/20—Particular design of joint configurations particular design of the joint lines, e.g. of the weld lines
- B29C66/24—Particular design of joint configurations particular design of the joint lines, e.g. of the weld lines said joint lines being closed or non-straight
- B29C66/242—Particular design of joint configurations particular design of the joint lines, e.g. of the weld lines said joint lines being closed or non-straight said joint lines being closed, i.e. forming closed contours
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C66/00—General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
- B29C66/01—General aspects dealing with the joint area or with the area to be joined
- B29C66/05—Particular design of joint configurations
- B29C66/20—Particular design of joint configurations particular design of the joint lines, e.g. of the weld lines
- B29C66/24—Particular design of joint configurations particular design of the joint lines, e.g. of the weld lines said joint lines being closed or non-straight
- B29C66/244—Particular design of joint configurations particular design of the joint lines, e.g. of the weld lines said joint lines being closed or non-straight said joint lines being non-straight, e.g. forming non-closed contours
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C66/00—General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
- B29C66/01—General aspects dealing with the joint area or with the area to be joined
- B29C66/32—Measures for keeping the burr form under control; Avoiding burr formation; Shaping the burr
- B29C66/322—Providing cavities in the joined article to collect the burr
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C66/00—General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
- B29C66/50—General aspects of joining tubular articles; General aspects of joining long products, i.e. bars or profiled elements; General aspects of joining single elements to tubular articles, hollow articles or bars; General aspects of joining several hollow-preforms to form hollow or tubular articles
- B29C66/51—Joining tubular articles, profiled elements or bars; Joining single elements to tubular articles, hollow articles or bars; Joining several hollow-preforms to form hollow or tubular articles
- B29C66/54—Joining several hollow-preforms, e.g. half-shells, to form hollow articles, e.g. for making balls, containers; Joining several hollow-preforms, e.g. half-cylinders, to form tubular articles
- B29C66/541—Joining several hollow-preforms, e.g. half-shells, to form hollow articles, e.g. for making balls, containers; Joining several hollow-preforms, e.g. half-cylinders, to form tubular articles a substantially flat extra element being placed between and clamped by the joined hollow-preforms
- B29C66/5414—Joining several hollow-preforms, e.g. half-shells, to form hollow articles, e.g. for making balls, containers; Joining several hollow-preforms, e.g. half-cylinders, to form tubular articles a substantially flat extra element being placed between and clamped by the joined hollow-preforms said substantially flat extra element being rigid, e.g. a plate
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C66/00—General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
- B29C66/50—General aspects of joining tubular articles; General aspects of joining long products, i.e. bars or profiled elements; General aspects of joining single elements to tubular articles, hollow articles or bars; General aspects of joining several hollow-preforms to form hollow or tubular articles
- B29C66/51—Joining tubular articles, profiled elements or bars; Joining single elements to tubular articles, hollow articles or bars; Joining several hollow-preforms to form hollow or tubular articles
- B29C66/54—Joining several hollow-preforms, e.g. half-shells, to form hollow articles, e.g. for making balls, containers; Joining several hollow-preforms, e.g. half-cylinders, to form tubular articles
- B29C66/542—Joining several hollow-preforms, e.g. half-shells, to form hollow articles, e.g. for making balls, containers; Joining several hollow-preforms, e.g. half-cylinders, to form tubular articles joining hollow covers or hollow bottoms to open ends of container bodies
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C66/00—General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
- B29C66/70—General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts characterised by the composition, physical properties or the structure of the material of the parts to be joined; Joining with non-plastics material
- B29C66/73—General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts characterised by the composition, physical properties or the structure of the material of the parts to be joined; Joining with non-plastics material characterised by the intensive physical properties of the material of the parts to be joined, by the optical properties of the material of the parts to be joined, by the extensive physical properties of the parts to be joined, by the state of the material of the parts to be joined or by the material of the parts to be joined being a thermoplastic or a thermoset
- B29C66/739—General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts characterised by the composition, physical properties or the structure of the material of the parts to be joined; Joining with non-plastics material characterised by the intensive physical properties of the material of the parts to be joined, by the optical properties of the material of the parts to be joined, by the extensive physical properties of the parts to be joined, by the state of the material of the parts to be joined or by the material of the parts to be joined being a thermoplastic or a thermoset characterised by the material of the parts to be joined being a thermoplastic or a thermoset
- B29C66/7392—General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts characterised by the composition, physical properties or the structure of the material of the parts to be joined; Joining with non-plastics material characterised by the intensive physical properties of the material of the parts to be joined, by the optical properties of the material of the parts to be joined, by the extensive physical properties of the parts to be joined, by the state of the material of the parts to be joined or by the material of the parts to be joined being a thermoplastic or a thermoset characterised by the material of the parts to be joined being a thermoplastic or a thermoset characterised by the material of at least one of the parts being a thermoplastic
- B29C66/73921—General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts characterised by the composition, physical properties or the structure of the material of the parts to be joined; Joining with non-plastics material characterised by the intensive physical properties of the material of the parts to be joined, by the optical properties of the material of the parts to be joined, by the extensive physical properties of the parts to be joined, by the state of the material of the parts to be joined or by the material of the parts to be joined being a thermoplastic or a thermoset characterised by the material of the parts to be joined being a thermoplastic or a thermoset characterised by the material of at least one of the parts being a thermoplastic characterised by the materials of both parts being thermoplastics
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C66/00—General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
- B29C66/80—General aspects of machine operations or constructions and parts thereof
- B29C66/81—General aspects of the pressing elements, i.e. the elements applying pressure on the parts to be joined in the area to be joined, e.g. the welding jaws or clamps
- B29C66/814—General aspects of the pressing elements, i.e. the elements applying pressure on the parts to be joined in the area to be joined, e.g. the welding jaws or clamps characterised by the design of the pressing elements, e.g. of the welding jaws or clamps
- B29C66/8141—General aspects of the pressing elements, i.e. the elements applying pressure on the parts to be joined in the area to be joined, e.g. the welding jaws or clamps characterised by the design of the pressing elements, e.g. of the welding jaws or clamps characterised by the surface geometry of the part of the pressing elements, e.g. welding jaws or clamps, coming into contact with the parts to be joined
- B29C66/81411—General aspects of the pressing elements, i.e. the elements applying pressure on the parts to be joined in the area to be joined, e.g. the welding jaws or clamps characterised by the design of the pressing elements, e.g. of the welding jaws or clamps characterised by the surface geometry of the part of the pressing elements, e.g. welding jaws or clamps, coming into contact with the parts to be joined characterised by its cross-section, e.g. transversal or longitudinal, being non-flat
- B29C66/81421—General aspects of the pressing elements, i.e. the elements applying pressure on the parts to be joined in the area to be joined, e.g. the welding jaws or clamps characterised by the design of the pressing elements, e.g. of the welding jaws or clamps characterised by the surface geometry of the part of the pressing elements, e.g. welding jaws or clamps, coming into contact with the parts to be joined characterised by its cross-section, e.g. transversal or longitudinal, being non-flat being convex or concave
- B29C66/81422—General aspects of the pressing elements, i.e. the elements applying pressure on the parts to be joined in the area to be joined, e.g. the welding jaws or clamps characterised by the design of the pressing elements, e.g. of the welding jaws or clamps characterised by the surface geometry of the part of the pressing elements, e.g. welding jaws or clamps, coming into contact with the parts to be joined characterised by its cross-section, e.g. transversal or longitudinal, being non-flat being convex or concave being convex
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C66/00—General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
- B29C66/80—General aspects of machine operations or constructions and parts thereof
- B29C66/83—General aspects of machine operations or constructions and parts thereof characterised by the movement of the joining or pressing tools
- B29C66/832—Reciprocating joining or pressing tools
- B29C66/8322—Joining or pressing tools reciprocating along one axis
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C65/00—Joining or sealing of preformed parts, e.g. welding of plastics materials; Apparatus therefor
- B29C65/02—Joining or sealing of preformed parts, e.g. welding of plastics materials; Apparatus therefor by heating, with or without pressure
- B29C65/14—Joining or sealing of preformed parts, e.g. welding of plastics materials; Apparatus therefor by heating, with or without pressure using wave energy, i.e. electromagnetic radiation, or particle radiation
- B29C65/16—Laser beams
- B29C65/1677—Laser beams making use of an absorber or impact modifier
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C66/00—General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
- B29C66/01—General aspects dealing with the joint area or with the area to be joined
- B29C66/05—Particular design of joint configurations
- B29C66/10—Particular design of joint configurations particular design of the joint cross-sections
- B29C66/12—Joint cross-sections combining only two joint-segments; Tongue and groove joints; Tenon and mortise joints; Stepped joint cross-sections
- B29C66/122—Joint cross-sections combining only two joint-segments, i.e. one of the parts to be joined comprising only two joint-segments in the joint cross-section
- B29C66/1222—Joint cross-sections combining only two joint-segments, i.e. one of the parts to be joined comprising only two joint-segments in the joint cross-section comprising at least a lapped joint-segment
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C66/00—General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
- B29C66/01—General aspects dealing with the joint area or with the area to be joined
- B29C66/05—Particular design of joint configurations
- B29C66/10—Particular design of joint configurations particular design of the joint cross-sections
- B29C66/12—Joint cross-sections combining only two joint-segments; Tongue and groove joints; Tenon and mortise joints; Stepped joint cross-sections
- B29C66/122—Joint cross-sections combining only two joint-segments, i.e. one of the parts to be joined comprising only two joint-segments in the joint cross-section
- B29C66/1224—Joint cross-sections combining only two joint-segments, i.e. one of the parts to be joined comprising only two joint-segments in the joint cross-section comprising at least a butt joint-segment
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C66/00—General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
- B29C66/70—General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts characterised by the composition, physical properties or the structure of the material of the parts to be joined; Joining with non-plastics material
- B29C66/71—General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts characterised by the composition, physical properties or the structure of the material of the parts to be joined; Joining with non-plastics material characterised by the composition of the plastics material of the parts to be joined
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C66/00—General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts
- B29C66/70—General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts characterised by the composition, physical properties or the structure of the material of the parts to be joined; Joining with non-plastics material
- B29C66/72—General aspects of processes or apparatus for joining preformed parts characterised by the composition, physical properties or the structure of the material of the parts to be joined; Joining with non-plastics material characterised by the structure of the material of the parts to be joined
- B29C66/721—Fibre-reinforced materials
- B29C66/7212—Fibre-reinforced materials characterised by the composition of the fibres
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29L—INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS B29C, RELATING TO PARTICULAR ARTICLES
- B29L2031/00—Other particular articles
- B29L2031/34—Electrical apparatus, e.g. sparking plugs or parts thereof
- B29L2031/3425—Printed circuits
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29L—INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASS B29C, RELATING TO PARTICULAR ARTICLES
- B29L2031/00—Other particular articles
- B29L2031/34—Electrical apparatus, e.g. sparking plugs or parts thereof
- B29L2031/3481—Housings or casings incorporating or embedding electric or electronic elements
-
- F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
- F02—COMBUSTION ENGINES; HOT-GAS OR COMBUSTION-PRODUCT ENGINE PLANTS
- F02D—CONTROLLING COMBUSTION ENGINES
- F02D11/00—Arrangements for, or adaptations to, non-automatic engine control initiation means, e.g. operator initiated
- F02D11/06—Arrangements for, or adaptations to, non-automatic engine control initiation means, e.g. operator initiated characterised by non-mechanical control linkages, e.g. fluid control linkages or by control linkages with power drive or assistance
- F02D11/10—Arrangements for, or adaptations to, non-automatic engine control initiation means, e.g. operator initiated characterised by non-mechanical control linkages, e.g. fluid control linkages or by control linkages with power drive or assistance of the electric type
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a device unit for a throttle body.
- a throttle body device unit provided in a throttle body having a throttle valve that opens and closes an intake passage of an engine
- device parts such as sensors related to the engine are modularized in a device block (for example, (See Patent Document 1) o
- a device force bar is welded to the device block with a laser beam to cover the device parts of the device unit, and so-called laser welding.
- the laser welding method is described in Patent Document 2, for example.
- FIG. 6 1 is a cross-sectional view showing a flow rate control valve that works on Conventional Example 2 (Patent Document 4).
- the flow control valve 300V is equipped with a valve piston 325 that opens and closes a bypass passage 3 15 where auxiliary intake so-called binos intake flows, and an actuator 328 that operates the valve piston 325.
- the nozzle piston 325 is fitted in the valve guide hole 3 19 of the valve body 3 1 1 so as to be movable in the axial direction.
- the valve body 3 1 1 has a nozzle inlet hole 323 that opens into the nozzle guide hole 3 1 9 and continues to the upstream side of the bypass passage 3 15, and a valve guide hole 3 1 9 adjacent to the valve inlet hole 323.
- a valve outlet hole 324 connected to the downstream side of the bypass passage 3 15 is provided. Yes.
- the valve piston 325 includes a hollow portion 325a, a communication opening 326 that constantly communicates with the valve inlet hole 323 through one side wall (the upper side wall in FIG. 61) of the hollow portion 325a, and A flow rate control opening 329 for controlling the bypass intake air amount (auxiliary intake air amount) in cooperation with the nozzle outlet hole 324 is provided.
- the actuator 328 is a step motor 32 8 (the same reference numeral as that of the actuator is attached).
- the rotor shaft 330 of the motor rotor 328 of the step motor 328 is screwed with a nut member 332 provided on the valve piston 325. Further, the rotor shaft 330 is rotatably supported by a pair of bearings 350 and 351 disposed on the stator 328b.
- valve piston 325 is moved via the screw mechanism formed by the rotor shaft 330 and the nut member 332. It is moved in the axial direction (left and right in Fig. 61). Thereby, the bypass passage 315 is opened and closed, that is, the opening area of the valve outlet hole 324 is increased or decreased.
- Patent Document 1 International Publication Number WO 2005/116428
- Patent Document 2 Special Tables 9-9510930
- Patent Document 3 International Publication Number WO 2002/044541
- Patent Document 4 JP 2002-349396
- FIG. 51 is a cross-sectional view showing the laser welding method used in Conventional Example 1.
- the device cover is made of a high-absorption laser beam, a device block made of an absorbent resin material, 450 nm, a high laser-light transmittance, and a transparent resin material.
- the device force is applied to the device block 450 at the center in the width direction (left and right in FIG. Barrel 460 is welded with laser light.
- the reference numeral 490 is attached to the welded portion.
- the center portion in the width direction (left-right direction in FIG. 51) of the joint surface between the device block 450 and the device cover 460 is welded by laser light.
- the gap between the device block 450 and the device cover 460 where the flatness of the bonding surface is poor may occur in the portion where the resin is desired to be welded.
- Problem 1 to be solved by the present invention is to provide a device unit for a throttle body that can improve the sealing performance of the device block and the device cover by the welding of the resin.
- the assembly direction of the device parts with respect to the device block for example, the assembly direction of the throttle position sensor is different from the assembly direction of the temperature sensor and the pressure sensor. It has become. For this reason, the assembly of multiple device parts to the device block has a bad and bad problem. This reduces mass productivity and increases costs, so that improvement is desired.
- Problem 2 to be solved by the present invention is to provide a device unit for a throttle body and an intake device for an engine that can improve the assembly of a plurality of device parts to a device block.
- the motor rotor 328a receives a reaction force on the counter valve piston side (left side in FIG. 61), and the rotor shaft 330 is axially moved in that direction. . Then, as a result of the motor rotor 328a being strongly pressed against the bearing 350, the motor may be locked. Also, in order to release the motor lock, it is necessary to rotate the motor rotor 328a in the closing direction with a torque greater than the torque rotated in the opening direction. The motor rotor 328a is rotated in the closing direction with such a large torque. This will cause the step-out of the step motor 108 to be difficult.
- valve piston 325 When the valve piston 325 is closed by the step motor 328, the valve piston 325 is brought into contact with a fixed side member (reference numeral 353) of the step motor 328, so that the valve piston 325 is more than that. The movement of 325 is restricted.
- the step motor 328 when the step motor 328 is further driven in the closing direction, the motor rotor 328a together with the rotor shaft 330 is axially moved to the valve piston side (right side in FIG. 61). Then, as a result of the motor rotor 328 a being strongly pressed against the bearing 351, there is a possibility of causing a motor lock.
- the flow control valve 300V has a problem that the motor rotor 328a generates shaft movement when the step motor 328 is opened and closed, thereby causing a motor lock, that is, a malfunction of the step motor 328. there were.
- Problem 3 to be solved by the present invention is to provide a flow rate control valve, an auxiliary intake air amount control device for an engine, and an intake device that can prevent malfunction of the actuator.
- the problem 1 is a slot having the gist of the configuration described in claims 1 to 24 of the claims. It can be solved by the device unit for rubode.
- the device block is connected to the device block with the tip end of the ridge provided on the device block and facing the entire outer periphery of the device cover as the welding allowance.
- a cover is welded with greaves. Therefore, the device cover can be welded to the device block without being affected by the flatness of the joint surface between the device block and the device cover. For this reason, it is possible to improve the sealing performance by welding the resin block between the device block and the device cover.
- the receiving concave portion formed on at least one of the inner peripheral side and the outer peripheral side of the convex strip of the device block has the inner peripheral side of the convex strip.
- the protrusions at the time of welding the resin are formed by mutual contact of the contact portions provided between the opposing surfaces of the device block and the device cover.
- the welding allowance of the strip can be defined. This prevents over-welding of the ridges.
- the contact portion is formed in a multiple ring shape at a predetermined interval on at least one of the inner peripheral side and the outer peripheral side of the ridge. Is. Therefore, when the contact portion is provided on the inner peripheral side of the ridge, the grease burrs that try to protrude to the inner peripheral side of the ridge can be concealed between the protrusion and the contact portion. As a result, it is possible to prevent the grease burrs from being scattered into the internal space of the device unit due to vehicle vibrations, etc., and to prevent the performance degradation of the device parts and the damage to the components due to the grease burrs.
- the contact portion is provided on the outer peripheral side of the ridge, the grease burr that tries to protrude to the outer peripheral side of the ridge can be concealed between the protrusion and the contact portion. As a result, the appearance of the device unit can be improved.
- the laser beam is transmitted through the device block that is formed of the absorbent resin material having a convex line and a high absorption rate of the laser beam.
- a device cover formed of a high-permeability transparent resin material is a resin cover, that is, laser welded by laser light. Therefore, device block and device power The sealing property by the resin welding (laser welding) with a bar can be improved.
- the portion of the device cover that is displaced toward the outer peripheral side or the inner peripheral side from the welded portion is pressed in a cantilevered manner toward the device block side.
- a device cover is welded to the device block with a laser beam. Therefore, the contact pressure of the device cover against the ridges of the device block by utilizing the deflection deformation of the device cover by pressing the part of the device cover that is displaced to the outer peripheral side or the inner peripheral side in a cantilevered manner. Can be increased.
- the sealing performance by the resin welding laser welding
- the device unit for throttle body according to the seventh aspect of the present invention, it is possible to provide a device unit in which the throttle position sensor for detecting the opening of the throttle valve is modularized in the device block.
- the throttle position sensor is a contact-type throttle position where the brush of the sensor rotor slides against the resistor portion of the wiring board. It can be a sensor.
- the isolation hole penetrating the wiring board in the front-back direction is provided between the connection part and the resistor part by the soldering of the wiring board. Provided. For this reason, even if flux diffusion or bleeding due to soldering occurs when the device unit is exposed to high temperatures, the flux can reach the resistor body by breaking the flux through the isolation holes. Can be prevented or reduced. Therefore, it is possible to prevent or reduce a decrease in the detection accuracy of the throttle position sensor due to the flux adhering to the resistor portion, and it is possible to improve the reliability of the throttle position sensor.
- connection structure using clip-type terminal members may be used without soldering, special flux may be used, Costs can be reduced because there is no need to take measures such as cleaning the flux without washing.
- degree of freedom of arrangement of the soldering portion with respect to the resistor portion can be increased.
- the resistor As a result, the wiring board can be miniaturized as soon as the soldering portion is brought close.
- the isolation hole can be punched at the same time, and when the wiring board is formed by resin molding, the isolation hole can be punched. Since it can be formed, an increase in cost can be suppressed.
- the sensor rotor can be stably supported by rotatably supporting the sensor rotor on the device cover.
- the sensor rotor can be rotatably supported with high accuracy on the device cover welded to the device block with a prescribed welding allowance. For this reason, the contact load of the brush to the resistor portion of the wiring board (brush load and! /) Can be maintained at a predetermined load.
- the wiring board is attached to the device block in the radial direction by fitting the reference hole of the wiring board to the reference pin of the device block. Can be positioned. Furthermore, the device cover can be positioned in the device block with respect to the radial direction of the reference pin by fitting the reference recess of the device cover to the reference pin of the device block. Thus, the wiring board and the device cover can be accurately positioned with respect to the radial direction of the reference pin by using the reference pin of the device block. In addition, by adopting the configuration described in claim 10, the sensor rotor brush supported by the device cover can accurately trace the resistor portion of the wiring board, improving the performance of the throttle position sensor. Can be achieved.
- the insertion position of the wiring board can be defined using the reference pin of the device block.
- the brush of the sensor rotor can be traced with high accuracy with respect to the resistor portion of the wiring board. For this reason, the linearity performance of the throttle position sensor for detecting the opening of the throttle valve can be improved.
- the tip end portion of the mounting pin is heated in a state where the mounting hole of the wiring board is fitted to the mounting pin of the device block. By doing so, the wiring board can be prevented from being detached from the device block.
- the insertion position of the wiring board can be defined using the mounting pins of the device block.
- the sensor rotor is biased toward the device cover by the elastic member provided between the device block and the sensor rotor. As a result, it is possible to prevent or reduce the shakiness of the sensor rotor in the axial direction, and to suppress variations in the contact load of the brush of the sensor rotor on the resistor portion of the wiring board.
- the device block, the device cover, and the sensor rotor are formed of the same grease material. Therefore, it is possible to reduce variations in the linear expansion difference with respect to temperature changes of the device block, the device cover, and the sensor rotor, and to suppress variations in the contact load of the brush of the sensor rotor on the resistor portion of the wiring board.
- the “same material of the same material” includes the same type or equivalent type of resin material, and different types of resin materials having the same linear expansion coefficient. Shall.
- the resistor-side surface of the wiring board is arranged on the reference surface set in the device block. Therefore, it is possible to set the contact load (brush load) of the brush of the sensor rotor to the resistor portion of the wiring board without depending on the variation in the thickness of the wiring board and the linear expansion coefficient.
- the arrangement position of the surface on the side of the resistance portion of the wiring board and the brush load on the surface on the side of the resistor are determined. Variations in brush load due to variations in plate thickness can be eliminated. Thereby, generation
- the device unit for throttle body according to the eighteenth aspect of the invention, the device in which the idle control device for controlling the amount of auxiliary air flowing in the auxiliary air passage that bypasses the throttle valve is modularized in the device block. Units can be provided.
- the intake air temperature is detected.
- a device unit can be provided in which a temperature sensor is modularized in the device block.
- the device unit for throttle body according to the twentieth invention, it is possible to provide a device unit in which the pressure sensor for detecting the intake pressure is modularized in the device block.
- the tip of the ridge provided on the device block and facing the entire outer periphery of the device cover Weld the device cover on the device block using the welding allowance. Therefore, the device cover can be welded to the device block without being affected by the flatness of the joint surface between the device block and the device cover. For this reason, it is possible to improve the sealing performance by the resin welding between the device block and the device cover.
- the device block formed of an absorbent resin material having ridges and a high laser light absorption rate.
- a device cover formed of a transparent resin material having a high laser light transmittance is welded with a resin, that is, laser-welded with a laser beam. Therefore, it is possible to improve the sealing performance by resin welding (laser welding) between the device block and the device cover.
- the part of the device cover that is shifted to the outer peripheral side or the inner peripheral side from the welded portion is directed toward the device block side.
- the contact pressure of the device cover with respect to the ridges of the device block can be increased by utilizing the deflection deformation of the device cover.
- the resin welding laser welding
- the sealing performance by welding the resin between the device block and the device cover is improved in the throttle body having a throttle valve that opens and closes the intake passage of the engine.
- Device for throttle body Can be provided.
- the problem 2 can be solved by a throttle body device unit and an intake device of an engine having the structure described in claims 25 to 39 of the claims. That is, according to the device unit for a throttle body according to the twenty-fifth invention, by assembling a plurality of device parts with respect to the device block from the side opposite to the throttle body along the rotational axis direction of the throttle valve, As compared with the case where a plurality of device parts are assembled to the device block from different directions (see Patent Document 3), the assembling property of the plurality of device parts to the device block can be improved. As a result, it is possible to improve the mass productivity of the device unit and realize low cost.
- a plurality of device component forces are disposed in a non-polymerized state in the rotational axis direction of the throttle valve, and therefore, a plurality of device block forces Mutual interference during assembly of device parts can be avoided, and the assembly of these device parts can be performed in parallel.
- a device in which the idle control device for controlling the amount of auxiliary air flowing in the auxiliary air passage that bypasses the throttle valve is modularized in the device block. Units can be provided.
- the valve body is fitted into the valve body fitting portion through the actuator fitting portion of the device block, and the actuator is fitted.
- the idle control device can be easily assembled to the device block by fitting the actuator in the joint.
- the actuator is positioned in the actuator fitting portion by press-fitting the actuator into the actuator fitting portion of the device block. can do.
- the actuator when the actuator is press-fitted into the actuator fitting portion of the device block, it is provided on the inner peripheral surface of the actuator fitting portion. Since the plastically deformed portion is plastically deformed, the actuator can be easily press-fitted into the actuator fitting portion.
- the actuator guide portion when the actuator is fitted into the actuator fitting portion of the device block, the actuator guide portion is used. By guiding the actuator, the actuator can be easily centered within the actuator fitting portion.
- the valve body fitting portion of the device block is fitted into the passage opening of the throttle body, so that the device can be connected to the throttle body.
- the unit can be assembled compactly.
- the valve body fitting portion of the device block is press-fitted into the passage opening portion of the throttle body, so that the valve opening portion is inserted into the passage opening portion.
- the body fitting part can be positioned.
- the valve body fitting portion of the device block when the valve body fitting portion of the device block is press-fitted into the passage opening of the throttle body, the valve body fitting portion When the plastic deformation portion provided on the outer peripheral surface is plastically deformed, the valve body fitting portion can be easily press-fitted into the passage opening.
- the valve body fitting portion of the device block when the valve body fitting portion of the device block is fitted into the passage opening of the throttle body, the valve body fitting portion is used.
- the valve body fitting part By guiding the valve body fitting part by the guide part, the valve body fitting part can be easily centered in the passage opening.
- the device unit for throttle body according to the thirty-sixth aspect of the invention, it is possible to provide a device unit in which a throttle position sensor for detecting the opening of the throttle valve is modularized in a device block.
- the device unit for throttle body according to the thirty-seventh aspect of the invention, it is possible to provide a device unit in which the temperature sensor for detecting the intake air temperature is modularized in the device block.
- the device unit for throttle body according to the thirty-eighth invention, it is possible to provide a device unit in which the pressure sensor for detecting the intake pressure is modularized in the device block.
- the engine intake passage is opened and closed.
- a throttle body device unit that can improve the assembling property of a plurality of device parts to the device block can be provided in the throttle body including the throttle valve.
- the problem 3 can be solved by a flow rate control valve, an auxiliary intake air amount control device for an engine, and an intake device that are summarized in the structure described in claims 40 to 49 of the claims.
- the fluid passage is opened and closed by the valve body being actuated by the actuating member of the actuator.
- the axial movement of the operating member during the opening operation and / or the closing operation of the actuator is caused by the contact between the end of the operating member in the axial movement direction and the member facing the end. Regulated by. For this reason, it is possible to prevent or reduce malfunction of the actuator due to the axial movement of the actuating member during at least one of the opening operation and the closing operation of the actuator.
- the axial movement of the operating member during the opening operation of the actuator is caused by the contact between the end of the operating member in the axial movement direction and the valve body.
- Rules can be lj.
- the axial movement of the actuating member during the closing operation of the actuator is fixed to the end of the actuating member in the axial movement direction and to the fixing of the activator. It can regulate by contact with a side member.
- the rotor shaft is rotatably supported by the pair of sliding bearings with respect to the stationary side member of the step motor. Therefore, by using a sliding bearing that is less expensive than a rolling bearing as a bearing that supports the port shaft, the cost of the flow control valve can be reduced.
- the slide bearing can be accurately arranged on the metal part of the actuator. [0061] Further, according to the flow control valve of the forty-sixth aspect of the present invention, the slide bearing can be easily disposed in the grease portion of the actuator.
- the malfunction of the actuator caused by the axial movement of the operating member during at least one of the opening operation and the closing operation of the actuator is reduced.
- the amount of auxiliary intake air flowing through the auxiliary intake passage can be controlled by a flow rate control valve that can be prevented or reduced.
- a device unit obtained by modularizing the auxiliary intake air amount control device according to claim 47 into a device block is attached to and detached from the throttle body. It can be provided so that it can be attached or detached.
- the auxiliary intake passage can be easily formed by the cooperation of the throttle body and the device unit.
- FIG. 1 is a side view showing an engine intake device according to a first embodiment.
- FIG. 2 is a rear view showing the intake device of the engine.
- FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view taken along line III-III in FIG.
- FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view taken along line IV-IV in FIG.
- FIG. 5 is a side view showing the device unit mounting side of the throttle body.
- FIG. 6 is a plan sectional view showing a bypass passage.
- FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view taken along line VII-VII in FIG.
- FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view showing the relationship between the throttle shaft of the throttle body and the throttle position sensor.
- FIG. 9 is a cross-sectional view showing the opened state of the ISC valve with respect to the valve seat portion of the throttle body.
- FIG. 10 is a cross-sectional view showing a closed state of the ISC valve with respect to the valve seat portion of the throttle body.
- FIG. 11 is an exploded perspective view showing component parts of the device unit.
- FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional view showing a peripheral portion of a throttle position sensor of the device unit.
- FIG. 13 is a cross-sectional view showing the periphery of the connector portion of the device unit.
- FIG. 14 is a front view showing a device block.
- FIG. 15 is a rear view showing the device block.
- FIG. 16 is an exploded sectional view showing a peripheral portion of a throttle position sensor.
- FIG. 17 is an exploded sectional view showing the periphery of the ISC valve and pressure sensor.
- FIG. 18 is an exploded cross-sectional view showing the periphery of the temperature sensor.
- FIG. 19 is a cross-sectional view showing an ISC valve.
- FIG. 20 is a front view of the ISC valve as viewed from the distal end side of the valve body.
- FIG. 21 is a side view showing a device cover mounting side of a device block equipped with an ISC valve and a temperature sensor.
- FIG. 22 is a cross-sectional view showing a state in which the ISC valve is mounted on the device block.
- FIG. 23 is a cross-sectional view showing a mounted state of the temperature sensor on the device block.
- FIG. 24 is a side view showing a device cover mounting side of a device block on which a wiring board is mounted.
- FIG. 25 is a front view showing a wiring board.
- FIG. 26 is a rear view showing the wiring board.
- FIG. 27 is a cross-sectional view showing a mounting state of the pressure sensor on the device block.
- FIG. 28 is a back view showing the device cover.
- FIG. 29 is a side view showing a throttle body mounting side of a device block equipped with a gasket.
- FIG. 30 is a surface view showing a gasket.
- FIG. 31 is an explanatory view showing a pressure passage.
- FIG. 32 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXXII-XXXII in FIG.
- FIG. 33 is a cross-sectional view taken along the arrow line ⁇ in FIG. 31.
- FIG. 34 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XXXIV-XXXIV in FIG.
- FIG. 35 is an explanatory view showing a welded portion of a device cover to a device block.
- FIG. 36 is a cross-sectional view showing a state before the device cover is welded to the device block.
- FIG. 39 is a cross-sectional view showing a modification 1 of the ridges.
- FIG. 40 is a cross-sectional view showing a modification 2 of the ridges.
- ⁇ 41 It is a sectional view showing a modification 3 of the ridges.
- FIG. 42 is a cross-sectional view showing a modification 4 of the ridges.
- FIG. 43 is a cross-sectional view showing a modification 5 of the ridges.
- FIG. 44 is a cross-sectional view showing a modification 6 of the ridges.
- FIG. 45 is a cross-sectional view showing a state before the device cover is welded to the device block according to the second embodiment.
- FIG. 46 is a cross-sectional view showing a state after the device cover is welded to the device block.
- FIG. 47 is a cross-sectional view showing a state before the device cover is welded to the device block according to the third embodiment.
- FIG. 48 is a cross-sectional view showing a state after the device cover is welded to the device block.
- FIG. 49 is a cross-sectional view showing a pressed state of the device cover against the device block.
- FIG. 50 is a cross-sectional view showing a modified example of the device cover.
- FIG. 51 is a cross-sectional view showing a laser welding method according to Conventional Example 1.
- FIG. 52 is a cross-sectional view showing a motor fitting portion and a valve body fitting portion of a device block according to Supplementary Explanation 1 of Example 1.
- FIG. 53 is a view of the motor fitting portion of the device block as viewed from the side opposite to the throttle body. 54] It is explanatory drawing which shows the plastic deformation part of the motor fitting part of a device block.
- FIG. 55 is a view of the valve body fitting portion of the device block as viewed from one side of the throttle body.
- FIG. 56 is a cross-sectional view showing the relationship between the throttle body and the valve body fitting portion of the device block.
- FIG. 57 is a cross-sectional view showing an open state of the ISC valve according to Supplementary Explanation 2 of Example 1.
- FIG. 58 is a cross-sectional view showing a closed state of the ISC valve.
- FIG. 59 is a cross-sectional view showing the shaft movement restricting portion on the opening operation side of the step motor.
- FIG. 60 is a cross-sectional view showing the shaft movement restricting portion on the closing operation side of the step motor.
- FIG. 61 is a cross-sectional view showing a flow control valve according to Conventional Example 2.
- ISC valve internal control device, device parts, flow control valve
- Embodiment 1 of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
- an engine intake device used for a motorcycle such as a motorcycle or a moped bicycle
- the side to which the air cleaner (not shown) is connected (V, right side in Fig. 1) is the front side, and the intake hold (not shown) is attached.
- the connected side (left side in Fig. 1) will be described as the rear side.
- the vertical direction of the intake device 1 of the engine is the same as the vertical direction when mounted on a motorcycle.
- the engine intake device 1 includes a throttle body 2 and a device unit 3 detachably provided on one side (right side in FIG. 2) of the throttle body 2. (See Figure 1). For convenience of description, explain the throttle Bode one 2, illustrating the device unit 3 subsequently.
- the throttle body 2 includes a body 1 that is the main body.
- the body body 5 is made of, for example, resin and has a substantially hollow cylindrical bore wall portion 6 penetrating in the front-rear direction (the front and back direction in FIG. 3).
- the hollow part in the bore wall part 6 becomes the bore 7.
- An air cleaner (not shown) is connected to the front end (the left end in FIG. 4) of the bore wall 6 and an intake bearer is connected to the rear end (the right end in FIG. 4) of the bore wall 6.
- a hold (not shown) is connected. Therefore, the intake air flowing from the air cleaner flows through the bore 7 to the intake bear hold.
- the bore 7 corresponds to an “intake passage” in the present specification.
- an engine may be directly connected to the rear end side of the bore wall 6 instead of the intake bear-hold.
- the bore wall 6 is provided with a throttle shaft 9 that crosses the bore 7 in the radial direction, that is, in the left-right direction.
- the throttle shaft 9 is made of metal, for example. Both end portions of the throttle shaft 9 are rotatably supported in a pair of left and right bearing boss portions 10 and 11 formed integrally with the bore wall portion 6.
- a rubber seal material 12 is interposed between the throttle shaft 9 and the bearing boss portions 10 and 11, respectively. Each seal material 12 inertially seals between the throttle shaft 9 and each bearing boss 10, 11.
- a substantially disc-shaped butterfly throttle valve 14 that opens and closes the bore 7 is fastened by a screw 15 on the throttle shaft 9.
- the throttle valve 14 rotates together with the throttle shaft 9, the amount of intake air flowing through the bore 7 is controlled.
- the throttle valve 14 is in the closed state shown by the solid line 14 in FIG. 4. From the closed state, the throttle valve 14 rotates in the clockwise direction in FIG. 4 (refer to the arrow “0 ( ⁇ )” direction in FIG. 4). It will be in an open state (refer to the two-dot chain line 14 in FIG. 4).
- the throttle valve 14 in the open state is closed (see the solid line 14 in FIG. 4) by rotating counterclockwise in FIG. 4 (see the arrow “S” direction in FIG. 4).
- a throttle lever 17 is integrated with the right end portion (the right end portion in FIG. 3) of the throttle shaft 9 by insert molding.
- a return spring 18 having a coil spring force is interposed between the throttle lever 17 and the bearing boss portion 11 facing the throttle lever 17. The return spring 18 always urges the throttle lever 17, the throttle shaft 9, and the throttle valve 14 in the closing direction.
- the throttle lever 17 is connected with an accelerator wire connected to a throttle operating device (not shown).
- the throttle shaft 9 Prior to fastening of the throttle valve 14, the throttle shaft 9 is passed through the bearing bosses 10, 11 of the bore wall portion 6 from the right to the left. After a washer 19 and a spacer 20 are fitted to the insertion end of the throttle shaft 9, a snap ring 21 is attached to an annular groove (not shown) formed in the end. The washer 19 is locked in an opening recess 22 that is formed in the opening side end of the bearing boss 10 and has an increased inner diameter. Thereby, the throttle shaft 9 is prevented from coming off. Further, the insertion end (left end portion in FIG. 3) of the throttle shaft 9 protrudes beyond the opening end surface of the bearing boss portion 10. Has been.
- a sensor rotor connecting portion 24 having a D-shaped cross section is formed at the insertion end (see FIG. 5). Further, the sensor rotor connecting portion 24 can be connected to a sensor rotor 143 of a throttle position sensor 52 provided in the device unit 3 described later.
- the bore wall portion 6 is formed with a flange-like unit mounting portion 26 continuous with the outer peripheral portion of the left bearing boss portion 10.
- the unit mounting portion 26 is formed with a mounting surface 26a that forms the same plane as the opening end surface of the left bearing boss portion 10 and also has an outer end surface force that is orthogonal to the axis 9L of the throttle shaft 9 (see FIG. 2).
- a device unit 3 to be described later can be attached to and detached from the mounting surface 26a.
- the axis 9L of the throttle shaft 9 corresponds to the rotation axis of the throttle valve 14.
- the unit mounting portion 26 is formed with a binos inlet hole 28 and a bypass outlet hole 30.
- the bypass inlet hole 28 is formed by a straight circular hole that penetrates the bore wall portion 6 and the unit mounting portion 26 in the left-right direction (the front and back direction in FIG. 4).
- the opening end on the bore side of the bypass inlet hole 28 is opened on the passage wall surface of the bore 7 at a position upstream of the throttle valve 14 in the fully closed state and closer to the top. Further, the opening end of the bypass inlet hole 28 on the side opposite to the bore is opened in the mounting surface 26a of the unit mounting portion 26 (see FIG. 5).
- the bypass outlet hole 30 is represented in FIGS. 6 and 7 in addition to FIG.
- the bypass outlet hole 30 includes a vertical hole portion 31 extending in the vertical direction at the upper portion of the unit mounting portion 26, and the upper end force of the vertical hole portion on the left side (right side in FIG. 7). It is formed in an inverted L shape by a horizontal hole portion 32 extending horizontally. As shown in FIG. 4, the opening end on the bore side of the vertical hole portion 31 is opened on the upper side portion of the passage wall surface of the bore 7 on the downstream side of the throttle valve 14 in the fully closed state.
- the vertical hole portion 31 is formed by a bottomed straight circular hole extending along a straight line 31L having an upper portion inclined forward and a lower portion inclined rearward (see FIG. 4).
- the horizontal hole portion 32 is a straight step extending along a straight line 32L orthogonal to the straight line 31L of the vertical hole portion 31 near the upper end portion of the vertical hole portion 31. It is formed by an attached circular hole.
- the horizontal hole portion 32 is a large-diameter side hole portion 32a that opens to the mounting surface 26a of the unit mounting portion 26, and a small-diameter side hole portion 3 that communicates the large-diameter side hole portion 32a and the vertical hole portion 31. 2b.
- Idle speed control valve (hereinafter referred to as “ISC valve”) 51 Valve body 1 10 Valve seat part corresponding to 10 33 It has become. Accordingly, the bottom of the hole, which is the upper end of the vertical hole 31, is a foreign matter reservoir 35 that extends upward from the hole 32 b on the small diameter side. As a result, foreign matter such as deposits contained in the exhaust gas blown back into the vertical hole portion 31 can also be received and stored in the foreign matter reservoir portion 35 formed at the end of the vertical hole portion 31, and the engine side force can be stored. Backflow upstream of the part 32 can be prevented or reduced.
- the opening end portion of the large-diameter side hole portion 32a in the horizontal hole portion 32 corresponds to the “passage opening portion” in this specification.
- valve body fitting portion 74 of a device block 50 described later is fitted into the large-diameter hole portion 32a of the lateral hole portion 32. For this reason, the hole 32a on the large diameter side in the lateral hole 32 is referred to as a “valve fitting hole”.
- a bypass passage that connects the bypass inlet hole 28 and the bypass outlet hole 30 (specifically, the large-diameter side hole 32a) is connected to the mounting surface 26a of the unit mounting portion 26.
- a groove 37 is formed (see Fig. 6).
- a pair of upper and lower pressure inlets 38 formed of straight circular holes are formed on the passage wall surface of the bore 7. Both pressure inlets 38 are opened at a position that avoids the influence of the vortex flow of the intake flow generated near the outer peripheral portion on the downstream side of the throttle valve 14 when the valve is opened.
- This “position avoiding the influence of the vortex flow of the intake flow generated near the outer peripheral portion on the downstream side of the throttle valve” means, for example, downstream of the throttle valve 14 in the fully open state (see the two-dot chain line 14 in FIG. 4). This corresponds to the peripheral portion on the downstream side of the side end portion 14a.
- the pressure inlets 38 are opened at a position upstream of the flow of the intake air (auxiliary air) flowing out from the vertical hole portion 31 of the bypass outlet hole 30 and avoiding the influence of the intake air. It is spoken. Further, the pressure inlets 38 are positions where the influence of the vortex flow of the intake flow generated near the outer peripheral portion on the downstream side of the throttle valve 14 is avoided, and flow out from the vertical hole portion 31 of the bypass outlet hole 30. Among the positions upstream of the flow of intake air (auxiliary air) and avoiding the influence of the intake air, it is opened at a position closest to the upstream side. Also, out of both pressure intakes 38, the throttle body 12 for motorcycles is installed in the vertical direction. In this regard, the pressure inlet 38 (reference numeral (A) is attached) located on the ground side (for example, the lower side in FIG. 4) is a foreign substance (for example, , Water) is discharged into the bore 7.
- the pressure inlet 38 reference numeral (A) is attached
- the ground side for example, the lower side
- the unit mounting portion 26 has an oblong straight shape with a vertically long cross section that opens to the mounting surface 26a on the left side of the both pressure inlets 38 (the back side in FIG. 4).
- the confluence hole 39 is formed (see FIG. 5).
- the upper pressure inlet 38 communicates with the upper end of the junction hole 39, and the lower pressure inlet 38 communicates with the lower end thereof.
- the attachment surface 26a of the unit mounting portion 26 is formed with an elongated communication groove 40 extending from near the upper side of the joining hole portion 39 to the upstream side (right side in FIG. 5). ing.
- Both the pressure inlets 38, the merging hole 39, and the communication groove 40 constitute a part of a pressure passage 187 applied to the pressure sensor 54 described later.
- the bore wall 6 and the unit mounting portion 26 are also provided with a straight circular hole for penetrating in the left-right direction (the front and back in FIG. 4).
- Hole 42 is provided.
- the intake air temperature detection hole 42 is opened on the passage wall surface of the bore 7 on the upstream side of the throttle valve 14 in the fully closed state and near the lower portion, that is, near the lower side of the bypass inlet hole 28! . Further, the opening end of the bypass inlet hole 28 on the side opposite to the bore is opened to the mounting surface 26a of the unit mounting portion 26 (see FIG. 5).
- an appropriate number of fastening bosses (a total of three fastening bosses, one on the upper side and two on the lower side on the lower side) are shown on the outer periphery of the unit mounting portion 26.
- Part 44 is formed.
- a screw hole 44 a is formed in the fastening boss portion 44.
- a fastening bolt 45 (see FIG. 2) for fastening a device block 50 of the device boot 3 described later can be fastened to the screw hole 44a.
- the device unit 3 has an ISC valve 51, a throttle position sensor 52, a temperature sensor 53, and a device part (specifically, device parts related to the engine) as a device component with respect to the device block 50.
- the pressure sensor 54 is modularized together with the wiring board 55.
- Device unit 3 is throttled for convenience of explanation.
- the mounting side lower side in FIG. 11
- the device cover 60 side upper side in FIG. 11 described later is the rear side.
- the device block 50 includes an ISC valve 51, a throttle position sensor 52, a temperature sensor 53, and a pressure sensor 54 as a plurality of device parts, as will be described later.
- the upper side in FIG. 11, the left side in FIG. 3 and the configuration along the rotational axis direction of the throttle valve 14 (vertical direction in FIG. 11, horizontal direction in FIG. 3) It has become.
- the ISC solenoid 51, the throttle position sensor 52, the temperature sensor 53, and the pressure sensor 54 are not superposed in the rotation axis direction of the throttle valve 14 (vertical direction in FIG. 11 and horizontal direction in FIG. 3). Has been placed.
- the ISC solenoid 51, the throttle position sensor 52, the temperature sensor 53, and the pressure sensor 54 are distributed in the direction intersecting the rotation axis 9L of the throttle valve 14 (up and down and front and back in FIG. 3). They are arranged so that they do not overlap in the direction of their rotational axes.
- the installation side (lower side in FIG. 11) with respect to the throttle body 2 corresponds to the “throttle body side” in this specification, and the device cover 60 side (upper side in FIG. 11). Is equivalent to “one side of anti-throttle body” in this specification.
- the device block 50 is made of, for example, a resin and is formed in a substantially block shape.
- a mounting surface 50 a is formed on the front side of the device block 50.
- the mounting surface 50a is formed so as to be able to be joined in surface contact with the mounting surface 26a (see FIG. 5) of the unit mounting portion 26.
- a peripheral wall portion 57 is formed on the rear side of the device block 50 along the outer peripheral portion thereof.
- a housing recess 58 is formed in the peripheral wall 57 of the device block 50.
- the accommodating recess 58 accommodates an ISC valve 51, a throttle position sensor 52, a temperature sensor 53, a pressure sensor 54, a wiring board 55, and the like, which will be described later.
- the housing recess 58 is closed by welding the device cover 60 (described later) to the opening end of the peripheral wall portion 57.
- an attachment boss portion 62 corresponding to each fastening boss portion 44 (see FIG. 5) of the unit mounting portion 26 is formed on the outer peripheral portion of the device block 50.
- Each mounting boss 62 is formed with a bolt insertion hole 62a (see FIGS. 14 and 15).
- Bolt The through hole 62a is formed to allow the fastening bolt 45 (see FIG. 2) to pass therethrough.
- the device block 50 is formed with a hollow cylindrical rotor fitting hole 64 penetrating in the front-rear direction (vertical direction in FIG. 16).
- An annularly projecting flange portion 65 is formed on the inner peripheral surface of the central portion of the rotor fitting hole portion 64.
- a sensor rotor 143 of a throttle position sensor 52 which will be described later, is formed so that it can be fitted from behind (upper in FIG. 16).
- a connecting tube portion 66 having a cylindrical shape surrounding the rotor fitting hole 64 is projected from the mounting surface 50 a of the device block 50.
- the connecting tube portion 66 is formed so as to be able to fit in the opening recess 22 of the left bearing boss portion 10 on the mounting surface 26a of the unit mounting portion 26 (see FIG. 3).
- a bypass passage groove 68 is formed on the mounting surface 50 a of the device block 50.
- the bypass passage groove 68 is formed corresponding to the bypass passage groove 37 (see FIG. 5) of the mounting surface 26a of the unit mounting portion 26 (see FIG. 6).
- the bypass passage groove 68 forms a closed cross-section in cooperation with the bypass passage groove 37 when the mounting surface 50a of the device block 50 is brought into surface contact with the mounting surface 26a of the unit mounting portion 26.
- a bypass passage 70 is formed.
- the bypass passage 70 forms a series of passages that bypass the throttle valve 14 by communicating with the bypass inlet hole 28 and the bypass outlet hole 30.
- the bypass passage 70 corresponds to “auxiliary intake passage” and “fluid passage” in this specification.
- the intake air flowing through the bypass passage 70 corresponds to “auxiliary intake air” or “fluid” as used herein.
- the device block 50 is formed with a hollow cylindrical motor fitting portion 72 penetrating in the front-rear direction (vertical direction in FIG. 17).
- a stepped portion 73 for reducing the diameter is formed in the front end portion of the motor fitting portion 72.
- the motor fitting portion 72 is formed so that a step motor 108 of the ISC valve 51 described later can be fitted from behind (upper in FIG. 17).
- the motor fitting portion 72 corresponds to the “actuator unit fitting portion” in this specification.
- a valve body fitting portion 74 is formed that surrounds the motor fitting portion 72 and is continuous with the stepped portion 73.
- a flange portion 75 projecting in an annular shape is formed on the inner peripheral surface of the distal end portion of the valve body fitting portion 74.
- a valve body 110 and a valve spring 138 of an ISC valve 51 which will be described later, can be fitted from behind (upper in FIG. 17).
- the valve body fitting portion 74 is formed so as to be fitted in the valve body fitting portion hole portion 32a in the lateral hole portion 32 of the bypass outlet hole 30 of the unit mounting portion 26 (FIGS. 6 and 6). 7).
- the positioning convex portion 76 extends in the axial direction of the valve body fitting portion 74 (vertical direction in FIG. 17).
- a hollow square tubular pressure sensor fitting hole 77 is formed in the bottom surface of the housing recess 58 of the device block 50. Further, a circular pressure detection hole 78 penetrating in the front-rear direction (vertical direction in FIG. 17) is formed at the center of the bottom surface of the pressure sensor fitting hole 77.
- a sensor main body 54a of a pressure sensor 54 which will be described later, can be fitted from behind (upward in FIG. 17).
- the pressure detection portion 54b of the pressure sensor 54 can be fitted in the pressure detection hole portion 78.
- the device block 50 is formed with a temperature sensor insertion hole 80 penetrating in the front-rear direction (vertical direction in FIG. 18).
- a hollow cylindrical detection cylinder 81 surrounding the front end opening of the temperature sensor insertion hole 80 projects from the mounting surface 50 a of the device block 50.
- the distal end portion of the detection cylinder portion 81 is closed by an end plate portion 81a.
- the detection cylinder 81 is formed so that a thermistor 140 of the temperature sensor 53 described later can be inserted through the temperature sensor insertion hole 80.
- the detection cylinder portion 81 is formed so as to be fitted in the intake air temperature detection hole 42 (see FIG. 5) in the mounting surface 26a of the unit mounting portion 26 (see FIG. 4).
- the left and right connecting recesses 83, 84, the left connecting recess 83 which are located near the lower part of the valve body fitting portion 74, and the above-mentioned
- a vertically elongated groove 85 that communicates with the pressure detection hole 78, and a vertically elongated relay recess 87 that communicates via the throttle groove 86 below the right connecting recess 84 are formed.
- the communication recess 83 on the left is
- the unit mounting portion 26 is formed so as to be able to be aligned with the front end portion (the right end portion in FIG. 5) of the connecting groove 40 (see FIG. 5) on the mounting surface 26a.
- the right communication recess 84 is formed so as to be able to align with the rear end portion (left end portion in FIG. 5) of the communication groove 40 (see FIG. 5).
- the relay recess 87 is formed so as to be able to be aligned with the junction hole 39 (see FIG. 5) on the mounting surface 26a of the unit mounting portion 26.
- a gasket fitting groove 90 is formed on the mounting surface 50 a of the device block 50.
- the gasket fitting groove 90 is formed in an irregular mesh shape in which a total of five first to fifth annular groove portions 91 to 95 share a part with each other.
- the first groove portion 91 is formed in an annular shape surrounding the connecting tube portion 66.
- the second groove portion 92 is formed in an annular shape that surrounds the bypass passage groove 68 and the valve body fitting portion 74 and shares the upper side portion of the first groove portion 91.
- the third groove portion 93 is formed in an annular shape that surrounds the detection cylinder portion 81 and shares the left end portion of the lower side portion of the second groove portion 91.
- the fourth groove 94 surrounds the pressure detection hole 78, the left connecting recess 83, and the groove 85, and the right side of the first groove 91 and the lower side of the second groove 91. It is formed in an annular shape that shares the central part.
- the fifth groove 95 surrounds the right communication recess 84, the throttle groove 86, and the relay recess 87, and shares the right end of the lower side of the second groove 91 and the right side of the fourth groove 94. It is formed in an annular shape.
- the gasket 180 fitted in the gasket fitting groove 90 will be described later.
- a connector 97 is integrally formed on the left side of the device block 50 by a resin mold molding.
- the connector portion 97 is a collection of connector portions for each device component, that is, the ISC valve 51, the throttle position sensor 52, the temperature sensor 53, and the pressure sensor 54.
- a predetermined number of terminals 98 are arranged in the connector portion 97 by insert molding.
- these terminals 98 there are two each for the A phase and B phase (described later) of the step motor 108 of the ISC valve 51 described later, for throttle opening output, intake temperature output, intake pressure output, A total of nine terminals for power supply and ground (ground) correspond.
- the terminal portions on the connector side of these terminals 98 are projected leftward in a state of being parallel to each other.
- the terminal portions 98 on the side opposite to the connector 98 (labeled with (a)) for a total of four terminals 98 for power supply, ground, throttle opening output, and intake pressure output are:
- the device block 50 is bent toward the back side (upward in FIG. 13).
- the end portions 98 (a) are arranged in two rows on the left and right above the temperature sensor insertion hole 80.
- the terminal portions (not shown) of the four terminals 98 in total for each of the A phase and B phase applied to the step motor 108 described later are left and right on the bottom surface of the housing recess 58 of the device block 50.
- Two terminals are connected to the two upper and lower terminal boards 99a and 99b, which are arranged so as to form a different shape (see Fig. 11). These terminal plates 99a and 99b are arranged in the left-right direction between the motor fitting portion 72 and the pressure sensor fitting hole portion 77 (see FIG. 15).
- the terminal plates 99a and 99b and the terminal plates 100a and 100b are arranged in a non-polymerized state in the direction of the rotation axis 9L of the throttle valve 14 (left and right in FIG. 3). That is, the terminal plates 99a and 99b and the terminal plates 100a and 100b are arranged so as not to overlap each other when the device block 50 is viewed from the anti-throttle body side force (see FIG. 15).
- the connector portion 97 is formed such that an external connector (not shown) that is electrically connected to a control device 102 (see FIG. 1) formed of an electronic control unit (ECU) can be connected by insertion.
- the control device 102 includes various detection devices such as ISC valve 51, throttle position sensor 52, temperature sensor 53, pressure sensor 54, other sensors and switches (not shown). An output signal is input.
- the control device 102 controls a step motor 108 (described later) of the ISC valve 51 and other various devices (not shown) based on output signals from the various detection devices.
- both reference pins 104 are formed in a stepped pin shape having a stepped surface 104a having a large diameter portion on the base side and a small diameter portion on the tip side.
- the tip of the small diameter portion is formed in a tapered shape that tapers.
- both the mounting pins 106 are formed in a stepped pin shape having a stepped surface 106a having a base side having a large diameter portion and a distal end side having a small diameter portion.
- the tip of the small diameter portion is formed in a tapered shape that tapers.
- the stepped surface 106 a of the mounting pin 106 and the stepped surface 104 a of the reference pin 104 are formed on a single plane orthogonal to the axis 64 ⁇ / b> L of the port fitting hole 64. Further, in the empty space on the inner peripheral side of the peripheral wall portion 57, a support surface 107 is formed which is flush with both stepped surfaces 104a and 106a. The same flat surface formed by both stepped surfaces 104a and 106a and the support surface 107 serves as a reference surface DL when a wiring board 55 (described later) is assembled to the device block 50.
- the ISC solenoid 51 includes a step motor (also called a stepping motor, a stepper motor, etc.) 108 and a valve body 110 that is moved forward and backward in the axial direction by the step motor 108. ing.
- a bipolar type step motor is used for the step motor 108 of the present embodiment.
- the step motor 108 corresponds to “actuator” in the present specification.
- the step motor 108 includes a stator 113 housed in a bottomed cylindrical motor housing 112 made of a ferromagnetic material, and a motor rotor 114 that rotates in the stator 113. ing.
- the stator 113 includes a bobbin 115 made of resin.
- the bobbin 115 is formed by insert-molding four yokes 116 and four terminals 117 (see FIG. 20).
- two yokes 116 are arranged in a stack in the axial direction as one set.
- the bobbin 115 has a force applied to the opening side of the motor housing 112 by the force of the covering portion 118 that covers the yoke 116.
- An end plate portion 119 formed in a lung shape and a pair of terminal support portions 120 and 121 (see FIG. 17) projecting in parallel to the outer peripheral surface of the end plate portion 119 are formed.
- the base end portions of two terminals 117 are embedded (see FIG. 11).
- Each terminal 117 is drawn out in a stepped manner from each terminal support 120, 121.
- the terminal portion of the terminal 117 of the step motor 108 is non-polymerized in the direction of the rotation axis 9L of the throttle valve 14 (left and right in FIG. 3) (see FIG. 20).
- the two terminals 117 for the A phase are labeled with (Sl) and (S2), and 2 for the B phase. Symbols (S3) and (S4) are attached to the terminal 117 of the book.
- the state 113 corresponds to a “fixed side member” in this specification.
- a coil wire 122 is provided on the outer periphery of the bobbin 115 in two upper and lower stages.
- the terminal portion of the coil wire 122 is connected to each terminal 117 (see FIG. 17).
- a metal cover plate 123 that closes the open end surface of the motor housing 112 is superposed on the end plate portion 119 of the bobbin 115.
- the bottom plate portion 112a of the motor housing 112 is provided with a metallic driving 125, for example.
- the dry bearing 125 is formed in an annular shape, and is attached to the bottom plate portion 112a by, for example, press-fitting into a shaft hole 112b formed in the bottom plate portion 112a.
- the bottom plate portion 112a of the motor housing 112 corresponds to a “metal portion” in the present specification.
- a metal dry bearing 124 is integrally provided on the end plate portion 119 of the bobbin 115.
- the dry bearing 124 is formed in an annular shape.
- the dry bearing 124 is insert-molded into the end plate portion 119, fitted and bonded to the end plate portion 119, or press-fitted into the end plate portion 119. It is attached to the end plate part 119.
- the end plate portion 119 of the bobbin 115 corresponds to a “grease portion” in this specification.
- both dry bearings 124 and 125 are arranged on the same axis with respect to the stator 113.
- the dry bearings 124 and 125 correspond to “sliding bearings” in this specification.
- the dry bearing 124 on the valve body 110 side (lower side in FIG. 19) is referred to as the “front dry bearing 124”, and the dry bearing 124 on the counter valve body side (upper side in FIG. 19) It is called “rear dry bearing 124”.
- the motor rotor 114 includes a metal round bar-like rotor shaft 127 and a cylindrical magnet 130 provided on the outer periphery of the rotor shaft 127.
- the rotor shaft 127 is rotatably supported while being inserted through the pair of dry bearings 124 and 125.
- the end surface of the rotor shaft 127 on the cover plate 123 side is formed in a convex spherical shape, and can be brought into point contact with the cover plate 123.
- a convex spherical convex portion 128 is formed on the other end surface of the rotor shaft 127, and it is possible to make point contact with the bottom surface in the cylindrical portion 132 of the valve body 110 facing it.
- the magnet 130 is provided so as to surround the shaft portion between the dry bearings 124 and 125 in the rotor shaft 127.
- the magnet 130 corresponds to the inner circumferential surface of the yoke 116 with a predetermined gap, and the number of N poles and S poles corresponding to each magnetic pole tooth of the yoke 116 is alternately magnetized.
- a screw shaft portion 129 is formed at the tip portion of the rotor shaft 127 that protrudes outside the motor housing 112.
- the rotor shaft 127 corresponds to an “actuating member” in this specification.
- the valve body 110 is made of, for example, a resin, and has a cylindrical portion 132 having a hollow cylindrical shape, and a tapered surface formed at a tip portion (lower end portion in FIG. 19) of the cylindrical portion 132.
- a cylindrical valve tip portion 133 having 133a and a flange portion 134 projecting in an annular shape from the outer peripheral portion of the base end portion (the upper end portion in FIG. 19) of the cylindrical portion 132 are provided.
- an appropriate number (in FIG. 20, four are shown) of positioning grooves 134a are formed on the outer peripheral surface of the flange portion 134 at equal intervals, that is, 90 ° intervals! .
- the bottomed hole-like concave hole 254 in the tubular portion 132 of the valve body 110 has a large-diameter hole portion 254a in the opening-side half (the upper half in FIG. 19).
- the bottom half (the lower half in FIG. 19) is formed in a stepped hole shape having a small diameter hole 254b.
- a nut member 136 having a screw hole is integrated into the large-diameter hole 254a by press-fitting (for example, heat-fitting).
- a screw shaft portion 129 of the rotor shaft 127 is screwed into the nut member 136 (specifically, a screw hole).
- the small-diameter hole portion 254b of the cylindrical portion 132 is formed so that the screw shaft portion 129 of the rotor shaft 127 can be loosely fitted.
- valve body 110 can be moved forward and backward in the axial direction by screwing the screw shaft portion 129 and the nut member 136 by rotation (forward rotation and reverse rotation) of the motor rotor 114 (see FIG. 19). Can be moved up and down). Further, when the valve body 110 is retracted, before the valve body 110 comes into contact with the motor housing 112, the convex portion 128 force of the rotor shaft 127 and the point contact with the bottom surface in the cylindrical portion 132 of the valve body 110, Further retraction of the valve body 110 is restricted.
- the screw shaft portion 129 of the rotor shaft 127 and the nut member 136 constitute a “screw mechanism”.
- the ISC valve 51 is mounted in the housing recess 58 of the device block 50.
- the valve body 110 is fitted into the valve body fitting portion 74, and the step motor 108 is fitted into the motor fitting portion 72.
- a valve spring 138 made of a coral spring is interposed between the flange portion 134 of the valve body 110 and the flange portion 75 of the valve body fitting portion 74.
- the valve spring 138 has an end on the small diameter side in contact with the flange portion 134 of the valve body 110 and an end on the large diameter side in contact with the flange portion 75 of the valve body fitting portion 74.
- valve spring 138 An end portion on the small diameter side of the valve spring 138 is fitted in an annular recess 134 b formed in an annular shape on the flange portion 134 of the valve body 110.
- the noble spring 138 urges the motor rotor 114 together with the valve body 110 in the backward direction (upward in FIG. 22). As a result, the rotor shaft 127 is held in contact with, or in point contact with, the cover plate 123.
- the positioning groove 134a (see FIG. 17) of the flange portion 134 of the valve body 110 is slidable on the positioning convex portion 76 (see FIG. 17) in the valve body fitting portion 74 of the device block 50. Fitted. Thereby, the valve body 110 is prevented from rotating about the axis. At this time, since the positioning groove 134a is formed with a multiple of the positioning convex portion 76 (double in this embodiment), the valve body 110 is easily fitted into the valve body fitting portion 74 of the device block 50. be able to. Further, the valve tip portion 133 of the valve body 110 is inserted into the flange portion 75 of the valve body fitting portion 74 of the device block 50, and protrudes forward (downward in FIG. 22) from the flange portion 75. ing.
- each terminal 117 force of the step motor 108 has a bottom surface of the housing recess 58 of the device block 50. Placed on each terminal board 99a, 99b arranged above ( (See Figure 21). In this state, each terminal 117 is connected to each terminal plate 99a, 99b by resistance welding or the like. The step motor 108 is prevented from being detached by a device cover 60 provided in the device block 50 (see FIG. 19).
- the temperature sensor 53 incorporated in the housing recess 58 of the device block 50 will be described. As shown in FIG. 18, the temperature sensor 53 is composed mainly of a thermistor 140.
- the thermistor 140 is inserted into the detection cylinder 81 through the temperature sensor insertion hole 80 of the device block 50. Accordingly, the terminal force of the two terminals 141 of the thermistor 140 is placed on each terminal plate 100a, 100b disposed on the bottom surface of the housing recess 58 of the device block 50 (see FIG. 21). In this state, the terminal portion of each terminal 141 is connected to each terminal plate 100a, 100b by resistance welding or the like. The terminal portion of the terminal 141 of the thermistor 140 is non-polymerized in the direction of the axis 9L of the throttle valve 14 (left and right in FIG. 3) (see FIG. 21).
- the throttle position sensor 52 incorporated in the housing recess 58 of the device block 50 will be described.
- the throttle position sensor 52 includes a sensor rotor 143 incorporated between the device block 50 and a wiring board 55 (described later).
- the sensor rotor 143 is made of, for example, a resin, and protrudes toward the device block 50 side (lower side in FIG. 16) of the substantially disk-shaped rotor main part 143a facing the wiring board 55 and the rotor main part 143a.
- the substantially cylindrical connecting tube portion 143b and the support shaft portion 143c protruding to the wiring board 55 side (upper side in FIG. 16) of the rotor main portion 143a are provided on the same axis.
- the connecting cylinder portion 143b is loosely fitted in the flange portion 65 of the rotor fitting hole 64 (see FIGS. 12 and 13).
- a leaf spring 144 is incorporated in the connecting cylinder portion 143b.
- the plate spring 144 inertiaally holds the sensor rotor 143 in the radial direction in the sensor rotor connecting portion 24 when the sensor rotor 143 is connected to the sensor rotor connecting portion 24 of the throttle shaft 9.
- the support shaft portion 143 c is loosely fitted in a support shaft portion through hole 158 formed in the wiring board 55. Further, the support shaft portion 143c is rotatably supported in a bearing recess 170 formed in the device cover 60 described later.
- a wave washer (also called a wave spring or a wave spring washer) 145 is interposed between the opposing surfaces forming an annular shape with the three rotor main portions 143a.
- the wave shutter 145 always urges the sensor rotor 143 toward the device cover 60 side.
- the wave washer 145 corresponds to an “elastic member” in this specification.
- the surface (the upper surface in FIG. 12) of the rotor main portion 143a on the device cover 60 side is a slider that can slide on resistor portions 150 and 151 (described later) of the wiring board 55.
- a brush 147 is provided.
- the throttle position sensor 52 is a contact type throttle that converts the brush 147 into an electric signal by sliding on the resistor parts 150 and 151 of the wiring board 55 and outputs the signal.
- Position sensor 52 is a contact type throttle that converts the brush 147 into an electric signal by sliding on the resistor parts 150 and 151 of the wiring board 55 and outputs the signal.
- the wiring board 55 is formed with an outer shape that can be fitted into the housing recess 58 of the device block 50 (see FIG. 24).
- a predetermined wiring pattern 148 is printed on the surface of the wiring board 55.
- a predetermined wiring pattern 149 is printed on the back surface of the wiring board 55.
- both internal and external resistor parts 150 and 151 that form a fan shape corresponding to the brush 147 of the sensor rotor 143 are formed, and a pressure sensor 54 (described later) is mounted. ing.
- the wiring board 55 is formed with a pair of upper and lower reference holes 153.
- Both mounting holes 155 correspond to both reference pins 104 of the device block 50, and are formed so that they can be fitted to the small diameter portion on the tip side of the mounting pin 106 (see FIGS. 15 and 16).
- the reference hole 153 is also used as a reference hole when the wiring patterns 148 and 149 are printed on the wiring board 55.
- the wiring board 55 is formed with a pair of upper and lower mounting holes 155. Both mounting holes 155 correspond to both mounting pins 106 of the device block 50, and are formed so as to be fitted to the small diameter portion on the tip side of the mounting pin 106 (see FIGS. 15 and 16). As shown in FIG. 25, a total of four terminal through holes 157 are formed in the wiring board 55 in two rows on the left and right. These terminal through holes 157 correspond to the terminal portions 98 (a) on the side opposite to the connector of each of the four terminals 98 protruding on the bottom surface of the receiving recess 58 of the device block 50, and the terminals It is formed so that it can be fitted into the part 98 (a) (see Fig. 15).
- a support shaft through hole 158 is formed at the center of the wiring board 55.
- the support shaft portion through-hole 158 corresponds to the support shaft portion 143c of the sensor rotor 143, and is formed so as to be freely fitted on the support shaft portion 143c (see FIG. 16).
- a pressure sensor 54 is mounted on the back surface of the wiring board 55.
- the pressure sensor 54 includes a sensor main body 54a that is a main body of the pressure sensor 54, and a columnar pressure detection portion 54b that protrudes on the sensor main body 54a (front side in FIG. 26).
- the sensor main body 54 a corresponds to the pressure sensor fitting hole 77 of the device block 50, and is formed so as to be fitted into the fitting hole 77.
- the pressure detection unit 54b corresponds to the pressure detection hole 78 of the device block 50, and is formed so as to be able to fit into the pressure detection hole 78 (see FIG. 17).
- the wiring board 55 is formed with a long and narrow isolation hole 160 that crosses between the resistor parts 150 and 151 and a total of four terminal through holes 157. Yes.
- the wiring board 55 is mounted in the housing recess 58 of the device block 50 as described below. That is, the wiring board 55 is fitted in the housing recess 58 so that the back surface thereof faces the bottom surface in the housing recess 58 of the device block 50 (see FIG. 24). At this time, the small diameter portions on the tip side of both reference pins 104 of the device block 50 are relatively fitted in both reference holes 153, so that the wiring board 55 is parallel to the plate surface, that is, in the radial direction. And positioned in the direction of rotation (see Figure 12). Further, the tapered portion at the tip of the small diameter portion of both reference pins 104 guides both reference holes 153, whereby the wiring board 55 can be quickly positioned at a predetermined position.
- both reference holes 1 53 are brought into contact with the stepped surface 104a (see FIG. 16) of both reference pins 104, whereby the wiring board 55 is supported on the reference surface DL of the housing recess 58. (See Figure 12).
- the outer peripheral portion of the wiring board 55 contacts the support surface 107 (see Fig. 16) of the receiving recess 58. Even if the contact is made, the wiring board 55 is supported on the reference plane DL of the housing recess 58 (see FIG. 12). In addition, the small-diameter portion on the tip side of both mounting pins 106 of the device block 50 is relatively fitted in both mounting holes 155, and the edge of both mounting holes 155 is the stepped surface 106a ( The wiring board 55 is also supported on the reference plane DL of the housing recess 58 (see FIG. 12). At this time, the wiring board 55 can be positioned at a predetermined position with high speed and force also by the tapered portion of the tip of the small diameter portion of the both mounting pins 106 guiding the both mounting holes 155.
- each terminal through hole 157 (see Fig. 25) of the wiring board 55 a total of four terminal portions 98 of each terminal 98 projecting from the bottom surface of the housing recess 58 of the device block 50 ( a) (see Fig. 24) is inserted (see Fig. 24). Then, the conductive parts (reference numerals omitted) of the wiring patterns 148, 149 (see FIG. 25 and FIG. 26) around each terminal through hole 157 of the wiring board 55 and the terminal part 98 (a) of each terminal 98 are soldered. Connected by. In addition, the reference numeral 164 is attached to the connection part by soldering (see FIGS. 13 and 24).
- the support shaft portion 143c of the sensor rotor 143 is loosely fitted in the support shaft portion through hole 158 of the wiring board 55 (see FIGS. 12 and 13).
- the sensor body 54a of the pressure sensor 54 is fitted into the pressure sensor fitting hole 77 of the device block 50.
- the pressure detector 54b is fitted into the pressure detection hole 78 of the device block 50.
- a sealing material (not shown) for sealing between the sensor main body 54a of the pressure sensor 54 and the pressure sensor fitting hole 77 is appropriately interposed.
- the enormous portion 162 is formed by crushing the tip end portion of the mounting pin 106 protruding on the surface of the wiring board 55 by thermal force. As a result, the wiring board 55 is prevented from being detached from the device block 50.
- the device cover 60 that covers the device components modularized in the device block 50 will be described.
- the device cover 60 is made of resin and is formed in a flat plate shape having an outer diameter corresponding to the peripheral wall portion 57 of the housing recess 58 of the device block 50.
- a pair of upper and lower reference recesses 168 are formed on the back surface of the device cover 60. Both reference recesses 168 correspond to both reference pins 104 of the device block 50, and are formed so that they can be fitted to the small-diameter portion on the tip side of the mounting pin 106 (see FIG. 16).
- a bearing recess 170 is formed at the center of the back surface of the device cover 60 (see FIG. 28). The bearing recess 170 corresponds to the support shaft portion 143c of the sensor rotor 143, and is formed so that the support shaft portion 143c can be supported (see FIG. 16).
- a pair of upper and lower force relief recesses 172 are formed on the back surface of the device cover 60 (see FIG. 28). Both relief recesses 172 correspond to both mounting pins 106 of the device block 50, and are formed so as to be able to accommodate the enormous portions 162 (see FIG. 12) of the mounting pins 106 (see FIG. 16). Further, a terminal relief S and a recess 173 are formed on the back surface of the device cover 60 (see FIG. 28). The escape recess 173 corresponds to the connection part 164 by soldering between the wiring board 55 and the terminal part 98 (a) of each terminal 98, and is formed so as to accommodate the connection part (see FIG. 13). ).
- a motor relief recess 174 is formed on the back surface of the device cover 60 (see FIG. 13).
- the relief recess 174 corresponds to the motor housing 112 of the step motor 108, and is formed so as to be able to accommodate the rear portion of the motor housing 112 (see FIGS. 6 and 7).
- the device cover 60 is placed on the device block 50 so as to close the open end surface of the accommodating recess 58.
- the device cover 60 is oriented in a direction parallel to the plate surface by relatively fitting the small-diameter portions of the tip ends of the reference pins 104 of the device block 50 into the reference recesses 168 of the device cover 60. In other words, it is positioned in the radial and rotational directions.
- the shaft 143c of the sensor rotor 143 is relatively fitted in the bearing recess 170 of the device cover 60, so that the sensor rotor 143 is rotatably supported by the device cover 60.
- the enormous portion 162 of the mounting pins 106 of the device block 50 is accommodated in the escape recess 172 for both caulking portions of the device cover 60 (see Fig. 12).
- a connection part 164 by soldering the wiring board 55 and the terminal part 98 (a) of each terminal 98 is accommodated (see FIG. 13).
- the motor housing of the step motor 108 is placed in the motor relief recess 174 of the device cover 60.
- the rear part of the cable 112 is accommodated (see FIGS. 6 and 7).
- the outer peripheral part of the device cover 60 is joined to the peripheral wall part 57 of the device block 50 by the resin welding (refer FIG. 12 and FIG. 13). The cover welding structure will be described in detail later.
- the gasket 180 is fitted into the gasket fitting groove 90 (see FIG. 14) of the device block 50.
- the gasket 180 has a shape corresponding to the gasket fitting groove 90 of the device block 50 (see FIG. 14).
- the gasket 180 is formed in an irregular mesh shape in which a total of five first to fifth seal portions 181 to 185 having a ring shape share a part with each other.
- the first seal portion 181 is formed so as to be able to be fitted into the first groove portion 91 of the gasket fitting groove 90.
- the second seal portion 182 is formed so as to be able to fit into the second groove portion 92 of the gasket fitting groove 90.
- the third seal portion 183 is formed so as to be able to fit into the third groove portion 93 of the gasket fitting groove 90.
- the fourth seal portion 184 is formed so as to be able to fit into the fourth groove portion 94 of the gasket fitting groove 90.
- the fifth seal portion 185 is formed so as to be able to fit into the fifth groove portion 95 of the gasket fitting groove 90.
- the gasket 180 is fitted into the gasket fitting groove 90 of the device block 50 when the device block 50 is attached to the throttle body 2.
- the device unit 3 is made to correspond to the unit mounting portion 26 of the throttle body 2 (see the two-dot chain line 3 in FIG. 2).
- the mounting surface 50a of the device block 50 of the device block 50 is brought into surface contact with the mounting surface 26a of the unit mounting portion 26 of the throttle body 2.
- the screw holes 44a see Fig. 5 of the fastening boss portions 44 of the unit mounting portion 26 and the bolt insertion holes 62a (see Fig. 29) of the mounting boss portions 62 of the device block 50 are aligned.
- the device block 50 By tightening the fastening bolt 45 into each screw hole 44a through each bolt insertion hole 62a, the device block 50 is attached to and detached from the throttle body 14 in the 9L direction (left and right direction in FIG. 3) of the rotation axis of the throttle valve 14. It can be attached (see Fig. 1 to Fig. 3).
- bypass passage groove 68 of the device block 50 is aligned with the bypass passage groove 37 of the unit mounting portion 26.
- a bypass passage 70 that bypasses the throttle valve 14 is formed by forming a closed section and communicating the bypass inlet hole 28 and the bypass outlet hole 30.
- the intake air passes from the vertical hole portion 31 to the downstream side of the bore 7 through the valve body fitting portion hole portion 32 a of the lateral hole portion 32 and the small diameter side hole portion 32 b. (See Fig. 4 and Fig. 7).
- valve body fitting portion 74 of the device block 50 is fitted into the valve body fitting portion hole portion 32a of the lateral hole portion 32 in the bypass outlet hole 30 of the unit mounting portion 26 (FIG. 6). And Figure 7). Accordingly, the valve body 110 force of the ISC valve 51 is aligned on the same axis with respect to the valve seat portion 33 of the small diameter side hole portion 32b of the side hole portion 32, and the valve tip portion 133 of the valve body 110 is aligned with the valve seat portion. Opposite to 33. As a result, the throttle shaft 9 is disposed so as to be movable back and forth in a direction parallel to the axis 9L of the throttle shaft 9 (see FIG. 7). The step motor 108 of the ISC valve 51 is driven and controlled by the control device 102 (see FIG. 1) when the engine is idle.
- valve seat portion 33 is closed by the valve body 110 of the ISC valve 51, that is, the valve closed state.
- the motor rotor 114 rotates (for example, forward rotation) in the valve opening direction. .
- rotation of the rotor shaft 127 of the motor rotor 114 causes the rotor shaft to rotate.
- the valve seat 110 is retracted (upwardly moved in FIG. 10) through the threaded engagement between the screw shaft portion 129 of the foot 127 and the nut member 136, thereby opening the valve seat portion 33 (see FIG. 9).
- valve closing signal is output from the control device 102 (see Fig. 1) to the step motor 108 in the open state of the ISC valve 51 (see Fig. 9)
- the motor rotor 114 (see Fig. 19) It is rotated (eg reverse) in the valve closing direction. For this reason, the rotation of the rotor shaft 127 of the motor rotor 114 causes the valve body 110 to advance (downward movement in FIG. 9) through the threaded engagement between the screw shaft portion 129 of the rotor shaft 127 and the nut member 136. As a result, the valve seat portion 33 is closed (see FIG. 10).
- the valve body 110 is moved forward and backward based on the drive control of the step motor 108, whereby the amount of intake air flowing through the bypass passage 70 is adjusted, that is, controlled.
- the ISC valve 51 corresponds to “idle control device” and “flow rate control valve” in this specification.
- the throttle body 2 including the valve seat 33 and the ISC valve 51 constitute an auxiliary intake air amount control device 51A (see FIG. 7).
- the detection cylinder 81 of the device block 50 (see Fig. 23) is inserted into the intake air temperature detection hole 42 of the unit mounting part 26, and the tip of the detection cylinder 81 protrudes into the bore 7. (See Fig. 4). Therefore, the tip of the detection cylinder 81 is exposed to the intake air flowing through the bore 7.
- the temperature of the thermistor 140 (see FIG. 23) of the temperature sensor 53 disposed in the detection cylinder portion 81 of the device block 50 can be detected to detect the temperature of the intake air flowing in the bore 7, so-called intake air temperature. it can.
- the thermistor 140 detects the temperature (intake air temperature) at the tip of the detection cylinder 81 of the device block 50, converts it to an electrical signal, and converts the signal to the control device 102 (see FIG. 1). Output.
- the device block 50 is brought into surface contact with the unit mounting portion 26, so that the bore 7 (see FIG. 4) of the throttle body 2 and the pressure detection of the device block 50 are detected.
- a pressure passage 187 having a series of closed cross sections communicating with the hole 78 (see FIG. 29) is formed.
- the relay recess 87 of the device block 50 is aligned with the junction hole 39 of the unit mounting portion 26 (see FIG. 32). Further, the open end surface of the throttle groove 86 of the device block 50 is closed by the mounting surface 26a of the boot mounting portion 26 (see FIG. 32). Also, the connecting recess 84 on the right side of the device block 50 is aligned with one end (rear end) of the connecting groove 40 of the unit mounting portion 26. (See Fig. 32 and Fig. 33). Further, the open end surface of the central portion of the communication groove 40 of the unit mounting portion 26 is closed by the mounting surface 50a of the device block 50 (see FIG. 33).
- the communication recess 83 on the left side of the device block 50 is aligned with the other end portion (front end portion) of the communication groove 40 of the unit mounting portion 26 (see FIGS. 33 and 34). Further, the open end surfaces of the groove portion 85 and the pressure detection hole portion 78 of the unit mounting portion 26 are closed by the mounting surface 50a of the device block 50 (see FIG. 34).
- a labyrinth pressure passage 187 having a series of closed cross sections by 78 is formed (see FIG. 31). Therefore, the intake pressure (negative pressure) in the bore 7 acts on the pressure detector 54b of the pressure sensor 54 through the pressure passage 187, so that the intake pressure in the bore 7 can be detected by the pressure sensor 54. .
- the pressure sensor 54 detects the pressure acting on the pressure detection portion 54b through the pressure detection hole portion 78, that is, the intake pressure (negative pressure) in the bore 7 on the downstream side of the throttle valve 14 to detect the detection signal. Output to the controller 102 (see Fig. 1).
- the gasket 180 (see Fig. 29) mounted in the gasket fitting groove 90 of the device block 50 is attached to the mounting surface of the device block 50.
- the mechanical connection part and communication part between 50a and the mounting surface 26a of the unit mounting part 26 are elastically sealed (see FIG. 3).
- the common seal (reference numeral 180a) for the fourth and fifth sheaths of the gasket 180 is the second seal part 182 and the fourth seal.
- T-shaped for common part with part 184 (reference numeral, 180b) and common part for second seal part 182 and fifth seal part 185 (reference numeral, 180c) It is continuous.
- the shared portion 180a crosses the open end surface of the connecting groove 40 of the mounting surface 26a of the unit mounting portion 26, but does not bisect the connecting groove 40.
- the device cover 60 is joined to the entire circumference of the device block 50 by laser welding (reference numeral 190 is attached to the welded portion).
- the opening end surface of the peripheral wall portion 57 of the housing recess 58 is joined to the joint surface portion 192a that raises the inner peripheral side and the outer peripheral side is lowered.
- a step-like joint surface is formed as the surface portion 192b. This joint surface is integrally formed over the entire circumference of the peripheral wall 57 (see FIG. 24).
- the protruding portion having the bonding surface portion 192a protruding above the bonding surface portion 192b on the outer peripheral side with a protruding height 194H is a convex over the entire circumference of the opening end surface of the peripheral wall portion 57.
- the ridge 194 is formed in a quadrangular cross section.
- a welding allowance A required for resin welding is set in advance at the tip of the ridge 194.
- chamfered slopes 195 are formed at the corners on the inner and outer circumferences of margin B, which is a predetermined amount (for example, the same dimensions as welding margin A) added to welding margin A of ridge 194. Is formed.
- the outer periphery of the device cover 60 is integrally formed over the entire periphery with a stagger portion 197 protruding toward the outer peripheral joint surface 192b of the device block 50 (see FIG. 28). ).
- the stagger portion 197 is formed in a quadrangular cross section.
- the protrusion height 197H of the stagger portion 197 is set to a height obtained by subtracting the welding allowance A from the protrusion height 194H force of the protrusion 194.
- the outer peripheral surface of the stopper portion 197 is formed to be flush with the outer peripheral surface of the device cover 60 and the outer peripheral surface of the peripheral wall portion 57 of the device block 50.
- the width 197W of the stopper portion 197 is set to be smaller than the width 192bW of the joint surface portion 192b on the outer peripheral side of the device block 50. Accordingly, an annular gap 198 is formed between the inner peripheral surface of the stopper portion 197 and the outer peripheral surface of the ridge 194.
- the joint surface portion 192b and the stopper portion 197 on the outer peripheral side of the device block 50 constitute a contact portion 200 that can be contacted with each other and that defines the welding allowance A of the protrusion 194 at the time of welding by contact. Yes.
- the contact portion 200 is provided in a multiple ring shape with a gap 198 having a predetermined interval on the outer peripheral side of the ridge 194.
- the device block 50 is formed of an absorbent resin material having a high absorption rate of laser light.
- resin material of the device block 50 for example, polybutylene terephthalate resin (PBT) mixed with about 30% by weight of glass fiber, carbon black, dye or What mixed predetermined coloring materials, such as a pigment, can be used.
- the device cover 60 is formed of a transmissive resin material having a high laser beam transmittance.
- a resin material of the device cover 60 for example, polybutylene terephthalate resin (PBT) mixed with about 30% by weight of glass fiber can be used.
- the sensor rotor 143 of the throttle position sensor 52 (see FIG. 8) and the wiring board 55 (more specifically, the base material) are also formed of the same material as the device block 50 and the device cover 60. And!
- the device cover 60 that closes the housing recess 58 is aligned with the open end face of the peripheral wall 57 of the device block 50.
- the front end surface of the stopper portion 197 of the device cover 60 faces the joint surface portion 192b on the outer peripheral side of the device block 50 with the welding allowance A therebetween.
- a laser beam LB is irradiated from the device cover 60 side toward the tip of the convex strip 194 of the device block 50 by an optical head (not shown).
- the laser beam LB transmitted through the device cover 60 is irradiated onto the tip of the projection 194, and the tip is melted by generating heat.
- the laser beam LB may be irradiated simultaneously over the entire circumference of the ridge 194, or may be circulated while irradiating along the ridge 194.
- the tip of the protrusion 194 is set as the welding allowance A, and the device cover 60 is pressed or submerged into the device block 50, so that the device cover 60 is welded to the device block 50 by resin welding, that is, laser light LB. It can be fat welded or laser welded.
- the welding margin A of the tip end portion of the protrusion 194 is defined by bringing the tip end surface of the stopper portion 197 into contact with the joint surface portion 192b on the outer peripheral side of the device block 50.
- the resin burr 202 protruding to the outer peripheral side by welding can be accommodated.
- the slope 195 formed at the corners on the inner and outer peripheral sides of the margin B obtained by adding a predetermined amount to the welding allowance A of the ridge 194, and the back surface 60a of the device cover 60 Receiving recess Abbreviation) can accept rosin burr 202. Thereafter, the molten resin is cooled and cured to complete laser welding of the device block 50 and the device cover 60.
- the clamp member 204 of the clamping device causes the welded portion of the device cover 60 to be attached to the convex strip 194 of the device block 50.
- the part shifted to the outer periphery side (left side in FIG. 38) is cantilevered in the joining direction (downward in FIG. 38).
- the outer periphery of the device cover 60 is bent.
- the contact pressure of the device cover 60 with the ridge 194 can be increased, and the sealability of the device block 50 and the device cover 60 can be further improved by welding the resin with the laser beam LB (see FIG. 37). .
- the tip of the protrusion 194 provided on the device block 50 and facing the outer periphery of the device force bar 60 over the entire circumference is used as the welding allowance A, and the device block 50
- the device cover 60 is welded to the resin (see Fig. 37). Therefore, the device cover 60 is welded to the device block 50 without being affected by the flatness of the joint surface between the device block 50 and the device cover 60 (specifically, the joint surface portion 192a of the protrusion 194). be able to. For this reason, the sealing performance by the resin welding of the device block 50 and the device cover 60 can be improved.
- the welding allowance A (see Fig. 37) of the ridges 194 at the time of resin welding is defined by the mutual contact of the contact portions 200 provided between the opposing surfaces of the device block 50 and the device cover 60. You Can. As a result, over-welding of the ridges 194 can be prevented.
- the contact portion 200 is formed in a multiple ring shape on the outer peripheral side of the protrusion 194 with a predetermined interval by the gap 198. Therefore, the grease burr 202 that tries to protrude to the outer peripheral side of the ridge 194 can be concealed in the gap 198 (see FIG. 37) between the ridge 194 and the contact portion 200. Thereby, the appearance of the device unit 3 can be improved.
- a device block 50 having a projecting stripe 194 and made of an absorbent resin material having a high laser light absorption rate is formed on a device block 50 having a high laser light transmittance and made of a transparent resin material.
- the cover 60 was welded with a laser beam LB, ie, laser welding (see Fig. 37). Therefore, it is possible to improve the sealing performance by resin welding (laser welding) between the device block 50 and the device cover 60.
- the device cover 60 is attached to the device block 50 in a state where a portion of the device cover 60 that is shifted to the outer peripheral side (left side in FIG. 39) from the welded portion 190 is pressed in a cantilevered manner toward the device block 50 side.
- the resin was welded with a laser beam LB (see Fig. 37) (see Fig. 38). Therefore, the convexity of the device block 50 is obtained by utilizing the bending deformation of the device cover 60 by pressing the portion of the device cover 60 that is displaced from the welded portion 190 to the outer peripheral side (left side in FIG. 39) in a cantilevered manner.
- Device force against 194 Bar 60 contact pressure can be increased.
- the sealing performance by the resin welding laser welding
- the device unit 3 in which the throttle position sensor 52 (see FIG. 12) for detecting the opening degree of the throttle valve 14 is modularized in the device block 50.
- the throttle position sensor 52 (see Fig. 12) is a contact type throttle position sensor 52 in which the brush 147 of the sensor rotor 143 slides against the resistor parts 150 and 151 of the wiring board 55. Can do.
- an isolation hole 160 penetrating through the wiring board 55 in the front-back direction is provided between the connection part 164 by soldering of the wiring board 55 and the resistor parts 150, 151 (see FIG. 24). For this reason, when the device unit 3 is exposed to a high temperature, flux diffusion due to soldering or Even if bleeding occurs, the flux can be cut off by the isolation hole 160 to prevent the flutter from reaching the resistor portions 150 and 151.
- the sensor rotor 143 can be stably supported by rotatably supporting the sensor rotor 143 on the device cover 60 (see Figs. 12 and 13).
- the abutment portion 200 provided between the opposing surfaces of the device block 50 and the device cover 60 mutually abuts to define the welding allowance A of the ridge 194 at the time of resin welding (see FIG. 37). . Therefore, by supporting the sensor rotor 143 on the device cover 60 in a rotatable manner, the sensor rotor 143 is supported on the device cover 60 that has been welded to the device block 50 with a prescribed welding allowance A with high accuracy. be able to. For this reason, the contact load (brush load) of the brush 147 with respect to the resistor portions 150 and 151 of the wiring board 55 can be maintained at a predetermined load.
- the wiring board 55 can be positioned in the device block 50 with respect to the radial direction of the reference pin 104 (see Fig. 12). ). Furthermore, the device cover 60 can be positioned in the device block 50 with respect to the radial direction of the reference pin 104 by fitting the reference recess 168 of the device cover 60 to the reference pin 104 of the device block 50. This Using the reference pins 104 of the device block 50, the wiring board 55 and the device cover 60 can be accurately positioned with respect to the radial direction of the reference pins 104.
- the brush 147 of the sensor rotor 143 supported by the device cover 60 can accurately trace the resistor portions 150 and 151 of the wiring board 55, and the performance of the throttle position sensor 52 can be improved. .
- the insertion position of the wiring board 55 can be defined on the reference plane DL using the reference pins 104 of the device block 50 (see FIG. 12).
- the brush 147 of the sensor rotor 143 with respect to the resistor portions 150 and 151 of the wiring board 55 can be traced with high accuracy. For this reason, the linearity performance of the throttle position sensor 52 for detecting the opening of the throttle valve 14 can be improved.
- the wiring board 55 is attached to the device block 50 by applying heat to the tip of the mounting pin 106. It can be prevented from coming off (see Fig. 12).
- the insertion position of the wiring board 55 can be defined using the mounting pins 106 of the device block 50 (see FIG. 12).
- the sensor rotor 143 is urged toward the device cover 60 by the wave washer 145 provided between the device block 50 and the sensor rotor 143 (see FIG. 12). This prevents or reduces the backlash of the sensor rotor 143 in the axial direction, and suppresses variations in the contact load of the brush 147 of the sensor rotor 143 on the resistance parts 150, 151 of the wiring board 55. it can.
- the device block 50, the device cover 60, and the sensor rotor 143 are formed of the same resin material. Therefore, the variation of the linear expansion difference with respect to the temperature change of the device block 50, the device force bar 60, and the sensor rotor 143 is reduced, and the contact load of the brush 147 of the sensor rotor 143 to the resistor portions 150, 151 of the wiring board 55 is varied. Can be suppressed.
- the resistor substrate 150, 151 side surface of the wiring board 55 that is, the back surface is arranged on the reference surface DL set in the device block 50 (see FIG. 12). Therefore, the resistance of the wiring board 55 does not depend on the variation in the thickness of the wiring board 55 and the linear expansion coefficient.
- the contact load (brush load) of the brush 147 of the sensor rotor 143 with respect to the antibody portions 150 and 151 can be set.
- the arrangement position of the surface on the resistor part 150, 151 side of the wiring board 55 and the brush load on the surface on the resistor part 150, 151 side are determined. It is possible to eliminate variations in brush load due to variations in the expansion rate and thickness of the 55 base materials. As a result, the generation of wear powder due to sliding between the resistor portions 150 and 151 of the wiring board 55 and the brush 147 can be prevented or reduced.
- a device unit 3 is provided in which an ISC valve 51 (see FIGS. 21 and 22) for controlling the amount of auxiliary air flowing through a no-pass passage 70 that bypasses the throttle valve 14 is modularized in the device block 50. Can do.
- the device unit 3 in which the temperature sensor 53 (see FIG. 23) for detecting the intake air temperature is modularized in the device block 50 can be provided.
- the device unit 3 in which the pressure sensor 54 (see FIG. 27) for detecting the intake pressure is modularized in the device block 50.
- the tip of the protruding strip 194 provided on the device block 50 and opposed to the outer peripheral portion of the device cover 60 over the entire circumference is used as the welding allowance A.
- a device block 50 having a protruding line 194 and formed of an absorbent resin material having a high laser light absorption rate is formed on a device block 50 having a high laser light transmittance and a transparent resin material.
- Cover 60 is welded by laser beam LB, ie, laser welding (see Fig. 37). Therefore, it is possible to improve the sealing performance by resin welding (laser welding) between the device block 50 and the device cover 60.
- the device cover 60 is pressed in a cantilevered manner toward the device block 50 side by shifting the portion shifted to the outer peripheral side (left side in FIG. 39) from the welded portion 190, thereby obtaining a device.
- the contact pressure of the device cover 60 against the protrusion 194 of the device block 50 can be increased by utilizing the deflection deformation of the cover 60 (see FIG. 38).
- the sealing performance by the resin welding can be further improved.
- the device block 50 and the device cover 60 are connected to the throttle body 2 provided with the throttle valve 14 for opening and closing the bore 7. It is possible to provide a device unit 3 for a throttle body that can improve the sealing performance by welding the resin.
- the device block 50 Since the device block 50 is detachably fastened to the throttle body 2 with fastening bolts 45 (see Figs. 1 and 2), the fastening bolts 45 are removed as necessary. As a result, the device block 50 can be separated from the throttle body 2. Therefore, maintenance of the throttle body 2 and the device block 50 can be easily performed.
- the ridge 194 can be changed to those of the following modified examples 1 to 6.
- the ridges 194A in the first modification are formed in a simple rectangular shape with no inclined surface 195 (see FIG. 36) on the inner and outer peripheral sides of the tip.
- the ridge 194B in the modified example 2 is formed by forming a slope 195 (see FIG. 36) only on the inner peripheral side of the tip of the ridge 194A in the modified example 1 (see FIG. 39). It is.
- the ridge 194C in the modified example 3 is formed by forming a slope 195 (see FIG. 36) only on the outer peripheral side of the tip of the ridge 194A (see FIG. 39) in the modified example 1. is there.
- the ridge 194D in the modified example 4 is obtained by changing the slope 195 (see FIG. 36) in the first embodiment to a curved surface 195A having a convex cross-section arc shape.
- the ridge 194E in the modified example 5 is obtained by changing the slope 195 (see FIG. 36) in the first embodiment to a curved surface 195B having a concave arcuate cross section.
- the protrusion 194F in the modification 6 is obtained by changing the slope 195 (see FIG. 36) in the first embodiment to a step surface 195C having a stepped cross section.
- Example 2 will be described. Since the present embodiment is obtained by changing a part of the first embodiment, the changed portion will be described and redundant description will be omitted. Also, in the following examples, the changed parts will be described, and duplicate descriptions will be omitted. In this embodiment, a change is made to the contact portion 200 (see FIGS. 36 and 37) between the device block 50 and the device cover 60 in the first embodiment.
- the outer peripheral portion 206 of the device cover 60 is formed into a flat plate shape by omitting the stopper portion 197 (see FIG. 36) of the device cover 60 in the first embodiment. Forming. Further, a stopper portion 208 protruding toward the outer peripheral portion 206 of the device cover 60 is integrally formed on the outer peripheral portion of the device block 50 over the entire periphery. The stopper portion 208 is formed in a quadrangular cross section. The protrusion height 208H of the stopper 208 is set to a height obtained by subtracting the welding allowance A from the protrusion height 194H force of the ridge 194!
- the outer peripheral surface of the stopper portion 208 is formed to be flush with the outer peripheral surface of the peripheral wall portion 57 of the device block 50 and to be flush with the outer peripheral surface of the device cover 60.
- An annular gap 209 is formed between the inner peripheral surface of the stopper portion 208 and the outer peripheral surface of the ridge 194.
- the stopper portion 208 of the device block 50 and the outer peripheral portion 206 of the device cover 60 constitute an abutting portion 210 that can abut against each other and that defines the welding allowance A of the protrusion 194 during welding. Yes.
- the abutting portion 210 is provided in a multiple ring shape on the outer peripheral side of the ridge 194 with a predetermined gap 209 therebetween. Other configurations are the same as those of the first embodiment.
- the welding allowance A of the distal end portion of the convex strip 194 is defined.
- a resin burr 202 by welding can be accommodated in a gap 209 formed between the inner peripheral surface of the stagger portion 208 and the outer peripheral surface of the protrusion 194. Therefore, this embodiment can also achieve the same effect as the first embodiment.
- Example 3 will be described. Since the present embodiment is obtained by changing a part of the first embodiment, the changed portion will be described and redundant description will be omitted.
- a contact portion 200 (see FIGS. 36 and 37) between the device block 50 and the device cover 60 in the first embodiment is provided.
- the opening end surface of the peripheral wall portion 57 of the device block 50 in the first embodiment is line-symmetrical with a protrusion 194 between the outer peripheral joint surface portion 192b.
- An inner peripheral joint surface portion 192c is formed.
- a stopper portion 212 that protrudes toward the joint surface portion 192c on the inner peripheral side of the device block 50 is integrally formed on the outer peripheral portion of the device cover 60 over the entire periphery.
- the stopper 212 is line-symmetric with respect to the stopper 197 with the protrusion 194 of the device block 50 interposed therebetween. Therefore, an annular gap 213 is formed between the outer peripheral surface of the stopper portion 212 and the inner peripheral surface of the ridge 194.
- the joint surface portion 192c on the inner peripheral side of the device block 50 and the stopper portion 212 constitute an abutting portion 214 that can abut against each other and that defines the welding allowance A of the protrusion 194 during welding. ing.
- the contact portion 214 is provided in a multiple ring shape with a gap 213 at a predetermined interval on the inner peripheral side of the protrusion 194. Other configurations are the same as those of the first embodiment.
- the grease burr 202 that protrudes to the inner peripheral side of the ridge 194 is accommodated by welding. can do.
- the contact portion 214 is formed in a multiple ring shape with a gap 213 having a predetermined interval on the inner peripheral side of the protrusion 194. Therefore, it is possible to conceal the grease burr 202 that tries to protrude to the inner peripheral side of the ridge 194 in the gap 213 between the ridge 194 and the abutting portion 214, and the resin burr 202 can be Therefore, scattering into the internal space of the device unit 3 can be prevented, and deterioration of the performance of the device parts and damage to the components due to the resin burr 202 can be avoided.
- the inner peripheral stopper 212 is formed by forming a device block 50 mm in place of the device cover 60.
- the contact portion 200 (see FIG. 47) formed by the contact surface portion 192b and the stopper portion 197 on the outer peripheral side of the device block 50 in the third embodiment may be omitted.
- each linear protrusion 220 extends linearly from the stepped portion 73 of the motor fitting portion 72 toward the opening side (the upper side in FIG. 52).
- the length of each linear protrusion 220 (corresponding to the length in the vertical direction in FIG. 52) is about half or more of the axial length of the motor fitting portion 72 and different from each other.
- Each wire protrusion 220 is The motor fitting portion 72 is formed so as to be plastically deformable by an insertion load when the motor housing 112 (see FIG.
- each linear protrusion 220 corresponds to a “plastic deformation portion” in the present specification.
- Each slope 221 corresponds to an “actuator guide section” in this specification.
- an opening hole 224 that increases the inner diameter is formed at the opening end of the motor fitting portion 72 on the side opposite to the throttle body (upper side in FIG. 52). Further, between the linear protrusions 220 adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction, a groove 225 that continues to the opening hole 224 and extends close to the step 73 is formed (see FIG. 53). Due to the formation of the groove 225, a support convex portion 226 having a linear protrusion 220 is formed between the adjacent grooves 225 in the circumferential direction (see FIG. 54). An annular burr relief groove 228 is formed on the step surface of the stepped portion 73 of the motor fitting portion 72 on the side opposite to the throttle body (upper side in FIG. 52) (see FIG. 53). In addition, in the device block 50, since the structure regarding the internal peripheral surface side of the said valve body fitting part 74 has already been demonstrated, description here is abbreviate
- the motor fitting portion of the device block 50 is used.
- the valve body 110 of the ISC valve 51 is fitted, that is, inserted into the valve body fitting portion 74 through 72.
- the motor housing 112 of the step motor 108 of the ISC valve 51 is fitted, that is, inserted into the motor fitting portion 72.
- the motor housing 112 is centered by fitting the motor housing 112 into the inclined surface 221 (see FIG. 52) of each linear protrusion 220 of the motor fitting portion 72.
- the outer peripheral surface of the valve body fitting portion 74 has a tapered portion that gently connects the large-diameter portion 230 on the base side, the small-diameter portion 232 on the distal end side, and the large-diameter portion 230 and the small-diameter portion 232. 231 (see Fig. 52).
- a plurality of (12 in FIG. 55) linear protrusions 234 are integrally formed at equal intervals (30 ° intervals). Each linear protrusion 234 extends in the axial direction (vertical direction in FIG. 52) of the large-diameter portion 230.
- Each linear protrusion 234 is a valve body fitting portion 74 with respect to the inside of the opening end portion of the valve body fitting portion hole 32a of the bypass outlet hole 30 that opens to the mounting surface 26a of the unit mounting portion 26 of the throttle body 2. It is formed so that it can be plastically deformed by the insertion load during insertion (see Fig. 56).
- the tapered portion 231 corresponds to a “valve body fitting portion guide portion” in the present specification.
- each linear protrusion 234 corresponds to a “plastic deformation portion” in the present specification. Further, since the configuration related to the lateral hole portion 32 of the bypass outlet hole 30 that opens to the mounting surface 26a of the unit mounting portion 26 of the throttle body 2 has already been described, the description thereof is omitted here.
- valve body fitting hole 32a in the bypass outlet hole 30 of the throttle body 2 The valve body fitting portion 74 of the device block 50 is fitted into the opening end of the small diameter portion 232, the tapered portion 231 and the large diameter portion 230 in this order. At this time, the valve body fitting portion 74 is centered by fitting, that is, inserting, the taper portion 231 of the valve body fitting portion 74 into the opening end portion of the valve body fitting portion hole 32a.
- each linear protrusion 234 becomes more plastic in the opening end portion of the valve body fitting portion hole portion 32a. It is so-called crushed to be deformed. As a result, there is almost no gap between the opening end portion of the valve body fitting portion hole 32a and the large diameter portion 230 of the valve body fitting portion 74 without causing deformation of the valve body fitting portion 74. For this reason, the large diameter portion 230 is press-fitted into the opening end of the valve body fitting portion hole 32a.
- a plurality of device components (ISC valve 51, throttle position sensor 52, temperature sensor 53, and pressure sensor 54) are connected to the device block 50 on the side opposite to the throttle body (Fig. 11 on the upper side, FIG. 3! /, On the left side)
- Force Throttle valve 14 is assembled along the rotation axis 9L direction (left and right direction in FIG. 3).
- the assembling property of the plurality of device parts to the device block 50 can be improved as compared with the case where a plurality of device parts are also assembled to the device block 50 with different directional forces (see Patent Document 3). it can.
- connection to the terminal blocks 99a and 99b of the device block 50 by resistance welding or the like of the terminal 117 of the step motor 108 of the ISC valve 51 see Fig. 22
- the temperature of the terminal blocks 100a and 100b of the device block 50 Connection by resistance welding or the like (see FIG. 23) of the terminal portion of each terminal 141 of the thermistor 140 of the sensor 53 can also be made from the side opposite to the throttle body (upper side in FIG. 22, left side in FIG. 23). Therefore, it is possible to improve the assembly of the step motor 108 of the ISC valve 51 and the terminal 141 of the thermistor 140 of the temperature sensor 53 with respect to the device block 50, and to easily cope with the automation related to the assembly.
- the device unit 3 in which the ISC valve 51 (see FIG. 19) that controls the amount of auxiliary air flowing through the nopass passage 70 that bypasses the throttle valve 14 is modularized can be provided.
- the valve body 110 is fitted into the valve body fitting portion 74 through the motor fitting portion 72 of the device block 50, and the step motor 108 (specifically, the motor housing 112) is placed in the motor fitting portion 72.
- the step motor 108 specifically, the motor housing 112
- step motor 108 can be positioned in the motor fitting portion 72 by press-fitting the step motor 108 (specifically, the motor housing 112) into the motor fitting portion 72 of the device block 50. (See Figure 22).
- step motor 108 (specifically, the motor housing 112) is press-fitted into the motor fitting portion 72 of the device block 50, each linear strip provided on the inner peripheral surface of the motor fitting portion 72 is provided.
- the step motor 108 can be easily press-fitted into the motor fitting portion 72 by plastically deforming the protrusion 220 (see FIGS. 52 to 54).
- step motor 108 (specifically, the motor housing 112) is fitted into the motor fitting portion 72 of the device block 50, the step is performed by the slope 221 (see Fig. 52) of each linear protrusion 220.
- the step motor 108 can be easily centered in the motor fitting portion 72.
- valve body fitting portion 74 of the device block 50 is fitted into the valve body fitting portion hole 32a of the bypass outlet hole 30 of the throttle body 2. Can be superimposed on the throttle body 2 (see Fig. 7). For this reason, the device unit 3 can be assembled into the throttle body 2 in a compact manner.
- valve body fitting portion 74 of the device block 50 is press-fitted into the opening end portion of the valve body fitting portion hole 32a of the bypass outlet hole 30 of the throttle body 2.
- the valve body fitting portion 74 can be positioned within the opening end of the valve body fitting portion hole 32a (see FIG. 7).
- valve body fitting portion 74 of the device block 50 When fitting the large-diameter portion 230 of the valve body fitting portion 74 of the device block 50 into the opening end portion of the valve body fitting portion hole 32a of the bypass outlet hole 30 of the throttle body 2 Further, the valve body fitting portion 74 is guided by the tapered portion 2 31 (see FIG. 56). Thereby, the valve body fitting part 74 can be easily centered in the opening end part of the hole part 32a for valve body fitting parts (refer FIG. 7).
- the device unit 3 in which the throttle position sensor 52 (see FIG. 12) for detecting the opening degree of the throttle valve 14 is modularized in the device block 50 can be provided.
- the device unit 3 in which the temperature sensor 53 (see FIG. 23) for detecting the intake air temperature is modulated into the device block 50.
- the device unit 3 in which the pressure sensor 54 (see FIG. 27) for detecting the intake pressure is modularized in the device block 50.
- a plurality of devices corresponding to the device block 50 are provided in the throttle body 2 including the throttle valve 14 that opens and closes the engine bore 7. It is possible to provide a device unit 3 that can improve the assemblability of components (ISC valve 51, throttle position sensor 52, temperature sensor 53, and pressure sensor 54).
- the device block 50 Since the device block 50 is detachably fastened to the throttle body 2 with fastening bolts 45 (see Figs. 1 and 2), the fastening bolts 45 are removed as necessary. As a result, the device block 50 can be separated from the throttle body 2. Therefore, maintenance of the throttle body 2 and the device block 50 can be easily performed.
- one (lower side in FIG. 57) shaft movement restricting mechanism 250 is arranged in front of the rotor shaft 127 in the axial direction when the step motor 108 is opened (lower side in FIG. 57). Therefore, it is referred to as an opening operation side shaft movement restriction mechanism 250.
- the other (upper side in FIG. 57) shaft movement restricting mechanism 252 restricts axial movement of the rotor shaft 127 in the axial rearward direction (upward in FIG. 57) when the step motor 108 is opened. This is referred to as an opening operation side shaft movement restriction mechanism 252.
- the axial movement restricting mechanism 250 includes an axial end portion of the rotor shaft 127, that is, a front end portion (a lower end portion in FIG. 57), and a bottom surface in a recessed hole 254 provided in the valve body 110 and receiving the front end portion of the rotor shaft 127. (See reference numeral 254c) (see Fig. 59).
- a convex spherical valve stopper 256 is projected from the front end surface (lower end surface in Fig. 59) of the rotor shaft 127.
- the valve stopper portion 256 can come into contact with the bottom surface portion 254c in the concave hole 254 of the valve body 110 in a point contact manner.
- the valve body 110 when the valve body 110 is opened from the closed state (see FIG. 58) by the opening operation of the step motor 108, the valve body 110 finally becomes the bottom plate portion 112a of the motor housing 112 as shown in FIG.
- the valve stopper portion 256 of the rotor shaft 127 of the motor rotor 114 is configured to contact the bottom surface portion 254c in the concave hole 254 of the valve body 110 in a point contact manner (see FIG. 59).
- the advance movement of the stepper shaft 127 relative to the stator 113 of the step motor 108 (movement downward in FIG. 57) is restricted.
- the maximum fully open position of the valve body 110 is defined (see FIG. 57).
- the valve body 110 corresponds to a member that comes into contact with an end portion of the axial shaft 127 in the axial movement direction when the step motor 108 is opened.
- the shaft movement restricting mechanism 252 is a The other end portion in the axial direction of the shaft 127, that is, the rear end portion (the upper end portion in FIG. 58), and a cover plate 123 provided on the stator 113 and facing the rear end portion of the rotor shaft 127 (see FIG. (See Figure 60).
- the rear end surface (upper end surface in FIG. 60) of the rotor shaft 127 is formed as a convex spherical valve stopper 257 !.
- the valve stopper 257 can contact the cover plate 123 in a point contact manner.
- the motor rotor 114 is urged in the backward direction (upward in FIG. 58) together with the valve body 110 by the elastic force of the valve spring 138.
- the valve stopper portion 257 of the rotor shaft 127 is always held in a point contact state with the cover plate 123 by the elastic force of the valve spring 138.
- valve body 110 When the valve body 110 is closed from the open state (see Fig. 57) by the closing operation of the step motor 108, the valve body 110 finally becomes the valve seat portion of the unit mounting portion 26 of the throttle body 2.
- the bypass passage 70 By contacting 33, the bypass passage 70 is closed and further closing operation of the valve body 110 is restricted, whereby the maximum fully closed position of the valve body 110 is defined (see FIG. 58).
- the force valve stopper 257 that receives the reaction force in the backward direction (upward in FIG. 58) of the rotor shaft 127 is in point contact with the cover plate 123, so the rotor of the step motor 108 with respect to the stator 113
- the reverse movement of the shaft 127 to the side opposite to the valve body upward movement in FIG. 58) is restricted.
- the cover plate 123 corresponds to a member that comes into contact with the end of the rotor shaft 127 in the axial movement direction when the step motor 108 is closed.
- the bypass passage 70 is opened and closed by operating the valve body 110 by the rotor shaft 127 of the step motor 108. Further, the shaft movement of the rotor shaft 127 forward (downward in FIG. 57) during the opening operation of the step motor 108 is restricted by the contact between the valve stopper portion 256 at the front end portion of the rotor shaft 127 and the valve body 110. (See Figure 59). For this reason, it is possible to prevent or reduce the malfunction of the step motor 108 due to the axial movement of the rotor shaft 127 when the step motor 108 is opened.
- the valve stopper of the rotor shaft 127 when the step motor 108 is opened can be initialized at the fully opened position of the ISC valve 51 by the contact between the part 256 and the valve body 110.
- This can correspond to, for example, control of the ISC valve 51 in a two-wheeled vehicle (called a battery-less vehicle) that does not use a battery to start the engine.
- a battery-less vehicle two-wheeled vehicle
- the ISC valve 51 in the case of a battery with no battery, normally, when the engine is stopped, the ISC valve 51 must be fully closed when the ISC valve 51 is fully closed. Since the step motor 108 can be initialized at the fully opened position of the ISC valve 51 while starting the engine, it is possible to cope with the control of the ISC valve 51 in a battery-less vehicle.
- step motor 108 can be initialized at the fully open position of the ISC valve 51 by the contact between the valve stopper portion 257 of the rotor shaft 127 and the canopy plate 123 when the step motor 108 is closed.
- step motor 108 can be initialized at both the fully open position and the fully closed position of the ISC valve 51. Therefore, one type of step motor 108 can be initialized at any position.
- the rotor shaft 127 is moved forward (downward in Fig. 57) between the valve stopper 256 and the valve body 110 at the front end of the rotor shaft 127. It can be regulated by point contact type contact (see Fig. 59). For this reason, the sliding resistance between the rotor shaft 127 and the valve body 110 can be reduced.
- the unlocking torque T1 necessary for releasing the locked state by the valve stopper portion 256 at the front end portion of the rotor shaft 127 and the bottom surface portion 254c in the concave hole 254 of the valve body 110 is the rotor shaft 127 to the fully open side.
- a convex spherical valve stopper portion may be provided on the bottom surface portion 254c in the concave hole 254 of the valve body 110, and the front end surface of the rotor shaft 127 may be brought into point contact with the valve stopper portion.
- the shaft movement of the rotor shaft 127 to the rear is caused by the valve stopper 257 and the cover plate 123 at the rear end of the rotor shaft 127. It can be regulated by the point contact type contact (see Fig. 60). For this reason, the sliding resistance between the rotor shaft 127 and the cover plate 123 can be reduced. Since the unlocking torque at this time can be small like the unlocking torque T1 at the time of the opening operation, the opening operation can be smoothly performed from the fully closed position.
- the cover plate 123 may be provided with a convex spherical valve stopper portion, and the rear end surface of the rotor shaft 127 may be brought into contact with the valve stopper portion in a point contact manner.
- a rotor shaft 127 is rotatably supported by a pair of dry bearings 124, 125 with respect to the stator 113 of the step motor 108 (see FIG. 57). Therefore, the cost of the ISC valve 51 can be reduced by using dry bearings 124, 125 that are cheaper than rolling bearings as bearings for supporting the shaft 127.
- the dry bearing 125 can be accurately arranged on the metal portion of the step motor 108, that is, the bottom plate portion 112a of the motor housing 112.
- the driving 124 can be easily disposed on the grease portion of the step motor 108, that is, the end plate portion 119 of the bobbin 115.
- auxiliary intake air amount control device 51A (see FIG. 57) of the engine described above, the operation of the step motor 108 caused by the axial movement of the rotor shaft 127 during the opening operation and the closing operation of the step motor 108.
- the amount of auxiliary intake air flowing through the bypass passage 70 can be controlled by the ISC valve 51 that can prevent or reduce defects.
- the device unit 3 formed by modularizing the auxiliary intake air amount control device 51A into the device block 50 is connected to the throttle body. 1. It can be detachable or non-detachable.
- bypass passage 70 can be easily formed by the cooperation of the throttle body 2 and the device unit 3 (see Fig. 6).
- the device block 50 Since the device block 50 is detachably fastened to the throttle body 2 with fastening bolts 45 (see Figs. 1 and 2), the fastening bolts 45 are removed as necessary. As a result, the device block 50 can be separated from the throttle body 2. Therefore, maintenance of the throttle body 2 and the device block 50 can be easily performed.
- the device unit 3 and the engine intake device 1 of the present invention can be applied to an engine other than the engine employed in a motorcycle.
- the device unit 3 can be installed in an air passage forming member other than the throttle body 2.
- the device block 50 can be provided in the throttle body 2 so that the device block 50 cannot be attached or detached.
- the device unit 3 may be any device in which at least one device component is modularized in the device block 50.
- the resin welding of the device cover 60 to the device block 50 is not limited to laser welding, so-called hot plate welding using a hot plate, so-called vibration welding using vibration, or so-called welding using a resistance wire. It can be replaced with resistance wire welding.
- the device block 50, the device cover 60, and the sensor rotor 143 are formed of the same material, but at least one of them may be formed of another resin. . Further, in place of the contact type throttle position sensor 52, a non-contact type throttle position sensor may be employed.
- the actuator of the ISC valve 51 a DC motor, a brushless motor, an electromagnetic solenoid, or the like can be employed instead of the step motor 108 of the above embodiment.
- the wave washer 145 provided between the device block 50 and the sensor rotor 143 can be replaced with a disc spring, a coil spring, a rubber-like elastic material, or the like.
- the contact portions 200, 210, 214 formed continuously over the entire circumference are cut in the circumferential direction. It can also be formed continuously.
- the number of pressure intakes 38 is not limited to two, but may be one or three or more.
- [0240] [Means for Solving the Problem 2] of the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiment, and can be modified without departing from the gist of the present invention.
- the device unit 3 and the engine intake device 1 of the present invention can be applied to an engine other than the engine employed in a motorcycle.
- the device unit 3 can be installed in an air passage forming member other than the throttle body 2.
- the device block 50 can be provided in the throttle body 2 so that the device block 50 cannot be attached or detached.
- the device unit 3 may be any device unit in which at least two device components are modularized in the device block 50.
- the resin welding of the device cover 60 to the device block 50 is not limited to laser welding, so-called hot plate welding using a hot plate, so-called vibration welding using vibration, so-called vibration welding, or so-called welding using a resistance wire. It can be replaced with resistance wire welding. Further, instead of the resin cover welding of the device cover 60 to the device block 50, it can be replaced with adhesive bonding, screwing, clipping, snap-fit bonding, or the like. Instead of the contact type throttle position sensor 52, a non-contact type throttle position sensor can be used.
- the actuator of the ISC valve 51 a DC motor, a brushless motor, an electromagnetic solenoid, or the like can be employed in place of the step motor 108 of the above embodiment.
- the wave washer 145 provided between the device block 50 and the sensor rotor 143 can be replaced with a disc spring, a coil spring, a rubber-like elastic material, or the like.
- the pressure inlet 38 is not limited to two, but may be one or three or more. It is also possible to arrange a plurality of device parts in a superposed state in the direction of the axis 9L of the throttle valve 14 (left and right in FIG. 3). Further, each linear protrusion 220 of the motor fitting portion 72 can be omitted.
- each linear protrusion 220 of the motor fitting portion 72 can be omitted.
- each linear protrusion 234 of the valve body fitting portion 74 can be omitted.
- the tapered portion 231 and Z or the small diameter portion 232 of the valve body fitting portion 74 can be omitted.
- the device unit 3 and the engine intake device 1 of the present invention can be applied to an engine other than the engine employed in a motorcycle.
- the device unit 3 can be installed in an air passage forming member other than the throttle body 2.
- the device block 50 can be provided in the throttle body 2 so that the device block 50 cannot be attached or detached.
- the device unit 3 may be any device in which at least one device component is modularized in the device block 50.
- the resin welding of the device cover 60 to the device block 50 is not limited to laser welding, so-called hot plate welding using a hot plate, so-called vibration welding using vibration, or so-called welding using a resistance wire. It can be replaced with resistance wire welding. Further, instead of the resin cover welding of the device cover 60 to the device block 50, it can be replaced with adhesive bonding, screwing, clipping, snap-fit bonding, or the like. Instead of the contact type throttle position sensor 52, a non-contact type throttle position sensor can be used.
- the actuator of the ISC valve 51 a DC motor, a brushless motor, an electromagnetic solenoid, or the like can be employed instead of the step motor 108 of the above-described embodiment.
- the wave washer 145 provided between the device block 50 and the sensor rotor 143 can be replaced with a disc spring, a coil spring, a rubber-like elastic material, or the like.
- the pressure inlet 38 is not limited to two, but may be one or three or more.
- the dry bearings 124 and 125 are used as a pair of bearings.
- at least one of the bearings includes a fluid lubrication type sliding bearing, a boundary lubrication type sliding bearing, and a ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ lubrication type sliding shaft.
- a bearing can be used, or a rolling bearing such as a ball bearing or a needle bearing can be used.
- the dry bearing 124 can be provided in a metal portion instead of the grease portion of the step motor 108 (end plate portion 119 of the bobbin 115).
- the driving 125 can be provided in the grease portion instead of the metal portion of the step motor 108 (the bottom plate portion 112a of the motor housing 112).
- the valve body 110 and the rotor shaft 127 are brought into contact with each other in a point contact manner, but the valve body 110 and the rotor shaft 127 can also be brought into surface contact.
- the force by which the cover plate 123 and the rotor shaft 127 are brought into contact with each other in a point contact manner can also bring the cover plate 123 and the rotor shaft 127 into surface contact.
- those made of resin can be used instead of metal.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Combustion & Propulsion (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Electromagnetism (AREA)
- Toxicology (AREA)
- Control Of Throttle Valves Provided In The Intake System Or In The Exhaust System (AREA)
Abstract
Description
明 細 書 Specification
スロットルボデ一用デバイスユニット Device unit for throttle body
技術分野 Technical field
[0001] 本発明は、スロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットに関する。 [0001] The present invention relates to a device unit for a throttle body.
背景技術 Background art
[0002] [背景技術 1 ] [0002] [Background Technology 1]
従来、エンジンの吸気通路を開閉するスロットルバルブを備えるスロットルボデ一に 設けられるスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットは、エンジンに関連するセンサ類等の デバイス部品がデバイスブロックにモジュールィ匕されている(例えば、特許文献 1参照 ) oまた、デバイスユニットのデバイス部品を覆うために、デバイスブロックにデバイス力 バーをレーザー光により榭脂溶着 、わゆるレーザー溶着することが考えられて 、る。 なお、レーザー溶着方法は、例えば特許文献 2に記載されている。 Conventionally, in a throttle body device unit provided in a throttle body having a throttle valve that opens and closes an intake passage of an engine, device parts such as sensors related to the engine are modularized in a device block (for example, (See Patent Document 1) o It is also conceivable that a device force bar is welded to the device block with a laser beam to cover the device parts of the device unit, and so-called laser welding. The laser welding method is described in Patent Document 2, for example.
[0003] [背景技術 2] [0003] [Background Technology 2]
従来、エンジンの吸気通路を開閉するスロットルバルブを備えるスロットルボデ一に 設けられるスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットは、エンジンに関連するセンサ類等の デバイス部品がデバイスブロックにモジュールィ匕されている(例えば、特許文献 3参照 Conventionally, in a throttle body device unit provided in a throttle body having a throttle valve that opens and closes an intake passage of an engine, device parts such as sensors related to the engine are modularized in a device block (for example, See Patent Document 3
) o ) o
[0004] [背景技術 3] [0004] [Background 3]
従来の流量制御弁には、例えば、特許文献 4に記載されたものがある。なお、図 6 1 は従来例 2 (特許文献 4)に力かる流量制御弁を示す断面図である。 Conventional flow control valves include those described in Patent Document 4, for example. FIG. 6 1 is a cross-sectional view showing a flow rate control valve that works on Conventional Example 2 (Patent Document 4).
図 6 1〖こ示すよう〖こ、流量制御弁 300Vは、補助吸気いわゆるバイノ ス吸気が流れ るバイパス通路 3 1 5を開閉するバルブピストン 325と、バルブピストン 325を作動させ るァクチユエータ 328とを備えている。ノ レブピストン 325は、バルブボディ 3 1 1のバ ルブガイド孔 3 1 9内に軸方向に移動可能に嵌装されて 、る。バルブボディ 3 1 1には 、ノ レブガイド孔 3 1 9に開口すると共にバイパス通路 3 1 5の上流側に連なるノ レブ 入口孔 323と、このバルブ入口孔 323に隣接してバルブガイド孔 3 1 9の内周面に開 口すると共にバイパス通路 3 1 5の下流側に連なるバルブ出口孔 324とが設けられて いる。 As shown in Fig. 6, the flow control valve 300V is equipped with a valve piston 325 that opens and closes a bypass passage 3 15 where auxiliary intake so-called binos intake flows, and an actuator 328 that operates the valve piston 325. ing. The nozzle piston 325 is fitted in the valve guide hole 3 19 of the valve body 3 1 1 so as to be movable in the axial direction. The valve body 3 1 1 has a nozzle inlet hole 323 that opens into the nozzle guide hole 3 1 9 and continues to the upstream side of the bypass passage 3 15, and a valve guide hole 3 1 9 adjacent to the valve inlet hole 323. And a valve outlet hole 324 connected to the downstream side of the bypass passage 3 15 is provided. Yes.
[0005] また、バルブピストン 325には、中空部 325aと、この中空部 325aの一側壁(図 61 において上側壁)を貫通してバルブ入口孔 323と常時連通する連通開口部 326、及 び、ノ レブ出口孔 324と協働してバイパス吸気量 (補助吸気量)を制御する流量制 御開口部 329が設けられている。しかして、ァクチユエータ 328は、ステップモータ 32 8 (ァクチユエータと同一符号を付す。)である。ステップモータ 328のモータロータ 32 8aのロータシャフト 330は、バルブピストン 325に設けたナット部材 332とねじ合わさ れている。また、ロータシャフト 330は、ステータ 328bに配設された一対の軸受 350, 351により回転可能に支持されて 、る。 [0005] Further, the valve piston 325 includes a hollow portion 325a, a communication opening 326 that constantly communicates with the valve inlet hole 323 through one side wall (the upper side wall in FIG. 61) of the hollow portion 325a, and A flow rate control opening 329 for controlling the bypass intake air amount (auxiliary intake air amount) in cooperation with the nozzle outlet hole 324 is provided. Thus, the actuator 328 is a step motor 32 8 (the same reference numeral as that of the actuator is attached). The rotor shaft 330 of the motor rotor 328 of the step motor 328 is screwed with a nut member 332 provided on the valve piston 325. Further, the rotor shaft 330 is rotatably supported by a pair of bearings 350 and 351 disposed on the stator 328b.
[0006] 上記の流量制御弁 300Vにおいて、ステップモータ 328の駆動制御によりモータ口 ータ 328aを正転又は逆転させると、ロータシャフト 330とナット部材 332とによるねじ 機構を介して、バルブピストン 325が軸方向(図 61において左右方向)に移動される 。これにより、バイパス通路 315が開閉される、すなわちバルブ出口孔 324の開口面 積が増減される。 [0006] In the above-described flow control valve 300V, when the motor port 328a is rotated forward or reverse by drive control of the step motor 328, the valve piston 325 is moved via the screw mechanism formed by the rotor shaft 330 and the nut member 332. It is moved in the axial direction (left and right in Fig. 61). Thereby, the bypass passage 315 is opened and closed, that is, the opening area of the valve outlet hole 324 is increased or decreased.
[0007] 特許文献 1 :国際公開番号 WO 2005/116428 [0007] Patent Document 1: International Publication Number WO 2005/116428
特許文献 2:特表平 9 - 510930 Patent Document 2: Special Tables 9-9510930
特許文献 3 :国際公開番号 WO 2002/044541 Patent Document 3: International Publication Number WO 2002/044541
特許文献 4:特開 2002— 349396 Patent Document 4: JP 2002-349396
発明の開示 Disclosure of the invention
発明が解決しょうとする課題 Problems to be solved by the invention
[0008] [発明が解決しょうとする課題 1] [0008] [Problem to be solved by the invention 1]
前記特許文献 2に記載されたレーザー溶着方法を適用して、デバイスブロックにデ バイスカバーをレーザー溶着する場合について説明する。なお、図 51は従来例 1に 力かるレーザー溶着方法を示す断面図である。 A case will be described in which the laser welding method described in Patent Document 2 is applied to laser weld a device cover to a device block. FIG. 51 is a cross-sectional view showing the laser welding method used in Conventional Example 1.
図 51に示すように、レーザ光の吸収率の高!、吸収性榭脂材で形成したデバイスブ ロック 450〖こ、レーザ光の透過率の高 、透過性榭脂材で形成したデバイスカバー 46 0の外周部を面接触させた状態で、その相互の接触面すなわち接合面における幅方 向(図 51において左右方向)の中央部において、デバイスブロック 450にデバイス力 バー 460をレーザー光により榭脂溶着する。なお、溶着部に符号、 490を付す。 As shown in FIG. 51, the device cover is made of a high-absorption laser beam, a device block made of an absorbent resin material, 450 nm, a high laser-light transmittance, and a transparent resin material. In the state where the outer periphery of the device is in surface contact, the device force is applied to the device block 450 at the center in the width direction (left and right in FIG. Barrel 460 is welded with laser light. In addition, the reference numeral 490 is attached to the welded portion.
[0009] し力しながら、前記従来のレーザー溶着方法では、デバイスブロック 450とデバイス カバー 460との接合面の幅方向(図 51において左右方向)の中央部をレーザー光に より榭脂溶着するため、デバイスブロック 450とデバイスカバー 460の接合面の平面 度が悪ぐ榭脂溶着したい部分に隙間が発生することがある。すると、溶着不良によ る未溶着部ができやすぐ榭脂溶着によるシール性が低下するという問題があった。 なお、榭脂溶着によるシール性が低下すると、外部の埃、湿気、水分等の異物が未 溶着部を通じてデバイスユニットの内部空間に侵入しやすくなり、デバイス部品の性 能低下や構成部品の損傷を招くおそれがあることから、榭脂溶着によるシール性の 向上が要望される。 However, in the conventional laser welding method, the center portion in the width direction (left-right direction in FIG. 51) of the joint surface between the device block 450 and the device cover 460 is welded by laser light. The gap between the device block 450 and the device cover 460 where the flatness of the bonding surface is poor may occur in the portion where the resin is desired to be welded. As a result, there is a problem that an unwelded portion due to poor welding is formed, and the sealing performance due to the resin welding is deteriorated immediately. In addition, if the sealing performance is deteriorated due to the welding of the resin, foreign matter such as external dust, moisture, moisture, etc., can easily enter the internal space of the device unit through the unwelded part, resulting in reduced performance of the device parts and damage to the component parts. Since there is a risk of incurring, it is desired to improve the sealing performance by welding the resin.
[0010] 本発明が解決しょうとする課題 1は、デバイスブロックとデバイスカバーとの榭脂溶 着によるシール性を向上することのできるスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットを提供 することにある。 [0010] Problem 1 to be solved by the present invention is to provide a device unit for a throttle body that can improve the sealing performance of the device block and the device cover by the welding of the resin.
[0011] [発明が解決しょうとする課題 2] [0011] [Problem to be solved by the invention 2]
前記特許文献 3に記載されたスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットによると、デバイス ブロックに対するデバイス部品の組付方向、例えばスロットルポジションセンサの組付 方向と、温度センサ及び圧力センサの組付方向とが異なる方向となっている。このた め、デバイスブロックに対する複数のデバイス部品の組付性が悪 ヽと ヽぅ問題があつ た。このことは、量産性を低下させ、コストアップを招くことから、その改善が望まれる。 According to the device unit for throttle body described in Patent Document 3, the assembly direction of the device parts with respect to the device block, for example, the assembly direction of the throttle position sensor is different from the assembly direction of the temperature sensor and the pressure sensor. It has become. For this reason, the assembly of multiple device parts to the device block has a bad and bad problem. This reduces mass productivity and increases costs, so that improvement is desired.
[0012] 本発明が解決しょうとする課題 2は、デバイスブロックに対する複数のデバイス部品 の組付性を向上することのできるスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニット及びエンジンの 吸気装置を提供することにある。 [0012] Problem 2 to be solved by the present invention is to provide a device unit for a throttle body and an intake device for an engine that can improve the assembly of a plurality of device parts to a device block.
[0013] [発明が解決しょうとする課題 3] [0013] [Problem 3 to be Solved by the Invention]
前記特許文献 4に記載された流量制御弁 300V (図 61参照)において、ロータシャ フト 330を軸支する一対の軸受 350, 351として、例えば滑り軸受を用いた場合、そ の軸受に対してロータシャフト 330が軸方向に位置決めされないため、ロータシャフト 330が軸方向に移動(「軸移動」という。)をきたすことになる。したがって、例えば、ス テツプモータ 328によりバルブピストン 325を開いていく場合は、ノ レブピストン 325 がバルブガイド孔 319の孔底面 319aに当接することにより、その以上のバルブピスト ン 325の移動が規制される。この状態で、さらにステップモータ 328が開方向へ駆動 されると、モータロータ 328aが反バルブピストン側(図 61において左側)への反力を 受けることにより、その方向へロータシャフト 330が軸移動される。すると、モータロー タ 328aが軸受 350に強く押し付けられる結果、モータロックをきたすおそれがある。 また、そのモータロックを解除するためには、開方向へ回転したトルク以上の大きなト ルクをもってモータロータ 328aを閉方向へ回転させる必要がある力 そのような大き なトルクをもってモータロータ 328aを閉方向へ回転させることは難しぐステップモー タ 108の脱調を招くことなる。 In the flow control valve 300V (see FIG. 61) described in Patent Document 4, when a pair of bearings 350 and 351 for supporting the rotor shaft 330 is used as a pair of bearings, for example, a sliding bearing is used, the rotor shaft Since 330 is not positioned in the axial direction, the rotor shaft 330 moves in the axial direction (referred to as “axial movement”). Therefore, for example, when the valve piston 325 is opened by the step motor 328, the nozzle piston 325 When the valve abuts against the bottom surface 319a of the valve guide hole 319, further movement of the valve piston 325 is restricted. In this state, when the step motor 328 is further driven in the opening direction, the motor rotor 328a receives a reaction force on the counter valve piston side (left side in FIG. 61), and the rotor shaft 330 is axially moved in that direction. . Then, as a result of the motor rotor 328a being strongly pressed against the bearing 350, the motor may be locked. Also, in order to release the motor lock, it is necessary to rotate the motor rotor 328a in the closing direction with a torque greater than the torque rotated in the opening direction. The motor rotor 328a is rotated in the closing direction with such a large torque. This will cause the step-out of the step motor 108 to be difficult.
[0014] また、ステップモータ 328によりバルブピストン 325を閉じていく場合は、バルブビス トン 325がステップモータ 328の固定側部材 (符号、 353を付す。)に当接することに より、その以上のバルブピストン 325の移動が規制される。この状態で、さらにステツ プモータ 328が閉方向へ駆動されると、ロータシャフト 330とともにモータロータ 328a がバルブピストン側(図 61において右側)へ軸移動される。すると、モータロータ 328 aが軸受 351に強く押し付けられる結果、モータロックをきたすおそれがある。また、そ のモータロックを解除するためには、閉方向へ回転したトルク以上の大きなトルクをも つてモータロータ 328aを開方向へ回転させる必要がある力 そのような大きなトルク をもってモータロータ 328aを開方向へ回転させることは難しぐステップモータ 108の 脱調を招くことなる。 [0014] When the valve piston 325 is closed by the step motor 328, the valve piston 325 is brought into contact with a fixed side member (reference numeral 353) of the step motor 328, so that the valve piston 325 is more than that. The movement of 325 is restricted. In this state, when the step motor 328 is further driven in the closing direction, the motor rotor 328a together with the rotor shaft 330 is axially moved to the valve piston side (right side in FIG. 61). Then, as a result of the motor rotor 328 a being strongly pressed against the bearing 351, there is a possibility of causing a motor lock. In order to release the motor lock, it is necessary to rotate the motor rotor 328a in the opening direction with a torque larger than the torque rotated in the closing direction. With such a large torque, the motor rotor 328a is moved in the opening direction. Rotating the step motor 108 is difficult to rotate.
上記したように、前記流量制御弁 300Vでは、ステップモータ 328の開作動時及び 閉作動時において、モータロータ 328aが軸移動を発生することにより、モータロック すなわちステップモータ 328の作動不良を招くという問題があった。 As described above, the flow control valve 300V has a problem that the motor rotor 328a generates shaft movement when the step motor 328 is opened and closed, thereby causing a motor lock, that is, a malfunction of the step motor 328. there were.
[0015] 本発明が解決しょうとする課題 3は、ァクチユエータの作動不良を防止することので きる流量制御弁及びエンジンの補助吸気量制御装置並びに吸気装置を提供するこ とにある。 [0015] Problem 3 to be solved by the present invention is to provide a flow rate control valve, an auxiliary intake air amount control device for an engine, and an intake device that can prevent malfunction of the actuator.
課題を解決するための手段 Means for solving the problem
[0016] [課題を解決するための手段 1] [0016] [Means for solving the problem 1]
前記課題 1は、請求の範囲の請求項 1〜24に記載された構成を要旨とするスロット ルボデ一用デバイスユニットにより解決することができる。 The problem 1 is a slot having the gist of the configuration described in claims 1 to 24 of the claims. It can be solved by the device unit for rubode.
すなわち、第 1の発明に係るスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットによると、デバイス ブロックに設けられかつデバイスカバーの外周部に全周に亘つて対向する凸条の先 端部を溶着代としてデバイスブロックにデバイスカバーを榭脂溶着したものである。し たがって、デバイスブロックとデバイスカバーとの接合面の平面度に影響されることな ぐデバイスブロックにデバイスカバーを榭脂溶着することができる。このため、デバイ スブロックとデバイスカバーとの榭脂溶着によるシール性を向上することができる。 That is, according to the device unit for a throttle body according to the first aspect of the invention, the device block is connected to the device block with the tip end of the ridge provided on the device block and facing the entire outer periphery of the device cover as the welding allowance. A cover is welded with greaves. Therefore, the device cover can be welded to the device block without being affected by the flatness of the joint surface between the device block and the device cover. For this reason, it is possible to improve the sealing performance by welding the resin block between the device block and the device cover.
[0017] また、第 2の発明に係るスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットによると、デバイスブロッ クの凸条の内周側及び外周側の少なくとも一方側に形成した受入凹部に、凸条の内 周側及び外周側の少なくとも一方側にはみ出そうとする榭脂バリを受け入れることが できる。これにより、榭脂バリのはみ出しを抑制することができる。 [0017] Further, according to the device unit for a throttle body according to the second invention, the receiving concave portion formed on at least one of the inner peripheral side and the outer peripheral side of the convex strip of the device block has the inner peripheral side of the convex strip. In addition, it is possible to accept the burrs that try to protrude to at least one of the outer peripheral sides. Thereby, the protrusion of a rosin burr can be suppressed.
[0018] また、第 3の発明に係るスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットによると、デバイスブロッ クとデバイスカバーとの対向面間に設けた当接部の互いの当接により、榭脂溶着時 における凸条の溶着代を規定することができる。これにより、凸条の過溶着を防止す ることがでさる。 [0018] Further, according to the device unit for a throttle body according to the third aspect of the present invention, the protrusions at the time of welding the resin are formed by mutual contact of the contact portions provided between the opposing surfaces of the device block and the device cover. The welding allowance of the strip can be defined. This prevents over-welding of the ridges.
[0019] また、第 4の発明に係るスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットによると、当接部を、凸 条の内周側及び外周側の少なくとも一方側に所定間隔を隔てて多重環状に形成し たものである。したがって、凸条の内周側に当接部を設けた場合には、凸条の内周 側にはみ出そうとする榭脂バリを凸条と当接部との間に隠蔽することができる。これに より、榭脂バリが車両振動等によりデバイスユニットの内部空間へ飛散することを防止 し、榭脂バリによるデバイス部品の性能低下や構成部品の損傷を回避することができ る。また、凸条の外周側に当接部を設けた場合には、凸条の外周側にはみ出そうと する榭脂バリを凸条と当接部との間に隠蔽することができる。これにより、デバイスュ ニットの見栄えを向上することができる。 [0019] In the throttle body device unit according to the fourth aspect of the invention, the contact portion is formed in a multiple ring shape at a predetermined interval on at least one of the inner peripheral side and the outer peripheral side of the ridge. Is. Therefore, when the contact portion is provided on the inner peripheral side of the ridge, the grease burrs that try to protrude to the inner peripheral side of the ridge can be concealed between the protrusion and the contact portion. As a result, it is possible to prevent the grease burrs from being scattered into the internal space of the device unit due to vehicle vibrations, etc., and to prevent the performance degradation of the device parts and the damage to the components due to the grease burrs. Further, when the contact portion is provided on the outer peripheral side of the ridge, the grease burr that tries to protrude to the outer peripheral side of the ridge can be concealed between the protrusion and the contact portion. As a result, the appearance of the device unit can be improved.
[0020] また、第 5の発明に係るスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットによると、凸条を有しか つレーザ光の吸収率の高 、吸収性榭脂材で形成したデバイスブロックに、レーザ光 の透過率の高い透過性榭脂材で形成したデバイスカバーをレーザー光により榭脂溶 着すなわちレーザー溶着したものである。したがって、デバイスブロックとデバイス力 バーとの榭脂溶着(レーザー溶着)によるシール性を向上することができる。 [0020] Further, according to the device unit for a throttle body according to the fifth aspect of the present invention, the laser beam is transmitted through the device block that is formed of the absorbent resin material having a convex line and a high absorption rate of the laser beam. A device cover formed of a high-permeability transparent resin material is a resin cover, that is, laser welded by laser light. Therefore, device block and device power The sealing property by the resin welding (laser welding) with a bar can be improved.
[0021] また、第 6の発明に係るスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットによると、デバイスカバ 一における溶着部よりも外周側あるいは内周側にずれた部位をデバイスブロック側へ 向けて片持ち状に押圧した状態で、デバイスブロックにデバイスカバーをレーザー光 により榭脂溶着したものである。したがって、デバイスカバーにおける溶着部よりも外 周側あるいは内周側にずれた部位を片持ち状に押圧することによるデバイスカバー のたわみ変形を利用して、デバイスブロックの凸条に対するデバイスカバーの接触圧 を高めることができる。この状態で、デバイスブロックにデバイスカバーをレーザー光 により榭脂溶着することにより、その榭脂溶着 (レーザー溶着)によるシール性を一層 向上することができる。 [0021] Further, according to the device unit for a throttle body according to the sixth aspect of the present invention, the portion of the device cover that is displaced toward the outer peripheral side or the inner peripheral side from the welded portion is pressed in a cantilevered manner toward the device block side. In this state, a device cover is welded to the device block with a laser beam. Therefore, the contact pressure of the device cover against the ridges of the device block by utilizing the deflection deformation of the device cover by pressing the part of the device cover that is displaced to the outer peripheral side or the inner peripheral side in a cantilevered manner. Can be increased. In this state, by sealing the device cover to the device block with a laser beam, the sealing performance by the resin welding (laser welding) can be further improved.
[0022] また、第 7の発明に係るスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットによると、スロットルバル ブの開度を検出するスロットルポジションセンサがデバイスブロックにモジュール化さ れたデバイスユニットを提供することができる。 [0022] Further, according to the device unit for throttle body according to the seventh aspect of the present invention, it is possible to provide a device unit in which the throttle position sensor for detecting the opening of the throttle valve is modularized in the device block.
[0023] また、第 8の発明に係るスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットによると、スロットルポジ シヨンセンサを、配線基板の抵抗体部に対して、センサロータのブラシが摺動する接 触式のスロットルポジションセンサとすることができる。 [0023] According to the device unit for a throttle body according to the eighth aspect of the invention, the throttle position sensor is a contact-type throttle position where the brush of the sensor rotor slides against the resistor portion of the wiring board. It can be a sensor.
[0024] また、第 9の発明に係るスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットによると、配線基板のは んだ付けによる結線部と抵抗体部との間に、配線基板を表裏方向に貫通する隔離孔 を設けている。このため、デバイスユニットが高温下にさらされた際に、はんだ付けに よるフラックスの拡散やにじみが発生したとしても、そのフラックスを隔離孔により断絶 することにより、フラックスの抵抗体部への到達を防止あるいは低減することができる。 したがって、フラックスが抵抗体部に付着することによるスロットルポジションセンサの 検出精度の低下を防止あるいは低減することができ、スロットルポジションセンサの信 頼性を向上することができる。また、はんだ付けによるフラックスの拡散やにじみが発 生しても差し支えな 、ので、はんだ付けをしな 、クリップ式の端子部材を用いた結線 構造を採用したり、特殊なフラックスを使用したり、フラックスを無洗浄ィ匕したりする等 の対策を講じなくてもよいため、コストを低減することができる。また、抵抗体部に対す るはんだ付け部の配置の自由度を増大することができる。これにより、抵抗体部に対 してはんだ付け部を近付けやすぐ配線基板を小型化することができる。また、隔離 孔は、プレス成形により配線基板を打ち抜き加工する場合は、それと同時に隔離孔 を打ち抜き加工することが可能であり、また、榭脂成形により配線基板を形成する場 合は、型成形により形成することが可能であるので、コストアップを抑制することができ る。 [0024] Further, according to the device unit for throttle body according to the ninth aspect of the present invention, the isolation hole penetrating the wiring board in the front-back direction is provided between the connection part and the resistor part by the soldering of the wiring board. Provided. For this reason, even if flux diffusion or bleeding due to soldering occurs when the device unit is exposed to high temperatures, the flux can reach the resistor body by breaking the flux through the isolation holes. Can be prevented or reduced. Therefore, it is possible to prevent or reduce a decrease in the detection accuracy of the throttle position sensor due to the flux adhering to the resistor portion, and it is possible to improve the reliability of the throttle position sensor. Also, since flux diffusion or bleeding may occur due to soldering, a connection structure using clip-type terminal members may be used without soldering, special flux may be used, Costs can be reduced because there is no need to take measures such as cleaning the flux without washing. In addition, the degree of freedom of arrangement of the soldering portion with respect to the resistor portion can be increased. As a result, the resistor As a result, the wiring board can be miniaturized as soon as the soldering portion is brought close. In addition, when the wiring board is punched by press molding, the isolation hole can be punched at the same time, and when the wiring board is formed by resin molding, the isolation hole can be punched. Since it can be formed, an increase in cost can be suppressed.
[0025] また、第 10の発明に係るスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットによると、デバイスカバ 一にセンサロータを回転可能に支持することにより、センサロータを安定的に支持す ることができる。また、請求項 3に記載の構成を採用することにより、デバイスブロック に規定の溶着代をもって榭脂溶着されたデバイスカバーにセンサロータを精度良く 回転可能に支持することができる。このため、配線基板の抵抗体部に対するブラシの 接触荷重 (ブラシ荷重と!/、う。 )を所定荷重に保つことができる。 [0025] According to the device unit for a throttle body according to the tenth invention, the sensor rotor can be stably supported by rotatably supporting the sensor rotor on the device cover. In addition, by adopting the configuration described in claim 3, the sensor rotor can be rotatably supported with high accuracy on the device cover welded to the device block with a prescribed welding allowance. For this reason, the contact load of the brush to the resistor portion of the wiring board (brush load and! /) Can be maintained at a predetermined load.
[0026] また、第 11の発明に係るスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットによると、デバイスプロ ックの基準ピンに対する配線基板の基準孔の嵌合により、デバイスブロックに配線基 板を基準ピンの径方向に関して位置決めすることができる。さらに、デバイスブロック の基準ピンに対するデバイスカバーの基準凹部の嵌合により、デバイスブロックにデ バイスカバーを基準ピンの径方向に関して位置決めすることができる。これにより、デ バイスブロックの基準ピンを利用して、配線基板及びデバイスカバーを基準ピンの径 方向に関して精度良く位置決めすることができる。また、請求項 10に記載の構成を 採用することにより、配線基板の抵抗体部に対して、デバイスカバーに支持されたセ ンサロータのブラシが精度良くトレースすることができ、スロットルポジションセンサの 性能向上を図ることができる。 [0026] Further, according to the device unit for a throttle body according to the eleventh invention, the wiring board is attached to the device block in the radial direction by fitting the reference hole of the wiring board to the reference pin of the device block. Can be positioned. Furthermore, the device cover can be positioned in the device block with respect to the radial direction of the reference pin by fitting the reference recess of the device cover to the reference pin of the device block. Thus, the wiring board and the device cover can be accurately positioned with respect to the radial direction of the reference pin by using the reference pin of the device block. In addition, by adopting the configuration described in claim 10, the sensor rotor brush supported by the device cover can accurately trace the resistor portion of the wiring board, improving the performance of the throttle position sensor. Can be achieved.
[0027] また、第 12の発明に係るスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットによると、デバイスプロ ックの基準ピンを利用して、配線基板の挿入位置を規定することができる。これにより 、配線基板の抵抗体部に対してセンサロータのブラシが精度良くトレースすることが できる。このため、スロットルバルブの開度の検出にかかるスロットルポジションセンサ のリニアリティ性能を向上することができる。 [0027] Further, according to the device unit for throttle body according to the twelfth aspect of the invention, the insertion position of the wiring board can be defined using the reference pin of the device block. Thereby, the brush of the sensor rotor can be traced with high accuracy with respect to the resistor portion of the wiring board. For this reason, the linearity performance of the throttle position sensor for detecting the opening of the throttle valve can be improved.
[0028] また、第 13の発明に係るスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットによると、配線基板の 取付孔をデバイスブロックの取付ピンに嵌合した状態で、取付ピンの先端部を熱かし めすることにより、配線基板をデバイスブロックに抜け止めすることができる。 [0028] Further, according to the device unit for throttle body according to the thirteenth invention, the tip end portion of the mounting pin is heated in a state where the mounting hole of the wiring board is fitted to the mounting pin of the device block. By doing so, the wiring board can be prevented from being detached from the device block.
[0029] また、第 14の発明に係るスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットによると、デバイスプロ ックの取付ピンを利用して、配線基板の挿入位置を規定することができる。 [0029] Further, according to the device unit for throttle body according to the fourteenth aspect of the present invention, the insertion position of the wiring board can be defined using the mounting pins of the device block.
[0030] また、第 15の発明に係るスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットによると、デバイスプロ ックとセンサロータとの間に設けた弾性部材により、センサロータがデバイスカバー側 に付勢される。これにより、センサロータの軸方向のがたつきを防止あるいは低減し、 配線基板の抵抗体部に対するセンサロータのブラシの接触荷重のばらつきを抑制す ることがでさる。 [0030] According to the device unit for throttle body according to the fifteenth aspect of the invention, the sensor rotor is biased toward the device cover by the elastic member provided between the device block and the sensor rotor. As a result, it is possible to prevent or reduce the shakiness of the sensor rotor in the axial direction, and to suppress variations in the contact load of the brush of the sensor rotor on the resistor portion of the wiring board.
[0031] また、第 16の発明に係るスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットによると、デバイスプロ ック及びデバイスカバー並びにセンサロータを、同材質の榭脂材で形成したものであ る。したがって、デバイスブロック及びデバイスカバー並びにセンサロータの温度変化 に対する線膨張差のばらつきを低減し、配線基板の抵抗体部に対するセンサロータ のブラシの接触荷重のばらつきを抑制することができる。なお、本明細書でいう「同材 質の榭脂材」には、同種あるいは同等種の榭脂材、異種の榭脂材であっても線膨張 率が同程度の榭脂材が含まれるものとする。 [0031] According to the device unit for a throttle body according to the sixteenth aspect of the invention, the device block, the device cover, and the sensor rotor are formed of the same grease material. Therefore, it is possible to reduce variations in the linear expansion difference with respect to temperature changes of the device block, the device cover, and the sensor rotor, and to suppress variations in the contact load of the brush of the sensor rotor on the resistor portion of the wiring board. As used herein, the “same material of the same material” includes the same type or equivalent type of resin material, and different types of resin materials having the same linear expansion coefficient. Shall.
[0032] また、第 17の発明に係るスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットによると、デバイスプロ ックに設定した基準面上に配線基板の抵抗体部側の面を配置する構成としたもので ある。したがって、配線基板の板厚のばらつき及び線膨張率に依存することなぐ配 線基板の抵抗体部に対するセンサロータのブラシの接触荷重 (ブラシ荷重)を設定 することができる。すなわち、デバイスブロックの基準面を基準として、配線基板の抵 抗体部側の面の配置位置と、その抵抗体部側の面に対するブラシ荷重が決まるため 、配線基板の基材の材質の膨張率や板厚のばらつきによるブラシ荷重のばらつきを なくすことができる。これにより、配線基板の抵抗体部とブラシとの摺動による摩耗粉 の発生を防止あるいは低減することができる。 [0032] Further, according to the device unit for throttle body according to the seventeenth aspect of the invention, the resistor-side surface of the wiring board is arranged on the reference surface set in the device block. Therefore, it is possible to set the contact load (brush load) of the brush of the sensor rotor to the resistor portion of the wiring board without depending on the variation in the thickness of the wiring board and the linear expansion coefficient. In other words, with respect to the reference surface of the device block, the arrangement position of the surface on the side of the resistance portion of the wiring board and the brush load on the surface on the side of the resistor are determined. Variations in brush load due to variations in plate thickness can be eliminated. Thereby, generation | occurrence | production of the abrasion powder by sliding with the resistor part and brush of a wiring board can be prevented or reduced.
[0033] また、第 18の発明に係るスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットによると、スロットルバ ルブを迂回する補助空気通路を流れる補助空気量を制御するアイドル制御装置が デバイスブロックにモジュールィ匕されたデバイスユニットを提供することができる。 [0033] Further, according to the device unit for throttle body according to the eighteenth aspect of the invention, the device in which the idle control device for controlling the amount of auxiliary air flowing in the auxiliary air passage that bypasses the throttle valve is modularized in the device block. Units can be provided.
[0034] また、第 19の発明に係るスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットによると、吸気温を検 出する温度センサがデバイスブロックにモジュールィ匕されたデバイスユニットを提供 することができる。 [0034] According to the device unit for a throttle body according to the nineteenth invention, the intake air temperature is detected. A device unit can be provided in which a temperature sensor is modularized in the device block.
[0035] また、第 20の発明に係るスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットによると、吸気圧を検 出する圧力センサがデバイスブロックにモジュールィ匕されたデバイスユニットを提供 することができる。 [0035] Further, according to the device unit for throttle body according to the twentieth invention, it is possible to provide a device unit in which the pressure sensor for detecting the intake pressure is modularized in the device block.
[0036] また、第 21の発明に係るスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットのカバー溶着方法に よると、デバイスブロックに設けられかつデバイスカバーの外周部に全周に亘つて対 向する凸条の先端部を溶着代としてデバイスブロックにデバイスカバーを榭脂溶着 する。したがって、デバイスブロックとデバイスカバーとの接合面の平面度に影響され ることなく、デバイスブロックにデバイスカバーを榭脂溶着することができる。このため 、デバイスブロックとデバイスカバーとの榭脂溶着によるシール性を向上することがで きる。 [0036] According to the cover welding method for a device unit for a throttle body according to the twenty-first aspect of the invention, the tip of the ridge provided on the device block and facing the entire outer periphery of the device cover Weld the device cover on the device block using the welding allowance. Therefore, the device cover can be welded to the device block without being affected by the flatness of the joint surface between the device block and the device cover. For this reason, it is possible to improve the sealing performance by the resin welding between the device block and the device cover.
[0037] また、第 22の発明に係るスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットのカバー溶着方法に よると、凸条を有しかつレーザ光の吸収率の高 、吸収性榭脂材で形成したデバイス ブロックに、レーザ光の透過率の高 、透過性榭脂材で形成したデバイスカバーをレ 一ザ一光により榭脂溶着すなわちレーザー溶着する。したがって、デバイスブロックと デバイスカバーとの榭脂溶着(レーザー溶着)によるシール性を向上することができる [0037] Also, according to the cover welding method for a device unit for a throttle body according to the twenty-second aspect of the invention, the device block formed of an absorbent resin material having ridges and a high laser light absorption rate. A device cover formed of a transparent resin material having a high laser light transmittance is welded with a resin, that is, laser-welded with a laser beam. Therefore, it is possible to improve the sealing performance by resin welding (laser welding) between the device block and the device cover.
[0038] また、第 23の発明に係るスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットのカバー溶着方法に よると、デバイスカバーにおける溶着部よりも外周側あるいは内周側にずれた部位を デバイスブロック側へ向けて片持ち状に押圧することにより、デバイスカバーのたわ み変形を利用して、デバイスブロックの凸条に対するデバイスカバーの接触圧を高め ることができる。この状態で、デバイスブロックにデバイスカバーをレーザー光により榭 脂溶着することにより、その榭脂溶着 (レーザー溶着)によるシール性を一層向上す ることがでさる。 [0038] According to the cover welding method for a device unit for a throttle body according to the twenty-third invention, the part of the device cover that is shifted to the outer peripheral side or the inner peripheral side from the welded portion is directed toward the device block side. By pressing in a holding state, the contact pressure of the device cover with respect to the ridges of the device block can be increased by utilizing the deflection deformation of the device cover. In this state, by sealing the device cover to the device block with laser light, it is possible to further improve the sealing performance by the resin welding (laser welding).
[0039] また、第 24の発明に係るエンジンの吸気装置によると、エンジンの吸気通路を開閉 するスロットルバルブを備えるスロットルボデ一に、デバイスブロックとデバイスカバー との榭脂溶着によるシール性を向上することのできるスロットルボデ一用デバイスュ- ットを設けることができる。 [0039] According to the engine intake device of the twenty-fourth aspect of the present invention, the sealing performance by welding the resin between the device block and the device cover is improved in the throttle body having a throttle valve that opens and closes the intake passage of the engine. Device for throttle body Can be provided.
[0040] [課題を解決するための手段 2] [0040] [Means 2 for solving the problem]
前記課題 2は、請求の範囲の請求項 25〜39に記載された構成を要旨とするスロッ トルボデー用デバイスユニット及びエンジンの吸気装置により解決することができる。 すなわち、第 25の発明に係るスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットによると、デバイ スブロックに対して複数のデバイス部品を反スロットルボデ一側からスロットルバルブ の回動軸線方向に沿って組付けたことにより、デバイスブロックに対して複数のデバ イス部品を異なる方向から組付ける場合 (前記特許文献 3参照)と比べて、デバイス ブロックに対する複数のデバイス部品の組付性を向上することができる。ひ 、ては、 デバイスユニットの量産性を向上し、低コストィ匕を実現することができる。 The problem 2 can be solved by a throttle body device unit and an intake device of an engine having the structure described in claims 25 to 39 of the claims. That is, according to the device unit for a throttle body according to the twenty-fifth invention, by assembling a plurality of device parts with respect to the device block from the side opposite to the throttle body along the rotational axis direction of the throttle valve, As compared with the case where a plurality of device parts are assembled to the device block from different directions (see Patent Document 3), the assembling property of the plurality of device parts to the device block can be improved. As a result, it is possible to improve the mass productivity of the device unit and realize low cost.
[0041] また、第 26の発明に係るスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットによると、複数のデバ イス部品力 スロットルバルブの回動軸線方向に非重合状態で配置されて 、るので、 デバイスブロックに対する複数のデバイス部品の組付時の相互干渉を回避し、それら のデバイス部品の組付けを並列的に行なうことが可能となる。 [0041] Further, according to the device unit for a throttle body according to the twenty-sixth invention, a plurality of device component forces are disposed in a non-polymerized state in the rotational axis direction of the throttle valve, and therefore, a plurality of device block forces Mutual interference during assembly of device parts can be avoided, and the assembly of these device parts can be performed in parallel.
[0042] また、第 27の発明に係るスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットによると、スロットルバ ルブを迂回する補助空気通路を流れる補助空気量を制御するアイドル制御装置が デバイスブロックにモジュールィ匕されたデバイスユニットを提供することができる。 [0042] Further, according to the device unit for throttle body according to the twenty-seventh aspect of the invention, a device in which the idle control device for controlling the amount of auxiliary air flowing in the auxiliary air passage that bypasses the throttle valve is modularized in the device block. Units can be provided.
[0043] また、第 28の発明に係るスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットによると、デバイスプロ ックのァクチユエ一タ嵌合部を通じて弁体嵌合部内に弁体を嵌合するととともに、ァク チュエータ嵌合部内にァクチユエ一タを嵌合することにより、デバイスブロックにアイド ル制御装置を容易に組付けることができる。 [0043] Further, according to the device unit for throttle body according to the twenty-eighth invention, the valve body is fitted into the valve body fitting portion through the actuator fitting portion of the device block, and the actuator is fitted. The idle control device can be easily assembled to the device block by fitting the actuator in the joint.
[0044] また、第 29の発明に係るスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットによると、デバイスプロ ックのァクチユエ一タ嵌合部内にァクチユエータを圧入することにより、そのァクチユエ 一タ嵌合部内にァクチユエータを位置決めすることができる。 [0044] Further, according to the device unit for throttle body according to the twenty-ninth invention, the actuator is positioned in the actuator fitting portion by press-fitting the actuator into the actuator fitting portion of the device block. can do.
[0045] また、第 30の発明に係るスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットによると、デバイスプロ ックのァクチユエ一タ嵌合部内にァクチユエータを圧入する際に、そのァクチユエータ 嵌合部の内周面に設けられている塑性変形部が塑性変形されることにより、ァクチュ エータ嵌合部内にァクチユエータを容易に圧入することができる。 [0046] また、第 31の発明に係るスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットによると、デバイスプロ ックのァクチユエ一タ嵌合部内にァクチユエ一タを嵌合する際に、ァクチユエ一タ用ガ イド部によりァクチユエータが案内されることにより、そのァクチユエ一タ嵌合部内にァ クチユエータを容易にセンタリングすることができる。 [0045] Further, according to the device unit for throttle body according to the thirtieth invention, when the actuator is press-fitted into the actuator fitting portion of the device block, it is provided on the inner peripheral surface of the actuator fitting portion. Since the plastically deformed portion is plastically deformed, the actuator can be easily press-fitted into the actuator fitting portion. [0046] According to the device unit for a throttle body according to the thirty-first invention, when the actuator is fitted into the actuator fitting portion of the device block, the actuator guide portion is used. By guiding the actuator, the actuator can be easily centered within the actuator fitting portion.
[0047] また、第 32の発明に係るスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットによると、デバイスプロ ックの弁体嵌合部をスロットルボデ一の通路開口部内に嵌合することにより、スロット ルボデ一にデバイスユニットをコンパクトに組込むことができる。 [0047] Further, according to the device unit for a throttle body according to the thirty-second invention, the valve body fitting portion of the device block is fitted into the passage opening of the throttle body, so that the device can be connected to the throttle body. The unit can be assembled compactly.
[0048] また、第 33の発明に係るスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットによると、スロットルボ デ一の通路開口部内にデバイスブロックの弁体嵌合部を圧入することにより、その通 路開口部内に弁体嵌合部を位置決めすることができる。 [0048] Further, according to the device unit for throttle body according to the thirty-third aspect of the invention, the valve body fitting portion of the device block is press-fitted into the passage opening portion of the throttle body, so that the valve opening portion is inserted into the passage opening portion. The body fitting part can be positioned.
[0049] また、第 34の発明に係るスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットによると、スロットルボ デ一の通路開口部内にデバイスブロックの弁体嵌合部を圧入する際に、その弁体嵌 合部の外周面に設けられている塑性変形部が塑性変形されることにより、通路開口 部内に弁体嵌合部を容易に圧入することができる。 [0049] According to the throttle body device unit according to the thirty-fourth aspect of the invention, when the valve body fitting portion of the device block is press-fitted into the passage opening of the throttle body, the valve body fitting portion When the plastic deformation portion provided on the outer peripheral surface is plastically deformed, the valve body fitting portion can be easily press-fitted into the passage opening.
[0050] また、第 35の発明に係るスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットによると、スロットルボ デ一の通路開口部内にデバイスブロックの弁体嵌合部を嵌合する際に、弁体嵌合部 用ガイド部により弁体嵌合部が案内されることにより、その通路開口部内に弁体嵌合 部を容易にセンタリングすることができる。 [0050] According to the device unit for a throttle body according to the thirty-fifth aspect, when the valve body fitting portion of the device block is fitted into the passage opening of the throttle body, the valve body fitting portion is used. By guiding the valve body fitting part by the guide part, the valve body fitting part can be easily centered in the passage opening.
[0051] また、第 36の発明に係るスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットによると、スロットルバ ルブの開度を検出するスロットルポジションセンサがデバイスブロックにモジュール化 されたデバイスユニットを提供することができる。 [0051] Further, according to the device unit for throttle body according to the thirty-sixth aspect of the invention, it is possible to provide a device unit in which a throttle position sensor for detecting the opening of the throttle valve is modularized in a device block.
[0052] また、第 37の発明に係るスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットによると、吸気温を検 出する温度センサがデバイスブロックにモジュールィ匕されたデバイスユニットを提供 することができる。 [0052] Further, according to the device unit for throttle body according to the thirty-seventh aspect of the invention, it is possible to provide a device unit in which the temperature sensor for detecting the intake air temperature is modularized in the device block.
[0053] また、第 38の発明に係るスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットによると、吸気圧を検 出する圧力センサがデバイスブロックにモジュールィ匕されたデバイスユニットを提供 することができる。 [0053] Also, according to the device unit for throttle body according to the thirty-eighth invention, it is possible to provide a device unit in which the pressure sensor for detecting the intake pressure is modularized in the device block.
[0054] また、第 39の発明に係るエンジンの吸気装置によると、エンジンの吸気通路を開閉 するスロットルバルブを備えるスロットルボデ一に、デバイスブロックに対する複数の デバイス部品の組付性を向上することのできるスロットルボデ一用デバイスユニットを 設けることができる。 [0054] According to the engine intake device of the 39th aspect of the invention, the engine intake passage is opened and closed. A throttle body device unit that can improve the assembling property of a plurality of device parts to the device block can be provided in the throttle body including the throttle valve.
[0055] [課題を解決するための手段 3] [0055] [Means for solving the problem 3]
前記課題 3は、請求の範囲の請求項 40〜49に記載された構成を要旨とする流量 制御弁及びエンジンの補助吸気量制御装置並びに吸気装置により解決することが できる。 The problem 3 can be solved by a flow rate control valve, an auxiliary intake air amount control device for an engine, and an intake device that are summarized in the structure described in claims 40 to 49 of the claims.
すなわち、第 40の発明に係る流量制御弁によると、ァクチユエータの作動部材によ り弁体が作動されることで流体通路が開閉される。そして、ァクチユエ一タの開作動 時及び閉作動時の少なくとも一方の作動時における作動部材の軸移動が、その作 動部材の軸移動方向の端部とその端部に対向する部材との当接によって規制される 。このため、ァクチユエ一タの開作動時及び閉作動時の少なくとも一方の作動時にお ける作動部材の軸移動に起因するァクチユエータの作動不良を防止あるいは低減す ることがでさる。 That is, according to the flow control valve of the fortieth aspect, the fluid passage is opened and closed by the valve body being actuated by the actuating member of the actuator. The axial movement of the operating member during the opening operation and / or the closing operation of the actuator is caused by the contact between the end of the operating member in the axial movement direction and the member facing the end. Regulated by. For this reason, it is possible to prevent or reduce malfunction of the actuator due to the axial movement of the actuating member during at least one of the opening operation and the closing operation of the actuator.
[0056] また、第 41の発明に係る流量制御弁によると、ァクチユエ一タの開作動時における 作動部材の軸移動を、その作動部材の軸移動方向の端部と弁体との当接によって 規帘 ljすることができる。 [0056] According to the flow control valve of the forty-first aspect of the invention, the axial movement of the operating member during the opening operation of the actuator is caused by the contact between the end of the operating member in the axial movement direction and the valve body. Rules can be lj.
[0057] また、第 42の発明に係る流量制御弁によると、ァクチユエ一タの閉作動時における 作動部材の軸移動を、その作動部材の軸移動方向の端部と該ァクチユエ一タの固 定側部材との当接によって規制することができる。 [0057] Further, according to the flow control valve of the forty-second aspect of the present invention, the axial movement of the actuating member during the closing operation of the actuator is fixed to the end of the actuating member in the axial movement direction and to the fixing of the activator. It can regulate by contact with a side member.
[0058] また、第 43の発明に係る流量制御弁によると、ステップモータの固定側部材に対し てロータシャフトが一対の滑り軸受により回転可能に支持されている。したがって、口 ータシャフトを支持する軸受として、転がり軸受に比べて安価な滑り軸受を用いること により、流量制御弁の低コストィ匕を図ることができる。 [0058] According to the flow control valve of the forty-third aspect of the invention, the rotor shaft is rotatably supported by the pair of sliding bearings with respect to the stationary side member of the step motor. Therefore, by using a sliding bearing that is less expensive than a rolling bearing as a bearing that supports the port shaft, the cost of the flow control valve can be reduced.
[0059] また、第 44の発明に係る流量制御弁によると、滑り軸受がドライベアリングであるの で、給油の必要がない。 [0059] Further, according to the flow control valve of the forty-fourth aspect of the invention, since the slide bearing is a dry bearing, there is no need for refueling.
[0060] また、第 45の発明に係る流量制御弁によると、ァクチユエータの金属部に滑り軸受 を精度良く配置することができる。 [0061] また、第 46の発明に係る流量制御弁によると、ァクチユエ一タの榭脂部に滑り軸受 を容易に配置することができる。 [0060] Further, according to the flow control valve of the forty-fifth aspect of the present invention, the slide bearing can be accurately arranged on the metal part of the actuator. [0061] Further, according to the flow control valve of the forty-sixth aspect of the present invention, the slide bearing can be easily disposed in the grease portion of the actuator.
[0062] また、第 47の発明に係るエンジンの補助吸気量制御装置によると、ァクチユエータ の開作動時及び閉作動時の少なくとも一方の作動時における作動部材の軸移動に 起因するァクチユエータの作動不良を防止あるいは低減することのできる流量制御 弁により、補助吸気通路を流れる補助吸気量を制御することができる。 [0062] Further, according to the auxiliary intake air amount control device for an engine according to the 47th aspect of the present invention, the malfunction of the actuator caused by the axial movement of the operating member during at least one of the opening operation and the closing operation of the actuator is reduced. The amount of auxiliary intake air flowing through the auxiliary intake passage can be controlled by a flow rate control valve that can be prevented or reduced.
[0063] また、第 48の発明に係るエンジンの吸気装置によると、請求項 47に記載された補 助吸気量制御装置をデバイスブロックにモジュールィ匕してなるデバイスユニットを、ス ロットルボデ一に着脱可能又は着脱不能に設けることができる。 [0063] According to the engine intake device of the forty-eighth aspect of the invention, a device unit obtained by modularizing the auxiliary intake air amount control device according to claim 47 into a device block is attached to and detached from the throttle body. It can be provided so that it can be attached or detached.
[0064] また、第 49の発明に係るエンジンの吸気装置によると、スロットルボデ一とデバイス ユニットとの協働により補助吸気通路を容易に形成することができる。 [0064] According to the engine intake device of the forty-ninth aspect of the present invention, the auxiliary intake passage can be easily formed by the cooperation of the throttle body and the device unit.
図面の簡単な説明 Brief Description of Drawings
[0065] [図 1]実施例 1にかかるエンジンの吸気装置を示す側面図である。 FIG. 1 is a side view showing an engine intake device according to a first embodiment.
[図 2]エンジンの吸気装置を示す背面図である。 FIG. 2 is a rear view showing the intake device of the engine.
[図 3]図 1の III III線矢視断面図である。 FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view taken along line III-III in FIG.
[図 4]図 2の IV— IV線矢視断面図である。 4 is a cross-sectional view taken along line IV-IV in FIG.
[図 5]スロットルボデ一のデバイスユニット取付側を示す側面図である。 FIG. 5 is a side view showing the device unit mounting side of the throttle body.
[図 6]バイパス通路を示す平断面図である。 FIG. 6 is a plan sectional view showing a bypass passage.
[図 7]図 6の VII— VII線矢視断面図である。 FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view taken along line VII-VII in FIG.
[図 8]スロットルボデ一のスロットルシャフトとスロットルポジションセンサとの関係を示 す断面図である。 FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view showing the relationship between the throttle shaft of the throttle body and the throttle position sensor.
[図 9]スロットルボデ一の弁シート部に対する ISCバルブの開弁状態を示す断面図で ある。 FIG. 9 is a cross-sectional view showing the opened state of the ISC valve with respect to the valve seat portion of the throttle body.
[図 10]スロットルボデ一の弁シート部に対する ISCバルブの閉弁状態を示す断面図 である。 FIG. 10 is a cross-sectional view showing a closed state of the ISC valve with respect to the valve seat portion of the throttle body.
[図 11]デバイスユニットの構成部品を示す分解斜視図である。 FIG. 11 is an exploded perspective view showing component parts of the device unit.
[図 12]デバイスユニットのスロットルポジションセンサの周辺部を示す断面図である。 FIG. 12 is a cross-sectional view showing a peripheral portion of a throttle position sensor of the device unit.
[図 13]デバイスユニットのコネクタ部の周辺部を示す断面図である。 [図 14]デバイスブロックを示す正面図である。 FIG. 13 is a cross-sectional view showing the periphery of the connector portion of the device unit. FIG. 14 is a front view showing a device block.
[図 15]デバイスブロックを示す背面図である。 FIG. 15 is a rear view showing the device block.
[図 16]スロットルポジションセンサの周辺部を示す分解断面図である。 FIG. 16 is an exploded sectional view showing a peripheral portion of a throttle position sensor.
[図 17]ISCバルブ及び圧力センサの周辺部を示す分解断面図である。 FIG. 17 is an exploded sectional view showing the periphery of the ISC valve and pressure sensor.
[図 18]温度センサの周辺部を示す分解断面図である。 FIG. 18 is an exploded cross-sectional view showing the periphery of the temperature sensor.
[図 19]ISCバルブを示す断面図である。 FIG. 19 is a cross-sectional view showing an ISC valve.
[図 20]ISCバルブを弁体の先端側から見た正面図である。 FIG. 20 is a front view of the ISC valve as viewed from the distal end side of the valve body.
[図 21]ISCバルブ及び温度センサを搭載したデバイスブロックのデバイスカバー取付 側を示す側面図である。 FIG. 21 is a side view showing a device cover mounting side of a device block equipped with an ISC valve and a temperature sensor.
[図 22]デバイスブロックに対する ISCバルブの搭載状態を示す断面図である。 FIG. 22 is a cross-sectional view showing a state in which the ISC valve is mounted on the device block.
圆 23]デバイスブロックに対する温度センサの搭載状態を示す断面図である。 [23] FIG. 23 is a cross-sectional view showing a mounted state of the temperature sensor on the device block.
圆 24]配線基板を搭載したデバイスブロックのデバイスカバー取付側を示す側面図 である。 [24] FIG. 24 is a side view showing a device cover mounting side of a device block on which a wiring board is mounted.
[図 25]配線基板を示す表面図である。 FIG. 25 is a front view showing a wiring board.
[図 26]配線基板を示す裏面図である。 FIG. 26 is a rear view showing the wiring board.
圆 27]デバイスブロックに対する圧力センサの搭載状態を示す断面図である。 [27] FIG. 27 is a cross-sectional view showing a mounting state of the pressure sensor on the device block.
[図 28]デバイスカバーを示す裏面図である。 FIG. 28 is a back view showing the device cover.
[図 29]ガスケットを装着したデバイスブロックのスロットルボデ一取付側を示す側面図 である。 FIG. 29 is a side view showing a throttle body mounting side of a device block equipped with a gasket.
[図 30]ガスケットを示す表面図である。 FIG. 30 is a surface view showing a gasket.
圆 31]圧力通路を示す説明図である。 [31] FIG. 31 is an explanatory view showing a pressure passage.
[図 32]図 31の XXXII— XXXII線矢視断面図である。 FIG. 32 is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXXII-XXXII in FIG.
[図 33]図 31の ΧΧΧΙΠ— ΧΧΧΙΠ線矢視断面図である。 FIG. 33 is a cross-sectional view taken along the arrow line ΧΧΧΙΠ in FIG. 31.
[図 34]図 31の XXXIV— XXXIV線矢視断面図である。 FIG. 34 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line XXXIV-XXXIV in FIG.
[図 35]デバイスブロックに対するデバイスカバーの溶着部を示す説明図である。 圆 36]デバイスブロックに対するデバイスカバーの溶着前の状態を示す断面図であ る。 FIG. 35 is an explanatory view showing a welded portion of a device cover to a device block. [36] FIG. 36 is a cross-sectional view showing a state before the device cover is welded to the device block.
圆 37]デバイスブロックに対するデバイスカバーの溶着後の状態を示す断面図であ る。 [37] A cross-sectional view showing a state after the device cover is welded to the device block. The
圆 38]デバイスブロックに対するデバイスカバーの押圧状態を示す断面図である。 圆 39]凸条の変更例 1を示す断面図である。 圆 38] A sectional view showing a pressing state of the device cover against the device block. [39] FIG. 39 is a cross-sectional view showing a modification 1 of the ridges.
[図 40]凸条の変更例 2を示す断面図である。 FIG. 40 is a cross-sectional view showing a modification 2 of the ridges.
圆 41]凸条の変更例 3を示す断面図である。 圆 41] It is a sectional view showing a modification 3 of the ridges.
[図 42]凸条の変更例 4を示す断面図である。 FIG. 42 is a cross-sectional view showing a modification 4 of the ridges.
[図 43]凸条の変更例 5を示す断面図である。 FIG. 43 is a cross-sectional view showing a modification 5 of the ridges.
[図 44]凸条の変更例 6を示す断面図である。 FIG. 44 is a cross-sectional view showing a modification 6 of the ridges.
[図 45]実施例 2にかかるデバイスブロックに対するデバイスカバーの溶着前の状態を 示す断面図である。 FIG. 45 is a cross-sectional view showing a state before the device cover is welded to the device block according to the second embodiment.
圆 46]デバイスブロックに対するデバイスカバーの溶着後の状態を示す断面図であ る。 [46] FIG. 46 is a cross-sectional view showing a state after the device cover is welded to the device block.
[図 47]実施例 3にかかるデバイスブロックに対するデバイスカバーの溶着前の状態を 示す断面図である。 FIG. 47 is a cross-sectional view showing a state before the device cover is welded to the device block according to the third embodiment.
圆 48]デバイスブロックに対するデバイスカバーの溶着後の状態を示す断面図であ る。 [48] FIG. 48 is a cross-sectional view showing a state after the device cover is welded to the device block.
[図 49]デバイスブロックに対するデバイスカバーの押圧状態を示す断面図である。 FIG. 49 is a cross-sectional view showing a pressed state of the device cover against the device block.
[図 50]デバイスカバーの変更例を示す断面図である。 FIG. 50 is a cross-sectional view showing a modified example of the device cover.
[図 51]従来例 1にかかるレーザー溶着方法を示す断面図である。 FIG. 51 is a cross-sectional view showing a laser welding method according to Conventional Example 1.
圆 52]実施例 1の補足説明 1にかかるデバイスブロックのモータ嵌合部及び弁体嵌合 部を示す断面図である。 FIG. 52 is a cross-sectional view showing a motor fitting portion and a valve body fitting portion of a device block according to Supplementary Explanation 1 of Example 1.
[図 53]デバイスブロックのモータ嵌合部を反スロットルボデ一側から見た図である。 圆 54]デバイスブロックのモータ嵌合部の塑性変形部を示す説明図である。 FIG. 53 is a view of the motor fitting portion of the device block as viewed from the side opposite to the throttle body. 54] It is explanatory drawing which shows the plastic deformation part of the motor fitting part of a device block.
[図 55]デバイスブロックの弁体嵌合部をスロットルボデ一側力 見た図である。 FIG. 55 is a view of the valve body fitting portion of the device block as viewed from one side of the throttle body.
[図 56]スロットルボデ一とデバイスブロックの弁体嵌合部との関係を示す断面図であ る。 FIG. 56 is a cross-sectional view showing the relationship between the throttle body and the valve body fitting portion of the device block.
圆 57]実施例 1の補足説明 2にかかる ISCバルブの開状態を示す断面図である。 [57] FIG. 57 is a cross-sectional view showing an open state of the ISC valve according to Supplementary Explanation 2 of Example 1.
[図 58]ISCバルブの閉状態を示す断面図である。 [図 59]ステップモータの開作動側の軸移動規制部を示す断面図である。 FIG. 58 is a cross-sectional view showing a closed state of the ISC valve. FIG. 59 is a cross-sectional view showing the shaft movement restricting portion on the opening operation side of the step motor.
[図 60]ステップモータの閉作動側の軸移動規制部を示す断面図である。 FIG. 60 is a cross-sectional view showing the shaft movement restricting portion on the closing operation side of the step motor.
[図 61]従来例 2にかかる流量制御弁を示す断面図である。 FIG. 61 is a cross-sectional view showing a flow control valve according to Conventional Example 2.
符号の説明 Explanation of symbols
1 吸気装置 1 Intake device
2 スロットノレボデー 2 Slot Nobody
3 デバイスユニット 3 Device unit
7 ボア(吸気通路) 7 Bore (intake passage)
14 スロットノレバノレブ 14 Slot Nolevanolev
28 バイパス入口孔 28 Bypass inlet hole
30 バイパス出口孔 30 Bypass outlet hole
32 横孔部 32 Horizontal hole
32a 大径側の孔部 (通路開口部、弁体嵌合部用孔部) 32a Large diameter hole (passage opening, valve element fitting hole)
50 デバイスブロック 50 device blocks
51 ISCバルブ (アイドル制御装置、デバイス部品、流量制御弁) 51 ISC valve (idle control device, device parts, flow control valve)
51A 補助吸気量制御装置 51A Auxiliary intake air volume control device
52 スロットルポジションセンサ(デバイス部品) 52 Throttle position sensor (device parts)
53 温度センサ (デバイス部品) 53 Temperature sensor (device parts)
54 圧力センサ (デバイス部品) 54 Pressure sensor (device parts)
55 配線基板 55 Wiring board
60 デバイスカバー 60 Device cover
70 バイパス通路 (補助空気通路、流体通路) 70 Bypass passage (auxiliary air passage, fluid passage)
72 モータ嵌合部(ァクチユエ一タ嵌合部) 72 Motor fitting part (actuator fitting part)
74 弁体嵌合部 74 Valve mating part
104 基準ピン 104 Reference pin
106 取付ピン 106 Mounting pin
108 ステップモータ(ァクチユエータ) 108 Step motor (actuator)
110 弁体 112 モータハウジング 110 Disc 112 Motor housing
112a 底板部 (金属部) 112a Bottom plate (metal part)
113 ステータ(固定側部材) 113 Stator (fixed side member)
115 ボビン 115 bobbins
119 端板部 (榭脂部) 119 End plate (grease)
123 カバープレート 123 Cover plate
124 ドライベアリング(滑り軸受) 124 Dry bearing
125 ドライベアリング(滑り軸受)125 Dry bearing
127 ロータシャフト(作動部材) 127 Rotor shaft (actuating member)
138 バルブスプリング 138 Valve spring
143 センサロータ 143 Sensor rotor
145 ウエーブヮッシャ(弾性部材) 145 Wave washer (elastic member)
147 ブラシ 147 brush
150, 151 抵抗体部 150, 151 Resistor section
153 基準孔 153 Reference hole
155 取付孔 155 Mounting hole
160 隔離孔 160 Separation hole
164 結線部 164 Connection
168 基準凹部 168 Reference recess
194 凸条 194 ridges
200 当接部 200 Abutment
210 当接部 210 Abutment
214 当接部 214 Abutment
220 線条突起 (塑性変形部) 220 Line protrusion (plastic deformation part)
221 各斜面 (ァクチユエータ用ガイド部) 221 slopes (actuator guide)
230 大径部 230 Large diameter part
231 テーパ部 (弁体嵌合部用ガイド部) 232 小径部 234 線状条突起 (塑性変形部) 231 Taper part (Guide part for valve body fitting part) 232 Small diameter part 234 Linear protrusion (plastic deformation part)
254 凹孔 254 recess
254c 底面部 254c Bottom
256 ノ ノレブス卜、/ノ § Sir 256 Norrebus, / No §
257 ノ ノレブス卜、/ノ § 257 Lord Norrebus, / No §
発明を実施するための最良の形態 BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
[0067] 以下、本発明を実施するための最良の形態を以下の実施例を参照して説明する。 Hereinafter, the best mode for carrying out the present invention will be described with reference to the following examples.
実施例 Example
[0068] [実施例 1] [0068] [Example 1]
本発明の実施例 1を図面にしたがって説明する。本実施例は、自動二輪車、原付 自転車等の二輪車に用いられるエンジンの吸気装置について説明する。なお、ェン ジンの吸気装置については、エアクリーナ(図示しない。)が接続される側(図 1にお V、て右側)を前側とし、また、インテークマ-ホールド(図示しな 、。 )が接続される側( 図 1において左側)を後側として説明することにする。なお、エンジンの吸気装置 1の 上下方向は、二輪車に対する搭載上の天地方向と同じになっている。 Embodiment 1 of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. In this embodiment, an engine intake device used for a motorcycle such as a motorcycle or a moped bicycle will be described. For the engine intake system, the side to which the air cleaner (not shown) is connected (V, right side in Fig. 1) is the front side, and the intake hold (not shown) is attached. The connected side (left side in Fig. 1) will be described as the rear side. Note that the vertical direction of the intake device 1 of the engine is the same as the vertical direction when mounted on a motorcycle.
[0069] 図 2に示すように、エンジンの吸気装置 1は、スロットルボデ一 2と、そのスロットルボ デー 2の一側(図 2において右側)に着脱可能に設けられたデバイスユニット 3とにより 構成されている(図 1参照)。説明の都合上、スロットルボデ一 2を説明し、その後でデ バイスユニット 3を説明する。 [0069] As shown in FIG. 2, the engine intake device 1 includes a throttle body 2 and a device unit 3 detachably provided on one side (right side in FIG. 2) of the throttle body 2. (See Figure 1). For convenience of description, explain the throttle Bode one 2, illustrating the device unit 3 subsequently.
[0070] 図 3に示すように、スロットルボデ一 2は、その主体をなすボデ一本体 5を備えている 。ボデ一本体 5は、例えば榭脂製で、前後方向(図 3において紙面表裏方向)に貫通 するほぼ中空円筒状のボア壁部 6を有している。ボア壁部 6内の中空部がボア 7とな つている。なお、ボア壁部 6の前端部(図 4において左端部)にエアクリーナ(図示しな い。)が接続され、また、ボア壁部 6の後端側(図 4において右端側)にインテークマ- ホールド(図示しない。)が接続されるようになっている。したがって、エアクリーナから 流れてくる吸入空気は、ボア 7を通じてインテークマ-ホールドへ流れてゆくことにな る。なお、ボア 7は、本明細書でいう「吸気通路」に相当する。また、ボア壁部 6の後端 側には、インテークマ-ホールドに代えて、エンジンが直に接続される場合もある。 [0071] 図 3に示すように、前記ボア壁部 6には、前記ボア 7を径方向すなわち左右方向に 横切るスロットルシャフト 9が配置されている。スロットルシャフト 9は、例えば金属製で ある。スロットルシャフト 9の両端部は、ボア壁部 6に一体形成された左右一対の軸受 ボス部 10, 11内に回転可能に支持されている。スロットルシャフト 9と各軸受ボス部 1 0, 11との間には、それぞれゴム製のシール材 12が介装されている。各シール材 12 は、スロットルシャフト 9と各軸受ボス部 10, 11との間を弹性的にシールしている。 As shown in FIG. 3, the throttle body 2 includes a body 1 that is the main body. The body body 5 is made of, for example, resin and has a substantially hollow cylindrical bore wall portion 6 penetrating in the front-rear direction (the front and back direction in FIG. 3). The hollow part in the bore wall part 6 becomes the bore 7. An air cleaner (not shown) is connected to the front end (the left end in FIG. 4) of the bore wall 6 and an intake bearer is connected to the rear end (the right end in FIG. 4) of the bore wall 6. A hold (not shown) is connected. Therefore, the intake air flowing from the air cleaner flows through the bore 7 to the intake bear hold. The bore 7 corresponds to an “intake passage” in the present specification. In addition, an engine may be directly connected to the rear end side of the bore wall 6 instead of the intake bear-hold. As shown in FIG. 3, the bore wall 6 is provided with a throttle shaft 9 that crosses the bore 7 in the radial direction, that is, in the left-right direction. The throttle shaft 9 is made of metal, for example. Both end portions of the throttle shaft 9 are rotatably supported in a pair of left and right bearing boss portions 10 and 11 formed integrally with the bore wall portion 6. A rubber seal material 12 is interposed between the throttle shaft 9 and the bearing boss portions 10 and 11, respectively. Each seal material 12 inertially seals between the throttle shaft 9 and each bearing boss 10, 11.
[0072] 図 4に示すように、前記スロットルシャフト 9上には、前記ボア 7を開閉するほぼ円板 状のバタフライ式のスロットルバルブ 14がスクリュ 15により締着されている。スロットル シャフト 9と一体でスロットルバルブ 14が回転することにより、ボア 7内を流れる吸入空 気量が制御される。なお、スロットルバルブ 14は、図 4に実線 14で示す状態が閉状 態であり、その閉状態より図 4において右回り方向(図 4中、矢印「0 (ォ一)」方向参 照)へ回動されることにより開状態(図 4中、二点鎖線 14参照)となる。また、開状態の スロットルバルブ 14は、図 4において左回り方向(図 4中、矢印「S」方向参照)へ回動 されることにより閉状態(図 4中、実線 14参照)となる。 As shown in FIG. 4, a substantially disc-shaped butterfly throttle valve 14 that opens and closes the bore 7 is fastened by a screw 15 on the throttle shaft 9. As the throttle valve 14 rotates together with the throttle shaft 9, the amount of intake air flowing through the bore 7 is controlled. Note that the throttle valve 14 is in the closed state shown by the solid line 14 in FIG. 4. From the closed state, the throttle valve 14 rotates in the clockwise direction in FIG. 4 (refer to the arrow “0 (ォ)” direction in FIG. 4). It will be in an open state (refer to the two-dot chain line 14 in FIG. 4). In addition, the throttle valve 14 in the open state is closed (see the solid line 14 in FIG. 4) by rotating counterclockwise in FIG. 4 (see the arrow “S” direction in FIG. 4).
[0073] 図 3に示すように、前記スロットルシャフト 9の右端部(図 3において右端部)には、ス ロットルレバー 17がインサート成形より一体化されている。スロットルレバー 17と、そ れに対向する軸受ボス部 11との間には、コイルスプリング力もなるリターンスプリング 18が介装されている。リターンスプリング 18は、スロットルレバー 17及びスロットルシ ャフト 9並びにスロットルバルブ 14を常に閉方向へ付勢している。なお、スロットルレ バー 17には、図示しないスロットル操作装置につながるアクセルワイヤが接続されか っ卷装されるようになって!/ヽる。 As shown in FIG. 3, a throttle lever 17 is integrated with the right end portion (the right end portion in FIG. 3) of the throttle shaft 9 by insert molding. A return spring 18 having a coil spring force is interposed between the throttle lever 17 and the bearing boss portion 11 facing the throttle lever 17. The return spring 18 always urges the throttle lever 17, the throttle shaft 9, and the throttle valve 14 in the closing direction. The throttle lever 17 is connected with an accelerator wire connected to a throttle operating device (not shown).
[0074] 前記スロットルシャフト 9は、前記スロットルバルブ 14の締着に先立って、ボア壁部 6 の各軸受ボス 10, 11内にその右方から左方へ向けて揷通されている。スロットルシャ フト 9の挿入端部にヮッシャ 19及びスぺーサ 20が嵌合されたのち、その端部に形成 された環状溝 (符号省略)にスナップリング 21が装着されている。ヮッシャ 19は、前記 軸受ボス部 10の開口側端部内に形成された内径を大きくする開口凹部 22内に係止 されている。これにより、スロットルシャフト 9の抜け止めがなされている。また、スロット ルシャフト 9の挿入端(図 3において左端部)は、軸受ボス部 10の開口端面よりも突出 されている。その挿入端には、断面 D字状をなすセンサロータ連結部 24が形成され ている(図 5参照)。また、センサロータ連結部 24には、後述するデバイスユニット 3が 備えるスロットルポジションセンサ 52のセンサロータ 143が連結可能となっている。 [0074] Prior to fastening of the throttle valve 14, the throttle shaft 9 is passed through the bearing bosses 10, 11 of the bore wall portion 6 from the right to the left. After a washer 19 and a spacer 20 are fitted to the insertion end of the throttle shaft 9, a snap ring 21 is attached to an annular groove (not shown) formed in the end. The washer 19 is locked in an opening recess 22 that is formed in the opening side end of the bearing boss 10 and has an increased inner diameter. Thereby, the throttle shaft 9 is prevented from coming off. Further, the insertion end (left end portion in FIG. 3) of the throttle shaft 9 protrudes beyond the opening end surface of the bearing boss portion 10. Has been. A sensor rotor connecting portion 24 having a D-shaped cross section is formed at the insertion end (see FIG. 5). Further, the sensor rotor connecting portion 24 can be connected to a sensor rotor 143 of a throttle position sensor 52 provided in the device unit 3 described later.
[0075] 図 3に示すように、前記ボア壁部 6には、左側の軸受ボス部 10の外周部に連続する フランジ状のユニット装着部 26がー体形成されている。ユニット装着部 26には、左側 の軸受ボス部 10の開口端面と同一平面をなしかつ前記スロットルシャフト 9の軸線 9L に直交する外端面力もなる装着面 26aが形成されている(図 2参照)。この装着面 26 aに、後述するデバイスユニット 3が着脱可能となっている。なお、スロットルシャフト 9 の軸線 9Lは、スロットルバルブ 14の回動軸線に相当する。 As shown in FIG. 3, the bore wall portion 6 is formed with a flange-like unit mounting portion 26 continuous with the outer peripheral portion of the left bearing boss portion 10. The unit mounting portion 26 is formed with a mounting surface 26a that forms the same plane as the opening end surface of the left bearing boss portion 10 and also has an outer end surface force that is orthogonal to the axis 9L of the throttle shaft 9 (see FIG. 2). A device unit 3 to be described later can be attached to and detached from the mounting surface 26a. The axis 9L of the throttle shaft 9 corresponds to the rotation axis of the throttle valve 14.
[0076] 図 4に示すように、前記ユニット装着部 26には、バイノス入口孔 28及びバイパス出 ロ孔 30が形成されている。バイパス入口孔 28は、ボア壁部 6及びユニット装着部 26 を左右方向(図 4において紙面表裏方向)に貫通するストレート状の円形孔により形 成されている。バイパス入口孔 28のボア側の開口端は、全閉状態の前記スロットル バルブ 14の上流側でかつ上部寄りの位置においてボア 7の通路壁面に開口されて いる。また、バイパス入口孔 28の反ボア側の開口端は、ユニット装着部 26の装着面 2 6aに開口されている(図 5参照)。 As shown in FIG. 4, the unit mounting portion 26 is formed with a binos inlet hole 28 and a bypass outlet hole 30. The bypass inlet hole 28 is formed by a straight circular hole that penetrates the bore wall portion 6 and the unit mounting portion 26 in the left-right direction (the front and back direction in FIG. 4). The opening end on the bore side of the bypass inlet hole 28 is opened on the passage wall surface of the bore 7 at a position upstream of the throttle valve 14 in the fully closed state and closer to the top. Further, the opening end of the bypass inlet hole 28 on the side opposite to the bore is opened in the mounting surface 26a of the unit mounting portion 26 (see FIG. 5).
[0077] 前記バイパス出口孔 30は、図 4のほか、図 6及び図 7に表されて!/、る。 The bypass outlet hole 30 is represented in FIGS. 6 and 7 in addition to FIG.
図 7に示すように、前記バイパス出口孔 30は、前記ユニット装着部 26の上部におい て縦方向に延びる縦孔部 31と、その縦孔部の上端部力 左方(図 7において右方) へ水平状に延びる横孔部 32とにより逆 L字状に形成されて 、る。図 4に示すように、 縦孔部 31のボア側の開口端は、全閉状態の前記スロットルバルブ 14の下流側にお いてボア 7の通路壁面の上側部に開口されている。しかして、縦孔部 31は、上部が 前方に傾斜しかつ下部が後方へ傾斜する直線 31Lに沿って延びる有底ストレート状 の円形孔により形成されている(図 4参照)。 As shown in FIG. 7, the bypass outlet hole 30 includes a vertical hole portion 31 extending in the vertical direction at the upper portion of the unit mounting portion 26, and the upper end force of the vertical hole portion on the left side (right side in FIG. 7). It is formed in an inverted L shape by a horizontal hole portion 32 extending horizontally. As shown in FIG. 4, the opening end on the bore side of the vertical hole portion 31 is opened on the upper side portion of the passage wall surface of the bore 7 on the downstream side of the throttle valve 14 in the fully closed state. Thus, the vertical hole portion 31 is formed by a bottomed straight circular hole extending along a straight line 31L having an upper portion inclined forward and a lower portion inclined rearward (see FIG. 4).
[0078] また、図 7に示すように、前記横孔部 32は、前記縦孔部 31の上端部近くにおいて その縦孔部 31の直線 31Lに直交する直線 32Lに沿って延びるストレート状の段付円 形孔により形成されている。横孔部 32は、ユニット装着部 26の装着面 26aに開口す る大径側の孔部 32aと、大径側の孔部 32aと縦孔部 31とを連通する小径側の孔部 3 2bとを有している。小径側の孔部 32bにおける大径側の孔部 32a側の口縁部力 後 述するアイドルスピードコントロールバルブ(以下、「ISCバルブ」という。) 51の弁体 1 10に対応する弁シート部 33となっている。しかして、縦孔部 31の上端部である孔底 部は、小径側の孔部 32bより上方へ延出する異物溜め部 35となっている。これにより 、エンジン側力も縦孔部 31内へ吹き返される排ガス中に含まれるデポジット等の異物 を、縦孔部 31の突き当たりに形成された異物溜め部 35に受け止めて溜めることがで き、横孔部 32の上流側への逆流を防止あるいは低減することができる。なお、横孔 部 32における大径側の孔部 32aの開口端部は、本明細書でいう「通路開口部」に相 当する。 Further, as shown in FIG. 7, the horizontal hole portion 32 is a straight step extending along a straight line 32L orthogonal to the straight line 31L of the vertical hole portion 31 near the upper end portion of the vertical hole portion 31. It is formed by an attached circular hole. The horizontal hole portion 32 is a large-diameter side hole portion 32a that opens to the mounting surface 26a of the unit mounting portion 26, and a small-diameter side hole portion 3 that communicates the large-diameter side hole portion 32a and the vertical hole portion 31. 2b. Smaller-diameter side hole 32b Larger-diameter side hole 32a side edge force Forced to be described later Idle speed control valve (hereinafter referred to as “ISC valve”) 51 Valve body 1 10 Valve seat part corresponding to 10 33 It has become. Accordingly, the bottom of the hole, which is the upper end of the vertical hole 31, is a foreign matter reservoir 35 that extends upward from the hole 32 b on the small diameter side. As a result, foreign matter such as deposits contained in the exhaust gas blown back into the vertical hole portion 31 can also be received and stored in the foreign matter reservoir portion 35 formed at the end of the vertical hole portion 31, and the engine side force can be stored. Backflow upstream of the part 32 can be prevented or reduced. The opening end portion of the large-diameter side hole portion 32a in the horizontal hole portion 32 corresponds to the “passage opening portion” in this specification.
[0079] 前記横孔部 32における大径側の孔部 32a内には、後述するデバイスブロック 50の 弁体嵌合部 74が嵌合される。このため、横孔部 32における大径側の孔部 32aを、「 弁体嵌合部用孔部」という。 [0079] A valve body fitting portion 74 of a device block 50 described later is fitted into the large-diameter hole portion 32a of the lateral hole portion 32. For this reason, the hole 32a on the large diameter side in the lateral hole 32 is referred to as a “valve fitting hole”.
また、図 5に示すように、前記ユニット装着部 26の装着面 26aには、前記バイパス入 口孔 28とバイパス出口孔 30 (詳しくは、大径側の孔部 32a)とを連絡するバイパス通 路溝 37が形成されて ヽる(図 6参照)。 Further, as shown in FIG. 5, a bypass passage that connects the bypass inlet hole 28 and the bypass outlet hole 30 (specifically, the large-diameter side hole 32a) is connected to the mounting surface 26a of the unit mounting portion 26. A groove 37 is formed (see Fig. 6).
[0080] 図 4に示すように、前記ボア 7の通路壁面には、ストレート状の円形孔からなる上下 一対の圧力取入口 38が形成されている。両圧力取入口 38は、開弁時におけるスロ ットルバルブ 14の下流側の外周部付近に生成される吸気流れの渦流の影響を避け た位置に開口されている。この「スロットルバルブの下流側の外周部付近に生成され る吸気流れの渦流の影響を避けた位置」とは、例えば、全開状態(図 4中、二点鎖線 14参照)のスロットルバルブ 14の下流側端部 14aの下流側の周辺部が相当する。 As shown in FIG. 4, a pair of upper and lower pressure inlets 38 formed of straight circular holes are formed on the passage wall surface of the bore 7. Both pressure inlets 38 are opened at a position that avoids the influence of the vortex flow of the intake flow generated near the outer peripheral portion on the downstream side of the throttle valve 14 when the valve is opened. This “position avoiding the influence of the vortex flow of the intake flow generated near the outer peripheral portion on the downstream side of the throttle valve” means, for example, downstream of the throttle valve 14 in the fully open state (see the two-dot chain line 14 in FIG. 4). This corresponds to the peripheral portion on the downstream side of the side end portion 14a.
[0081] さらに、両圧力取入口 38は、前記バイパス出口孔 30の縦孔部 31から流出する吸 入空気 (補助空気)の流れの上流側でかつその吸入空気の影響を避けた位置に開 口されている。さらに、両圧力取入口 38は、スロットルバルブ 14の下流側の外周部 付近に生成される吸気流れの渦流の影響を避けた位置であって、バイパス出口孔 3 0の縦孔部 31から流出される吸入空気 (補助空気)の流れの上流側でかつその吸入 空気の影響を避けた位置のうちでも、最も上流側に近い位置に開口されている。また 、両圧力取入口 38のうち、二輪車に対するスロットルボデ一 2の搭載上、天地方向に 関して地側(例えば、図 4にお 、て下側)に位置する圧力取入口 38 (符号、(A)を付 記する。)は、後述する合流孔部 39内に流入した異物(例えば、水)をボア 7内へ排 出する 出口となる。 [0081] Further, the pressure inlets 38 are opened at a position upstream of the flow of the intake air (auxiliary air) flowing out from the vertical hole portion 31 of the bypass outlet hole 30 and avoiding the influence of the intake air. It is spoken. Further, the pressure inlets 38 are positions where the influence of the vortex flow of the intake flow generated near the outer peripheral portion on the downstream side of the throttle valve 14 is avoided, and flow out from the vertical hole portion 31 of the bypass outlet hole 30. Among the positions upstream of the flow of intake air (auxiliary air) and avoiding the influence of the intake air, it is opened at a position closest to the upstream side. Also, out of both pressure intakes 38, the throttle body 12 for motorcycles is installed in the vertical direction. In this regard, the pressure inlet 38 (reference numeral (A) is attached) located on the ground side (for example, the lower side in FIG. 4) is a foreign substance (for example, , Water) is discharged into the bore 7.
[0082] 図 4に示すように、前記ユニット装着部 26には、両圧力取入口 38の左側(図 4にお いて紙面裏側)において装着面 26aに開口する断面縦長の長円形状のストレート状 の合流孔部 39が形成されている(図 5参照)。この合流孔部 39の上端部には上側の 圧力取入口 38が連通され、その下端部には下側の圧力取入口 38が連通されて 、る 。また、図 5に示すように、ユニット装着部 26の装着面 26aには、前記合流孔部 39の 上方近くから上流側(図 5において右方)へ延びる長細状の連絡溝 40が形成されて いる。なお、両圧力取入口 38、合流孔部 39及び連絡溝 40は、後述する圧力センサ 54にかかる圧力通路 187の一部を構成するものである。 [0082] As shown in FIG. 4, the unit mounting portion 26 has an oblong straight shape with a vertically long cross section that opens to the mounting surface 26a on the left side of the both pressure inlets 38 (the back side in FIG. 4). The confluence hole 39 is formed (see FIG. 5). The upper pressure inlet 38 communicates with the upper end of the junction hole 39, and the lower pressure inlet 38 communicates with the lower end thereof. Further, as shown in FIG. 5, the attachment surface 26a of the unit mounting portion 26 is formed with an elongated communication groove 40 extending from near the upper side of the joining hole portion 39 to the upstream side (right side in FIG. 5). ing. Both the pressure inlets 38, the merging hole 39, and the communication groove 40 constitute a part of a pressure passage 187 applied to the pressure sensor 54 described later.
[0083] 図 4に示すように、前記ボア壁部 6及びユニット装着部 26には、左右方向(図 4にお いて紙面表裏方向)に貫通するストレート状の円形孔カもなる吸気温検出用孔 42が 設けられている。吸気温検出用孔 42は、全閉状態の前記スロットルバルブ 14の上流 側でかつ下部寄りの位置すなわちバイパス入口孔 28の下方近くにお!/、てボア 7の通 路壁面に開口されている。また、バイパス入口孔 28の反ボア側の開口端は、ユニット 装着部 26の装着面 26aに開口されて 、る(図 5参照)。 [0083] As shown in FIG. 4, the bore wall 6 and the unit mounting portion 26 are also provided with a straight circular hole for penetrating in the left-right direction (the front and back in FIG. 4). Hole 42 is provided. The intake air temperature detection hole 42 is opened on the passage wall surface of the bore 7 on the upstream side of the throttle valve 14 in the fully closed state and near the lower portion, that is, near the lower side of the bypass inlet hole 28! . Further, the opening end of the bypass inlet hole 28 on the side opposite to the bore is opened to the mounting surface 26a of the unit mounting portion 26 (see FIG. 5).
[0084] 図 5に示すように、前記ユニット装着部 26の外周部には、適数個(図 5では上側に 1 個、下側に前後 2個の計 3個を示す。)の締結ボス部 44が形成されている。締結ボス 部 44には、ねじ孔 44aが形成されている。ねじ孔 44aには、後述するデバイスュ-ッ ト 3のデバイスブロック 50を締結するための締結用ボルト 45 (図 2参照)が締着可能と なっている。 [0084] As shown in FIG. 5, an appropriate number of fastening bosses (a total of three fastening bosses, one on the upper side and two on the lower side on the lower side) are shown on the outer periphery of the unit mounting portion 26. Part 44 is formed. A screw hole 44 a is formed in the fastening boss portion 44. A fastening bolt 45 (see FIG. 2) for fastening a device block 50 of the device boot 3 described later can be fastened to the screw hole 44a.
[0085] 次に、前記スロットルボデ一 2に着脱可能に設けられるデバイスユニット 3について 説明する。 Next, the device unit 3 that is detachably provided on the throttle body 2 will be described.
図 11に示すように、デバイスユニット 3は、デバイスブロック 50に対して、デバイス部 品(詳しくは、エンジンに関連するデバイス部品)として ISCバルブ 51、スロットルポジ シヨンセンサ 52、温度センサ 53、及び、圧力センサ 54を配線基板 55と共にモジユー ル化したものである。なお、デバイスユニット 3については、説明の都合上、スロットル ボデー 2に対する取付側(図 11にお 、て下側)を前側とし、後述するデバイスカバー 60側(図 11にお 、て上側)を後側として説明する。 As shown in FIG. 11, the device unit 3 has an ISC valve 51, a throttle position sensor 52, a temperature sensor 53, and a device part (specifically, device parts related to the engine) as a device component with respect to the device block 50. The pressure sensor 54 is modularized together with the wiring board 55. Device unit 3 is throttled for convenience of explanation. In the following description, the mounting side (lower side in FIG. 11) with respect to the body 2 is the front side, and the device cover 60 side (upper side in FIG. 11) described later is the rear side.
[0086] しかして、デバイスブロック 50には、複数のデバイス部品としての ISCバルブ 51、ス ロットルポジションセンサ 52、温度センサ 53、及び、圧力センサ 54力 後で説明する ように、反スロットルボデ一側(図 11にお 、て上側、図 3にお 、て左側)からスロットル バルブ 14の回動軸線方向(図 11において上下方向、図 3にお 、て左右方向 )に沿 つて組付けられる構成となっている。さらに、 ISCノ レブ 51、スロットルポジションセン サ 52、温度センサ 53、及び、圧力センサ 54は、スロットルバルブ 14の回動軸線方向 (図 11において上下方向、図 3において左右方向)に非重合状態で配置されている 。すなわち、 ISCノ レブ 51、スロットルポジションセンサ 52、温度センサ 53、及び、圧 力センサ 54は、スロットルバルブ 14の回動軸線 9Lに交差する方向(図 3において上 下方向及び紙面表裏方向)に分散的に配置されており、その回動軸線方向に重なり 合わないように配置されている。なお、スロットルボデ一 2に対する取付側(図 11にお いて下側)は本明細書でいう「スロットルボデ一側」に相当し、また、デバイスカバー 6 0側(図 11にお 、て上側)は本明細書で 、う「反スロットルボデ一側」に相当する。 [0086] Therefore, the device block 50 includes an ISC valve 51, a throttle position sensor 52, a temperature sensor 53, and a pressure sensor 54 as a plurality of device parts, as will be described later. (The upper side in FIG. 11, the left side in FIG. 3) and the configuration along the rotational axis direction of the throttle valve 14 (vertical direction in FIG. 11, horizontal direction in FIG. 3) It has become. Further, the ISC solenoid 51, the throttle position sensor 52, the temperature sensor 53, and the pressure sensor 54 are not superposed in the rotation axis direction of the throttle valve 14 (vertical direction in FIG. 11 and horizontal direction in FIG. 3). Has been placed. In other words, the ISC solenoid 51, the throttle position sensor 52, the temperature sensor 53, and the pressure sensor 54 are distributed in the direction intersecting the rotation axis 9L of the throttle valve 14 (up and down and front and back in FIG. 3). They are arranged so that they do not overlap in the direction of their rotational axes. The installation side (lower side in FIG. 11) with respect to the throttle body 2 corresponds to the “throttle body side” in this specification, and the device cover 60 side (upper side in FIG. 11). Is equivalent to “one side of anti-throttle body” in this specification.
[0087] まず、デバイスブロック 50を説明する。 First, the device block 50 will be described.
図 11に示すように、前記デバイスブロック 50は、例えば、榭脂製であり、ほぼブロッ ク状に形成されている。図 14に示すように、デバイスブロック 50の前側には、取付面 50aが形成されている。取付面 50aは、前記ユニット装着部 26の装着面 26a (図 5参 照)に面接触状に接合可能に形成されている。また、図 15に示すように、デバイスブ ロック 50の後側には、その外周部に沿う周壁部 57が形成されている。デバイスブロッ ク 50の周壁部 57内に、収容凹部 58が形成されている。なお、収容凹部 58には、後 述する ISCバルブ 51、スロットルポジションセンサ 52、温度センサ 53、圧力センサ 54 、配線基板 55等が収容される。また、周壁部 57の開口端に対するデバイスカバー 6 0 (後述する。)の榭脂溶着により、収容凹部 58が閉鎖されるようになっている。 As shown in FIG. 11, the device block 50 is made of, for example, a resin and is formed in a substantially block shape. As shown in FIG. 14, a mounting surface 50 a is formed on the front side of the device block 50. The mounting surface 50a is formed so as to be able to be joined in surface contact with the mounting surface 26a (see FIG. 5) of the unit mounting portion 26. Further, as shown in FIG. 15, a peripheral wall portion 57 is formed on the rear side of the device block 50 along the outer peripheral portion thereof. A housing recess 58 is formed in the peripheral wall 57 of the device block 50. The accommodating recess 58 accommodates an ISC valve 51, a throttle position sensor 52, a temperature sensor 53, a pressure sensor 54, a wiring board 55, and the like, which will be described later. In addition, the housing recess 58 is closed by welding the device cover 60 (described later) to the opening end of the peripheral wall portion 57.
[0088] 図 11に示すように、前記デバイスブロック 50の外周部には、前記ユニット装着部 26 の各締結ボス部 44 (図 5参照)に対応する取付ボス部 62が形成されている。各取付 ボス部 62には、ボルト揷通孔 62aが形成されている(図 14及び図 15参照)。ボルト揷 通孔 62aは、締結用ボルト 45 (図 2参照)を揷通可能に形成されている。締結用ボル ト 45を各取付ボス部 62のボルト揷通孔 62aを通して各締結ボス部 44のねじ孔 44aに 締着することにより、スロットルボデ一 2にデバイスブロック 50が着脱可能に設けること ができるようになつている(図 1〜図 3参照)。 As shown in FIG. 11, an attachment boss portion 62 corresponding to each fastening boss portion 44 (see FIG. 5) of the unit mounting portion 26 is formed on the outer peripheral portion of the device block 50. Each mounting boss 62 is formed with a bolt insertion hole 62a (see FIGS. 14 and 15). Bolt The through hole 62a is formed to allow the fastening bolt 45 (see FIG. 2) to pass therethrough. By fastening the fastening bolt 45 to the screw hole 44a of each fastening boss 44 through the bolt insertion hole 62a of each mounting boss 62, the device block 50 can be detachably provided in the throttle body 2. (See Fig. 1 to Fig. 3).
[0089] 図 16に示すように、前記デバイスブロック 50には、前後方向(図 16において上下 方向)に貫通する中空円筒状のロータ嵌合孔部 64が形成されている。ロータ嵌合孔 部 64の中央部の内周面には、環状に張り出すフランジ部 65が形成されている。また 、ロータ嵌合孔部 64内は、後述するスロットルポジションセンサ 52のセンサロータ 14 3がその後方(図 16において上方)から嵌合可能に形成されている。また、デバイス ブロック 50の取付面 50aには、ロータ嵌合孔部 64を取り囲む円筒状をなす接続筒部 66が突出されている。接続筒部 66は、前記ユニット装着部 26の装着面 26aにおける 左側の軸受ボス部 10の開口凹部 22内に嵌合可能に形成されている(図 3参照)。 As shown in FIG. 16, the device block 50 is formed with a hollow cylindrical rotor fitting hole 64 penetrating in the front-rear direction (vertical direction in FIG. 16). An annularly projecting flange portion 65 is formed on the inner peripheral surface of the central portion of the rotor fitting hole portion 64. In the rotor fitting hole 64, a sensor rotor 143 of a throttle position sensor 52, which will be described later, is formed so that it can be fitted from behind (upper in FIG. 16). Further, a connecting tube portion 66 having a cylindrical shape surrounding the rotor fitting hole 64 is projected from the mounting surface 50 a of the device block 50. The connecting tube portion 66 is formed so as to be able to fit in the opening recess 22 of the left bearing boss portion 10 on the mounting surface 26a of the unit mounting portion 26 (see FIG. 3).
[0090] 図 14に示すように、前記デバイスブロック 50の取付面 50a上には、バイパス通路溝 68が形成されている。バイパス通路溝 68は、前記ユニット装着部 26の装着面 26aの バイパス通路溝 37 (図 5参照)に対応して形成されている(図 6参照)。図 6に示すよう に、バイパス通路溝 68は、ユニット装着部 26の装着面 26aにデバイスブロック 50の 取付面 50aを面接触させた際に、バイパス通路溝 37と協働して閉断面をなすバイパ ス通路 70を形成するものである。バイパス通路 70は、前記バイパス入口孔 28及び前 記バイパス出口孔 30と連通することにより、スロットルバルブ 14を迂回する一連の通 路を形成する。なお、バイパス通路 70は、本明細書でいう「補助吸気通路」、「流体 通路」に相当する。また、バイパス通路 70を流れる吸入空気は、本明細書でいう「補 助吸気」あるいは「流体」に相当する。 As shown in FIG. 14, a bypass passage groove 68 is formed on the mounting surface 50 a of the device block 50. The bypass passage groove 68 is formed corresponding to the bypass passage groove 37 (see FIG. 5) of the mounting surface 26a of the unit mounting portion 26 (see FIG. 6). As shown in FIG. 6, the bypass passage groove 68 forms a closed cross-section in cooperation with the bypass passage groove 37 when the mounting surface 50a of the device block 50 is brought into surface contact with the mounting surface 26a of the unit mounting portion 26. A bypass passage 70 is formed. The bypass passage 70 forms a series of passages that bypass the throttle valve 14 by communicating with the bypass inlet hole 28 and the bypass outlet hole 30. The bypass passage 70 corresponds to “auxiliary intake passage” and “fluid passage” in this specification. The intake air flowing through the bypass passage 70 corresponds to “auxiliary intake air” or “fluid” as used herein.
[0091] 図 17に示すように、前記デバイスブロック 50には、前後方向(図 17において上下 方向)に貫通する中空円筒状のモータ嵌合部 72が形成されている。モータ嵌合部 7 2の前端部内には、口径を小さくする段部 73が形成されている。モータ嵌合部 72は 、後述する ISCバルブ 51のステップモータ 108がその後方(図 17において上方)から 嵌合可能に形成されている。なお、モータ嵌合部 72は、本明細書でいう「ァクチユエ 一タ嵌合部」に相当する。 [0092] 前記デバイスブロック 50の取付面 50aには、前記モータ嵌合部 72を取り囲みかつ その段部 73と連続する円筒状をなす弁体嵌合部 74が形成されている。また、弁体 嵌合部 74の先端部の内周面には、環状に張り出すフランジ部 75が形成されている。 弁体嵌合部 74内には、後述する ISCバルブ 51の弁体 110及びバルブスプリング 13 8がその後方(図 17において上方)から嵌合可能となっている。また、弁体嵌合部 74 は、前記ユニット装着部 26のバイパス出口孔 30の横孔部 32における弁体嵌合部用 孔部 32a内に嵌合可能に形成されている(図 6及び図 7参照)。また、弁体嵌合部 74 の内周面には、適数個(図 17では 1個を示す。)の位置決め凸部 76が等間隔すなわ ち 180° 間隔で形成されている。位置決め凸部 76は、弁体嵌合部 74の軸方向(図 1 7において上下方向)に延びている。 As shown in FIG. 17, the device block 50 is formed with a hollow cylindrical motor fitting portion 72 penetrating in the front-rear direction (vertical direction in FIG. 17). A stepped portion 73 for reducing the diameter is formed in the front end portion of the motor fitting portion 72. The motor fitting portion 72 is formed so that a step motor 108 of the ISC valve 51 described later can be fitted from behind (upper in FIG. 17). The motor fitting portion 72 corresponds to the “actuator unit fitting portion” in this specification. On the mounting surface 50 a of the device block 50, a valve body fitting portion 74 is formed that surrounds the motor fitting portion 72 and is continuous with the stepped portion 73. Further, a flange portion 75 projecting in an annular shape is formed on the inner peripheral surface of the distal end portion of the valve body fitting portion 74. In the valve body fitting portion 74, a valve body 110 and a valve spring 138 of an ISC valve 51, which will be described later, can be fitted from behind (upper in FIG. 17). Further, the valve body fitting portion 74 is formed so as to be fitted in the valve body fitting portion hole portion 32a in the lateral hole portion 32 of the bypass outlet hole 30 of the unit mounting portion 26 (FIGS. 6 and 6). 7). On the inner peripheral surface of the valve body fitting portion 74, an appropriate number of positioning convex portions 76 (one is shown in FIG. 17) are formed at equal intervals, that is, at intervals of 180 °. The positioning convex portion 76 extends in the axial direction of the valve body fitting portion 74 (vertical direction in FIG. 17).
[0093] 前記デバイスブロック 50の収容凹部 58の底面には、中空角筒状の圧力センサ用 嵌合孔部 77が形成されている。さらに、圧力センサ用嵌合孔部 77の底面中央部に は、前後方向(図 17において上下方向)に貫通する円形の圧力検出孔部 78が形成 されている。圧力センサ用嵌合孔部 77内は、後述する圧力センサ 54のセンサ本体 部 54aがその後方(図 17において上方)から嵌合可能となっている。また、圧力検出 孔部 78内には、圧力センサ 54の圧力検出部 54bが嵌合可能となっている。 A hollow square tubular pressure sensor fitting hole 77 is formed in the bottom surface of the housing recess 58 of the device block 50. Further, a circular pressure detection hole 78 penetrating in the front-rear direction (vertical direction in FIG. 17) is formed at the center of the bottom surface of the pressure sensor fitting hole 77. In the pressure sensor fitting hole 77, a sensor main body 54a of a pressure sensor 54, which will be described later, can be fitted from behind (upward in FIG. 17). In addition, the pressure detection portion 54b of the pressure sensor 54 can be fitted in the pressure detection hole portion 78.
[0094] 図 18に示すように、前記デバイスブロック 50には、前後方向(図 18において上下 方向)に貫通する温度センサ用挿入孔部 80が形成されている。デバイスブロック 50 の取付面 50aには、温度センサ用挿入孔部 80の前端開口部を取り囲む中空円筒状 の検出筒部 81が突出されている。検出筒部 81の先端部は、端板部 81aによって閉 鎖されている。検出筒部 81は、後述する温度センサ 53のサーミスタ 140を温度セン サ用挿入孔部 80を通じて挿入可能に形成されている。また、検出筒部 81は、前記ュ ニット装着部 26の装着面 26aにおける吸気温検出用孔 42 (図 5参照)内に嵌合可能 に形成されて ヽる(図 4参照)。 As shown in FIG. 18, the device block 50 is formed with a temperature sensor insertion hole 80 penetrating in the front-rear direction (vertical direction in FIG. 18). A hollow cylindrical detection cylinder 81 surrounding the front end opening of the temperature sensor insertion hole 80 projects from the mounting surface 50 a of the device block 50. The distal end portion of the detection cylinder portion 81 is closed by an end plate portion 81a. The detection cylinder 81 is formed so that a thermistor 140 of the temperature sensor 53 described later can be inserted through the temperature sensor insertion hole 80. Further, the detection cylinder portion 81 is formed so as to be fitted in the intake air temperature detection hole 42 (see FIG. 5) in the mounting surface 26a of the unit mounting portion 26 (see FIG. 4).
[0095] 図 14に示すように、前記デバイスブロック 50の取付面 50aには、前記弁体嵌合部 7 4の下方近くに位置する左右の連絡凹部 83, 84、左側の連絡凹部 83と前記圧力検 出孔部 78とを連通する縦長状の条溝部 85、右側の連絡凹部 84の下側に絞り溝部 8 6を介して連通する縦長状の中継凹部 87が形成されている。左側の連絡凹部 83は、 前記ユニット装着部 26の装着面 26aにおける連絡溝 40 (図 5参照)の前端部(図 5に おいて右端部)に整合可能に形成されている。また、右側の連絡凹部 84は、前記連 絡溝 40 (図 5参照)の後端部(図 5において左端部)に整合可能に形成されている。 また、中継凹部 87は、ユニット装着部 26の装着面 26aにおける合流孔部 39 (図 5参 照)に整合可能に形成されている。 As shown in FIG. 14, on the mounting surface 50a of the device block 50, the left and right connecting recesses 83, 84, the left connecting recess 83, which are located near the lower part of the valve body fitting portion 74, and the above-mentioned A vertically elongated groove 85 that communicates with the pressure detection hole 78, and a vertically elongated relay recess 87 that communicates via the throttle groove 86 below the right connecting recess 84 are formed. The communication recess 83 on the left is The unit mounting portion 26 is formed so as to be able to be aligned with the front end portion (the right end portion in FIG. 5) of the connecting groove 40 (see FIG. 5) on the mounting surface 26a. The right communication recess 84 is formed so as to be able to align with the rear end portion (left end portion in FIG. 5) of the communication groove 40 (see FIG. 5). The relay recess 87 is formed so as to be able to be aligned with the junction hole 39 (see FIG. 5) on the mounting surface 26a of the unit mounting portion 26.
[0096] 図 14に示すように、前記デバイスブロック 50の取付面 50aには、ガスケット用嵌合 溝 90が形成されている。ガスケット用嵌合溝 90は、環状をなす第 1〜第 5の計 5つの 溝部 91〜95が相互に一部を共用する不規則な網目状に形成されている。第 1の溝 部 91は、前記接続筒部 66を取り囲む環状に形成されている。また、第 2の溝部 92は 、前記バイパス通路溝 68及び前記弁体嵌合部 74を取り囲みかつ第 1の溝部 91の上 側部を共用する環状に形成されている。また、第 3の溝部 93は、前記検出筒部 81を 取り囲みかつ第 2の溝部 91の下側部の左端部を共用する環状に形成されている。ま た、第 4の溝部 94は、前記圧力検出孔部 78及び前記左側の連絡凹部 83並びに前 記条溝部 85を取り囲みかつ第 1の溝部 91の右側部及び第 2の溝部 91の下側部の 中央部を共用する環状に形成されている。また、第 5の溝部 95は、前記右側の連絡 凹部 84及び絞り溝部 86並びに中継凹部 87を取り囲みかつ第 2の溝部 91の下側部 の右端部及び第 4の溝部 94の右側部を共用する環状に形成されている。なお、ガス ケット用嵌合溝 90に嵌合されるガスケット 180については後で説明する。 As shown in FIG. 14, a gasket fitting groove 90 is formed on the mounting surface 50 a of the device block 50. The gasket fitting groove 90 is formed in an irregular mesh shape in which a total of five first to fifth annular groove portions 91 to 95 share a part with each other. The first groove portion 91 is formed in an annular shape surrounding the connecting tube portion 66. The second groove portion 92 is formed in an annular shape that surrounds the bypass passage groove 68 and the valve body fitting portion 74 and shares the upper side portion of the first groove portion 91. The third groove portion 93 is formed in an annular shape that surrounds the detection cylinder portion 81 and shares the left end portion of the lower side portion of the second groove portion 91. The fourth groove 94 surrounds the pressure detection hole 78, the left connecting recess 83, and the groove 85, and the right side of the first groove 91 and the lower side of the second groove 91. It is formed in an annular shape that shares the central part. The fifth groove 95 surrounds the right communication recess 84, the throttle groove 86, and the relay recess 87, and shares the right end of the lower side of the second groove 91 and the right side of the fourth groove 94. It is formed in an annular shape. The gasket 180 fitted in the gasket fitting groove 90 will be described later.
[0097] 図 11に示すように、前記デバイスブロック 50の左側部には、コネクタ部 97が榭脂モ 一ルド成形により一体形成されている。コネクタ部 97は、各デバイス部品すなわち IS Cバルブ 51、スロットルポジションセンサ 52、温度センサ 53、及び、圧力センサ 54に 係る各コネクタ部を 1つに集約したものである。 As shown in FIG. 11, a connector 97 is integrally formed on the left side of the device block 50 by a resin mold molding. The connector portion 97 is a collection of connector portions for each device component, that is, the ISC valve 51, the throttle position sensor 52, the temperature sensor 53, and the pressure sensor 54.
[0098] 図 13に示すように、前記コネクタ部 97には、所定本数(図 13では 2本を示す。)の ターミナル 98がインサート成形により配置されて!、る。これらのターミナル 98としては 、後述する ISCバルブ 51のステップモータ 108の A相用及び B相用(後述する。)の 各 2本、スロットル開度出力用、吸気温出力用、吸気圧出力用、電源用、グランド (接 地)用の計 9本のターミナルが相当する。これらのターミナル 98のコネクタ側の端末部 は、相互に平行をなす状態で左方へ向けて突出されている。 [0099] また、電源用、グランド用、スロットル開度出力用、吸気圧出力用の計 4本の各ター ミナル 98の反コネクタ側の端末部 98 (符号、(a)を付す。)は、デバイスブロック 50の 背面側(図 13において上方)に向けて折り曲げられている。その端末部 98 (a)は、図 15に示すように、前記温度センサ用挿入孔部 80の上方において左右 2列をなすよう に配列されている。また、後述するステップモータ 108にかかる A相用及び B相用の 各 2本で計 4本のターミナル 98の端末部(図示しない。)は、デバイスブロック 50の収 容凹部 58の底面上に左右 2本ずつ段違 、状をなすように配置された上下各 2つの 端子板 99a, 99bに接続されている(図 11参照)。これらの端子板 99a, 99bは、前記 モータ嵌合部 72と圧力センサ用嵌合孔部 77との間にお 、て左右方向に並んで 、る (図 15参照)。 [0098] As shown in FIG. 13, a predetermined number of terminals 98 (two are shown in FIG. 13) are arranged in the connector portion 97 by insert molding. As these terminals 98, there are two each for the A phase and B phase (described later) of the step motor 108 of the ISC valve 51 described later, for throttle opening output, intake temperature output, intake pressure output, A total of nine terminals for power supply and ground (ground) correspond. The terminal portions on the connector side of these terminals 98 are projected leftward in a state of being parallel to each other. [0099] In addition, the terminal portions 98 on the side opposite to the connector 98 (labeled with (a)) for a total of four terminals 98 for power supply, ground, throttle opening output, and intake pressure output are: The device block 50 is bent toward the back side (upward in FIG. 13). As shown in FIG. 15, the end portions 98 (a) are arranged in two rows on the left and right above the temperature sensor insertion hole 80. In addition, the terminal portions (not shown) of the four terminals 98 in total for each of the A phase and B phase applied to the step motor 108 described later are left and right on the bottom surface of the housing recess 58 of the device block 50. Two terminals are connected to the two upper and lower terminal boards 99a and 99b, which are arranged so as to form a different shape (see Fig. 11). These terminal plates 99a and 99b are arranged in the left-right direction between the motor fitting portion 72 and the pressure sensor fitting hole portion 77 (see FIG. 15).
[0100] また、吸気温出力用に力かるグランド用、吸気温出力用の計 2本の各ターミナル 98 の端末部(図示しない。)は、図 15に示すように、デバイスブロック 50の収容凹部 58 の底面上に配置された上下 2個の端子板 100a, 100bに接続されている。これらの 端子板 100a, 100bは、前記温度センサ用挿入孔部 80の上下に隣接している。な お、前記端子板 99a, 99b及び前記端子板 100a, 100bは、スロットルバルブ 14の 回動軸線 9L方向(図 3において左右方向)に非重合状態で配置されている。すなわ ち、端子板 99a, 99b及び端子板 100a, 100bは、デバイスブロック 50を反スロットル ボデー側力 見て重ならな 、ように配置されて 、る(図 15参照)。 [0100] In addition, the terminal portions (not shown) of the two terminals 98 for the ground and the intake air temperature output, which are used for the intake air temperature output, as shown in FIG. It is connected to the two upper and lower terminal boards 100a and 100b arranged on the bottom of 58. These terminal plates 100a and 100b are adjacent to the upper and lower sides of the temperature sensor insertion hole 80. The terminal plates 99a and 99b and the terminal plates 100a and 100b are arranged in a non-polymerized state in the direction of the rotation axis 9L of the throttle valve 14 (left and right in FIG. 3). That is, the terminal plates 99a and 99b and the terminal plates 100a and 100b are arranged so as not to overlap each other when the device block 50 is viewed from the anti-throttle body side force (see FIG. 15).
[0101] 前記コネクタ部 97は、電子制御ユニット (ECU)からなる制御装置 102 (図 1参照) に電気的につながる外部コネクタ(図示しない。 )が差し込みにより接続可能に形成さ れている。なお、制御装置 102には、各デバイス部品すなわち ISCバルブ 51、スロッ トルポジションセンサ 52、温度センサ 53、及び、圧力センサ 54、その他のセンサ、ス イッチ等 (図示しない。)の各種検出装置力もの出力信号が入力される。また、制御装 置 102は、各種検出装置からの出力信号に基づいて、 ISCバルブ 51のステップモー タ 108 (後述する。)、その他の図示しない各種装置を制御する。 [0101] The connector portion 97 is formed such that an external connector (not shown) that is electrically connected to a control device 102 (see FIG. 1) formed of an electronic control unit (ECU) can be connected by insertion. The control device 102 includes various detection devices such as ISC valve 51, throttle position sensor 52, temperature sensor 53, pressure sensor 54, other sensors and switches (not shown). An output signal is input. The control device 102 controls a step motor 108 (described later) of the ISC valve 51 and other various devices (not shown) based on output signals from the various detection devices.
[0102] 図 15に示すように、前記デバイスブロック 50の収容凹部 58の底面上には、上下一 対をなす円柱状の基準ピン 104が突出されている。上側の基準ピン 104はモータ嵌 合部 72の右上方に配置されているとともに、下側の基準ピン 104は、収容凹部 58の 左下側の隅角部に配置されている。また、両基準ピン 104は、図 16に示すように、基 部側を大径部としかつ先端側を小径部とする段付面 104aを有する段付ピン状に形 成されている。この小径部の先端部は、先細りをなすテーパ状に形成されている。 As shown in FIG. 15, on the bottom surface of the housing recess 58 of the device block 50, a cylindrical reference pin 104 that is paired vertically is projected. The upper reference pin 104 is disposed at the upper right of the motor fitting portion 72, and the lower reference pin 104 is disposed in the receiving recess 58. It is arranged in the lower left corner. Further, as shown in FIG. 16, both reference pins 104 are formed in a stepped pin shape having a stepped surface 104a having a large diameter portion on the base side and a small diameter portion on the tip side. The tip of the small diameter portion is formed in a tapered shape that tapers.
[0103] 図 15に示すように、前記デバイスブロック 50の収容凹部 58の底面上には、上下一 対をなす円柱状の取付ピン 106が突出されている。上側の取付ピン 106は収容凹部 58の右上側の隅角部に配置されているとともに、下側の取付ピン 106はモータ嵌合 部 72の左下方に隣接して配置されている。また、両取付ピン 106は、図 16に示すよ うに、基部側を大径部としかつ先端側を小径部とする段付面 106aを有する段付ピン 状に形成されている。この小径部の先端部は、先細りをなすテーパ状に形成されて いる。また、取付ピン 106の段付面 106aと基準ピン 104の段付面 104aとは、前記口 ータ嵌合孔部 64の軸線 64Lに直交する一平面上に形成されている。また、前記周 壁部 57の内周側の空きスペースには、両段付面 104a, 106aと同一平面をなす支 持面 107が形成されている。両段付面 104a, 106a及び支持面 107のなす同一平 面は、デバイスブロック 50に配線基板 55 (後述する。)を組付ける際の基準面 DLとな る。 As shown in FIG. 15, on the bottom surface of the housing recess 58 of the device block 50, a cylindrical mounting pin 106 that is paired vertically is projected. The upper mounting pin 106 is disposed at the upper right corner of the housing recess 58, and the lower mounting pin 106 is disposed adjacent to the lower left of the motor fitting portion 72. Further, as shown in FIG. 16, both the mounting pins 106 are formed in a stepped pin shape having a stepped surface 106a having a base side having a large diameter portion and a distal end side having a small diameter portion. The tip of the small diameter portion is formed in a tapered shape that tapers. Further, the stepped surface 106 a of the mounting pin 106 and the stepped surface 104 a of the reference pin 104 are formed on a single plane orthogonal to the axis 64 </ b> L of the port fitting hole 64. Further, in the empty space on the inner peripheral side of the peripheral wall portion 57, a support surface 107 is formed which is flush with both stepped surfaces 104a and 106a. The same flat surface formed by both stepped surfaces 104a and 106a and the support surface 107 serves as a reference surface DL when a wiring board 55 (described later) is assembled to the device block 50.
[0104] 次に、前記デバイスブロック 50の収容凹部 58内に組込まれる ISCバルブ 51を説明 する。図 17に示すように、 ISCノ レブ 51は、ステップモータ(ステッピングモータ、ス テツパモータ等とも呼ばれている。 ) 108と、そのステップモータ 108により軸方向に 進退移動される弁体 110とを備えている。本実施例のステップモータ 108には、バイ ポーラ型のステップモータが用いられている。なお、ステップモータ 108は、本明細書 で 、う「ァクチユエータ」に相当する。 [0104] Next, the ISC valve 51 incorporated in the housing recess 58 of the device block 50 will be described. As shown in FIG. 17, the ISC solenoid 51 includes a step motor (also called a stepping motor, a stepper motor, etc.) 108 and a valve body 110 that is moved forward and backward in the axial direction by the step motor 108. ing. A bipolar type step motor is used for the step motor 108 of the present embodiment. The step motor 108 corresponds to “actuator” in the present specification.
[0105] 図 19に示すように、前記ステップモータ 108は、強磁性体からなる有底円筒状のモ ータハウジング 112内に収容されたステータ 113と、ステータ 113内で回転するモー タロータ 114とを備えている。ステータ 113は、榭脂製のボビン 115を備えている。ボ ビン 115は、 4個のヨーク 116及び 4本の端子 117 (図 20参照)をインサート成形した ものである。 As shown in FIG. 19, the step motor 108 includes a stator 113 housed in a bottomed cylindrical motor housing 112 made of a ferromagnetic material, and a motor rotor 114 that rotates in the stator 113. ing. The stator 113 includes a bobbin 115 made of resin. The bobbin 115 is formed by insert-molding four yokes 116 and four terminals 117 (see FIG. 20).
[0106] また、ヨーク 116は、 2個 1組として軸方向に積層状に配置されている。ボビン 115 には、ヨーク 116を被覆する被覆部 118のほ力 モータハウジング 112の開口側にフ ランジ状に形成された端板部 119、端板部 119の外周面に平行状に突出する一対 の端子支持部 120, 121 (図 17参照)がー体形成されている。各端子支持部 120, 1 21には、それぞれ 2本ずつの端子 117の基端部が埋設されている(図 11参照)。各 端子 117は、各端子支持部 120, 121より段違い状に引き出されている。なお、ステ ップモータ 108の端子 117の端末部は、スロットルバルブ 14の回動軸線 9L方向(図 3において左右方向)に非重合状態をなしている(図 20参照)。また、図 20に示すよう に、ステップモータ 108の計 4本の端子 117のうち、 A相用の 2本の端子 117に符号、 (Sl)、 (S2)を付し、 B相用の 2本の端子 117に符号、(S3)、 (S4)を付す。なお、ス テータ 113は、本明細書でいう「固定側部材」に相当する。 [0106] Further, two yokes 116 are arranged in a stack in the axial direction as one set. The bobbin 115 has a force applied to the opening side of the motor housing 112 by the force of the covering portion 118 that covers the yoke 116. An end plate portion 119 formed in a lung shape and a pair of terminal support portions 120 and 121 (see FIG. 17) projecting in parallel to the outer peripheral surface of the end plate portion 119 are formed. In each of the terminal support portions 120 and 121, the base end portions of two terminals 117 are embedded (see FIG. 11). Each terminal 117 is drawn out in a stepped manner from each terminal support 120, 121. Note that the terminal portion of the terminal 117 of the step motor 108 is non-polymerized in the direction of the rotation axis 9L of the throttle valve 14 (left and right in FIG. 3) (see FIG. 20). Also, as shown in FIG. 20, out of the total of four terminals 117 of the step motor 108, the two terminals 117 for the A phase are labeled with (Sl) and (S2), and 2 for the B phase. Symbols (S3) and (S4) are attached to the terminal 117 of the book. Note that the state 113 corresponds to a “fixed side member” in this specification.
[0107] 図 19に示すように、前記ボビン 115の外周部には、コイル線 122が上下 2段に卷装 されている。コイル線 122の端末部は各端子 117 (図 17参照)にそれぞれ接続されて いる。また、ボビン 115の端板部 119上には、前記モータハウジング 112の開口端面 を閉鎖する金属製のカバープレート 123が重合されている。 As shown in FIG. 19, a coil wire 122 is provided on the outer periphery of the bobbin 115 in two upper and lower stages. The terminal portion of the coil wire 122 is connected to each terminal 117 (see FIG. 17). A metal cover plate 123 that closes the open end surface of the motor housing 112 is superposed on the end plate portion 119 of the bobbin 115.
[0108] また、前記モータハウジング 112の底板部 112aには、例えば金属製のドライべァリ ング 125がー体的に設けられている。ドライベアリング 125は、円環状に形成されて おり、例えば、底板部 112aに形成された軸孔 112bに圧入することにより、底板部 11 2aに装着されている。なお、モータハウジング 112の底板部 112aは、本明細書でい う「金属部」に相当する。 [0108] Further, the bottom plate portion 112a of the motor housing 112 is provided with a metallic driving 125, for example. The dry bearing 125 is formed in an annular shape, and is attached to the bottom plate portion 112a by, for example, press-fitting into a shaft hole 112b formed in the bottom plate portion 112a. The bottom plate portion 112a of the motor housing 112 corresponds to a “metal portion” in the present specification.
[0109] また、前記ボビン 115の端板部 119には、例えば金属製のドライベアリング 124が 一体的に設けられている。ドライベアリング 124は、円環状に形成されており、例えば 、端板部 119にインサート成形したり、端板部 119に嵌合して接着したり、端板部 11 9に圧入したりして、端板部 119に装着されている。なお、ボビン 115の端板部 119は 、本明細書でいう「榭脂部」に相当する。 Further, for example, a metal dry bearing 124 is integrally provided on the end plate portion 119 of the bobbin 115. The dry bearing 124 is formed in an annular shape.For example, the dry bearing 124 is insert-molded into the end plate portion 119, fitted and bonded to the end plate portion 119, or press-fitted into the end plate portion 119. It is attached to the end plate part 119. The end plate portion 119 of the bobbin 115 corresponds to a “grease portion” in this specification.
[0110] また、両ドライベアリング 124, 125は、ステータ 113に対して同一軸線上に配置さ れている。なお、ドライベアリング 124, 125は、本明細書でいう「滑り軸受」に相当す る。また、説明の都合上、弁体 110側(図 19において下側)のドライベアリング 124を 「前側のドライベアリング 124」といい、反弁体側(図 19において上側)のドライべァリ ング 124を「後側のドライベアリング 124」という。 [0111] 前記モータロータ 114は、金属製の丸棒状のロータシャフト 127と、ロータシャフト 1 27の外周部に設けられた円筒状のマグネット 130とを備えている。ロータシャフト 127 は、前記一対のドライベアリング 124, 125に挿通した状態で回転可能に支持されて いる。ロータシャフト 127のカバープレート 123側の端面は、凸型球面状に形成され ており、該カバープレート 123に点接触可能となっている。また、ロータシャフト 127の 他端面には、凸型球面状の凸部 128が形成されており、それに対向する弁体 110の 筒状部 132内の底面に点接触可能となっている。 Further, both dry bearings 124 and 125 are arranged on the same axis with respect to the stator 113. The dry bearings 124 and 125 correspond to “sliding bearings” in this specification. Also, for convenience of explanation, the dry bearing 124 on the valve body 110 side (lower side in FIG. 19) is referred to as the “front dry bearing 124”, and the dry bearing 124 on the counter valve body side (upper side in FIG. 19) It is called “rear dry bearing 124”. The motor rotor 114 includes a metal round bar-like rotor shaft 127 and a cylindrical magnet 130 provided on the outer periphery of the rotor shaft 127. The rotor shaft 127 is rotatably supported while being inserted through the pair of dry bearings 124 and 125. The end surface of the rotor shaft 127 on the cover plate 123 side is formed in a convex spherical shape, and can be brought into point contact with the cover plate 123. Further, a convex spherical convex portion 128 is formed on the other end surface of the rotor shaft 127, and it is possible to make point contact with the bottom surface in the cylindrical portion 132 of the valve body 110 facing it.
[0112] また、マグネット 130は、ロータシャフト 127における両ドライベアリング 124, 125の 相互間における軸部分を取り巻くように設けられている。また、マグネット 130は、前 記ヨーク 116の内周面に対して所定の隙間を隔ててて対応し、かつ、ヨーク 116の各 磁極歯に対応する数の N極、 S極が交互に着磁されている。また、前記モータハウジ ング 112外へ突出するロータシャフト 127の先端部には、ねじ軸部 129が形成されて いる。なお、ロータシャフト 127は、本明細書でいう「作動部材」に相当する。 Further, the magnet 130 is provided so as to surround the shaft portion between the dry bearings 124 and 125 in the rotor shaft 127. The magnet 130 corresponds to the inner circumferential surface of the yoke 116 with a predetermined gap, and the number of N poles and S poles corresponding to each magnetic pole tooth of the yoke 116 is alternately magnetized. Has been. In addition, a screw shaft portion 129 is formed at the tip portion of the rotor shaft 127 that protrudes outside the motor housing 112. The rotor shaft 127 corresponds to an “actuating member” in this specification.
[0113] 前記弁体 110は、例えば榭脂製で、中空円筒状をなす筒状部 132と、その筒状部 132の先端部(図 19において下端部)に形成された先細りをなすテーパ面 133aを 有する円柱状の弁先部 133と、前記筒状部 132の基端部(図 19にお 、て上端部)の 外周部に環状に突出されたフランジ部 134とを有している。また、図 20に示すように 、フランジ部 134の外周面には、適数個(図 20では 4個を示す。)の位置決め溝 134 aが等間隔すなわち 90° 間隔で形成されて!、る。 [0113] The valve body 110 is made of, for example, a resin, and has a cylindrical portion 132 having a hollow cylindrical shape, and a tapered surface formed at a tip portion (lower end portion in FIG. 19) of the cylindrical portion 132. A cylindrical valve tip portion 133 having 133a and a flange portion 134 projecting in an annular shape from the outer peripheral portion of the base end portion (the upper end portion in FIG. 19) of the cylindrical portion 132 are provided. Further, as shown in FIG. 20, an appropriate number (in FIG. 20, four are shown) of positioning grooves 134a are formed on the outer peripheral surface of the flange portion 134 at equal intervals, that is, 90 ° intervals! .
[0114] 図 19に示すように、前記弁体 110の筒状部 132内の有底孔状の凹孔 254は、開口 側半部(図 19において上半部)を大径孔部 254aとしかつ底部側半部(図 19におい て下半部)を小径孔部 254bとする段付孔状に形成されている。その大径孔部 254a 内には、ねじ孔を有するナット部材 136が圧入 (例えば、熱圧入)により一体化されて いる。ナット部材 136 (詳しくは、ねじ孔)内には、前記ロータシャフト 127のねじ軸部 1 29が螺合されている。また、筒状部 132の小径孔部 254bは、ロータシャフト 127の ねじ軸部 129を遊嵌可能に形成されて!ヽる。 As shown in FIG. 19, the bottomed hole-like concave hole 254 in the tubular portion 132 of the valve body 110 has a large-diameter hole portion 254a in the opening-side half (the upper half in FIG. 19). In addition, the bottom half (the lower half in FIG. 19) is formed in a stepped hole shape having a small diameter hole 254b. A nut member 136 having a screw hole is integrated into the large-diameter hole 254a by press-fitting (for example, heat-fitting). A screw shaft portion 129 of the rotor shaft 127 is screwed into the nut member 136 (specifically, a screw hole). Further, the small-diameter hole portion 254b of the cylindrical portion 132 is formed so that the screw shaft portion 129 of the rotor shaft 127 can be loosely fitted.
[0115] したがって、前記モータロータ 114の回転 (正転及び逆転)により、ねじ軸部 129と ナット部材 136との螺合を介して、弁体 110が軸方向に進退移動可能(図 19におい て上下動可能)となっている。また、弁体 110の後退時において、弁体 110がモータ ハウジング 112に当接する以前において、ロータシャフト 127の凸部 128力 S弁体 110 の筒状部 132内の底面に点接触することにより、それ以上の弁体 110の後退が制限 されるようになつている。なお、ロータシャフト 127のねじ軸部 129とナット部材 136と は、「ねじ機構」を構成している。 Accordingly, the valve body 110 can be moved forward and backward in the axial direction by screwing the screw shaft portion 129 and the nut member 136 by rotation (forward rotation and reverse rotation) of the motor rotor 114 (see FIG. 19). Can be moved up and down). Further, when the valve body 110 is retracted, before the valve body 110 comes into contact with the motor housing 112, the convex portion 128 force of the rotor shaft 127 and the point contact with the bottom surface in the cylindrical portion 132 of the valve body 110, Further retraction of the valve body 110 is restricted. The screw shaft portion 129 of the rotor shaft 127 and the nut member 136 constitute a “screw mechanism”.
[0116] 図 22に示すように、前記 ISCバルブ 51は、前記デバイスブロック 50の収容凹部 58 内に搭載されている。詳しくは、前記弁体 110が前記弁体嵌合部 74内に嵌合される ととともに、前記ステップモータ 108を前記モータ嵌合部 72内に嵌合されている。こ のとき、弁体 110のフランジ部 134と弁体嵌合部 74のフランジ部 75との間には、コ- カルスプリングからなるバルブスプリング 138が介装されて!、る。バルブスプリング 13 8は、小径側の端部を弁体 110のフランジ部 134に当接させるとともに、大径側の端 部を弁体嵌合部 74のフランジ部 75に当接させている。バルブスプリング 138の小径 側の端部は、弁体 110のフランジ部 134に環状に形成された環状凹部 134b内に嵌 合されている。ノ レブスプリング 138は、弁体 110とともに前記モータロータ 114を後 退方向(図 22において上方)へ弹性的に付勢している。これにより、前記ロータシャ フト 127が、前記カバープレート 123に対して当接すなわち点接触する状態に保持さ れている。 As shown in FIG. 22, the ISC valve 51 is mounted in the housing recess 58 of the device block 50. Specifically, the valve body 110 is fitted into the valve body fitting portion 74, and the step motor 108 is fitted into the motor fitting portion 72. At this time, a valve spring 138 made of a coral spring is interposed between the flange portion 134 of the valve body 110 and the flange portion 75 of the valve body fitting portion 74. The valve spring 138 has an end on the small diameter side in contact with the flange portion 134 of the valve body 110 and an end on the large diameter side in contact with the flange portion 75 of the valve body fitting portion 74. An end portion on the small diameter side of the valve spring 138 is fitted in an annular recess 134 b formed in an annular shape on the flange portion 134 of the valve body 110. The noble spring 138 urges the motor rotor 114 together with the valve body 110 in the backward direction (upward in FIG. 22). As a result, the rotor shaft 127 is held in contact with, or in point contact with, the cover plate 123.
[0117] また、前記弁体 110のフランジ部 134の位置決め溝 134a (図 17参照)は、前記デ バイスブロック 50の弁体嵌合部 74内の位置決め凸部 76 (図 17参照)にスライド可能 に嵌合される。これにより、弁体 110が軸回り方向に回り止めされる。このとき、位置 決め溝 134aが位置決め凸部 76の倍数 (本実施例では 2倍)をもって形成されている ので、弁体 110をデバイスブロック 50の弁体嵌合部 74内に容易に嵌合することがで きる。また、弁体 110の弁先部 133は、デバイスブロック 50の弁体嵌合部 74のフラン ジ部 75内に挿通されており、そのフランジ部 75より先方(図 22において下方)へ突 出されている。 [0117] Further, the positioning groove 134a (see FIG. 17) of the flange portion 134 of the valve body 110 is slidable on the positioning convex portion 76 (see FIG. 17) in the valve body fitting portion 74 of the device block 50. Fitted. Thereby, the valve body 110 is prevented from rotating about the axis. At this time, since the positioning groove 134a is formed with a multiple of the positioning convex portion 76 (double in this embodiment), the valve body 110 is easily fitted into the valve body fitting portion 74 of the device block 50. be able to. Further, the valve tip portion 133 of the valve body 110 is inserted into the flange portion 75 of the valve body fitting portion 74 of the device block 50, and protrudes forward (downward in FIG. 22) from the flange portion 75. ing.
[0118] 図 22に示すように、前記モータ嵌合部 72内に前記ステップモータ 108が嵌合され ることにより、そのステップモータ 108の各端子 117力 前記デバイスブロック 50の収 容凹部 58の底面上に配置されている各端子板 99a, 99b上にそれぞれ載置される ( 図 21参照)。この状態で、各端子 117が各端子板 99a, 99b上に抵抗溶接等により 接続される。なお、ステップモータ 108は、デバイスブロック 50に設けられるデバイス カバー 60によって抜け止めされる(図 19参照)。 As shown in FIG. 22, when the step motor 108 is fitted into the motor fitting portion 72, each terminal 117 force of the step motor 108 has a bottom surface of the housing recess 58 of the device block 50. Placed on each terminal board 99a, 99b arranged above ( (See Figure 21). In this state, each terminal 117 is connected to each terminal plate 99a, 99b by resistance welding or the like. The step motor 108 is prevented from being detached by a device cover 60 provided in the device block 50 (see FIG. 19).
[0119] 次に、前記デバイスブロック 50の収容凹部 58内に組込まれる温度センサ 53を説明 する。図 18に示すように、温度センサ 53は、サーミスタ 140を主体として構成されて いる。 [0119] Next, the temperature sensor 53 incorporated in the housing recess 58 of the device block 50 will be described. As shown in FIG. 18, the temperature sensor 53 is composed mainly of a thermistor 140.
図 23に示すように、サーミスタ 140は、デバイスブロック 50の温度センサ用揷入孔 部 80を通じて検出筒部 81内に挿入されている。これにともない、サーミスタ 140の 2 本のターミナル 141の端末部力 前記デバイスブロック 50の収容凹部 58の底面上に 配置されている各端子板 100a, 100b上に載置される(図 21参照)。この状態で、各 ターミナル 141の端末部が各端子板 100a, 100b上に抵抗溶接等により接続されて いる。なお、サーミスタ 140のターミナル 141の端末部は、スロットルバルブ 14の回動 軸線 9L方向(図 3にお 、て左右方向)に非重合状態をなして 、る(図 21参照)。 As shown in FIG. 23, the thermistor 140 is inserted into the detection cylinder 81 through the temperature sensor insertion hole 80 of the device block 50. Accordingly, the terminal force of the two terminals 141 of the thermistor 140 is placed on each terminal plate 100a, 100b disposed on the bottom surface of the housing recess 58 of the device block 50 (see FIG. 21). In this state, the terminal portion of each terminal 141 is connected to each terminal plate 100a, 100b by resistance welding or the like. The terminal portion of the terminal 141 of the thermistor 140 is non-polymerized in the direction of the axis 9L of the throttle valve 14 (left and right in FIG. 3) (see FIG. 21).
[0120] 次に、前記デバイスブロック 50の収容凹部 58内に組込まれるスロットルポジション センサ 52を説明する。図 16に示すように、スロットルポジションセンサ 52は、前記デ バイスブロック 50と配線基板 55 (後述する。 )との間に組込まれるセンサロータ 143を 備えている。センサロータ 143は、例えば、榭脂製で、配線基板 55に面するほぼ円 板状のロータ主部 143aと、そのロータ主部 143aのデバイスブロック 50側(図 16にお いて下側)に突出するほぼ円筒状の連結筒部 143bと、ロータ主部 143aの配線基板 55側(図 16において上側)に突出する支軸部 143cとを同一軸線上に備えている。 連結筒部 143bは、前記ロータ嵌合孔部 64のフランジ部 65内に遊嵌されている(図 1 2及び図 13参照)。連結筒部 143b内には板ばね 144が組み込まれている。なお、板 ばね 144は、スロットルシャフト 9のセンサロータ連結部 24にセンサロータ 143を連結 した際に、センサロータ連結部 24にセンサロータ 143を径方向に弹性的に保持する 。また、支軸部 143cは、配線基板 55に形成された支軸部揷通孔 158内に遊嵌され る。さらに、支軸部 143cは、後述するデバイスカバー 60に形成された軸受凹部 170 内に回転可能に軸支される。 [0120] Next, the throttle position sensor 52 incorporated in the housing recess 58 of the device block 50 will be described. As shown in FIG. 16, the throttle position sensor 52 includes a sensor rotor 143 incorporated between the device block 50 and a wiring board 55 (described later). The sensor rotor 143 is made of, for example, a resin, and protrudes toward the device block 50 side (lower side in FIG. 16) of the substantially disk-shaped rotor main part 143a facing the wiring board 55 and the rotor main part 143a. The substantially cylindrical connecting tube portion 143b and the support shaft portion 143c protruding to the wiring board 55 side (upper side in FIG. 16) of the rotor main portion 143a are provided on the same axis. The connecting cylinder portion 143b is loosely fitted in the flange portion 65 of the rotor fitting hole 64 (see FIGS. 12 and 13). A leaf spring 144 is incorporated in the connecting cylinder portion 143b. The plate spring 144 inertiaally holds the sensor rotor 143 in the radial direction in the sensor rotor connecting portion 24 when the sensor rotor 143 is connected to the sensor rotor connecting portion 24 of the throttle shaft 9. Further, the support shaft portion 143 c is loosely fitted in a support shaft portion through hole 158 formed in the wiring board 55. Further, the support shaft portion 143c is rotatably supported in a bearing recess 170 formed in the device cover 60 described later.
[0121] 図 12に示すように、前記ロータ嵌合孔部 64のフランジ部 65と前記センサロータ 14 3のロータ主部 143aとの間の環状をなす対向面間には、ウェーブヮッシャ(ウェーブ スプリング、波形ばね座金とも呼ばれている。) 145が介装されている。ウェーブヮッシ ャ 145は、常に、センサロータ 143をデバイスカバー 60側へ付勢する。なお、ゥエー ブヮッシャ 145は、本明細書でいう「弾性部材」に相当する。 As shown in FIG. 12, the flange 65 of the rotor fitting hole 64 and the sensor rotor 14 A wave washer (also called a wave spring or a wave spring washer) 145 is interposed between the opposing surfaces forming an annular shape with the three rotor main portions 143a. The wave shutter 145 always urges the sensor rotor 143 toward the device cover 60 side. The wave washer 145 corresponds to an “elastic member” in this specification.
[0122] 前記ロータ主部 143aのデバイスカバー 60側の面(図 12において上面)には、配線 基板 55の抵抗体部 150, 151 (後述する。)上を摺動可能な摺動子であるブラシ 147 が設けられている。スロットルポジションセンサ 52は、センサロータ 143の回転にとも ない、ブラシ 147が配線基板 55の抵抗体部 150, 151上を摺動することにより電気 信号に変換してその信号を出力する接触式のスロットルポジションセンサ 52となって いる。 [0122] The surface (the upper surface in FIG. 12) of the rotor main portion 143a on the device cover 60 side is a slider that can slide on resistor portions 150 and 151 (described later) of the wiring board 55. A brush 147 is provided. As the sensor rotor 143 rotates, the throttle position sensor 52 is a contact type throttle that converts the brush 147 into an electric signal by sliding on the resistor parts 150 and 151 of the wiring board 55 and outputs the signal. Position sensor 52.
[0123] 次に、前記デバイスブロック 50の収容凹部 58内に組込まれる配線基板 55を説明 する。 [0123] Next, the wiring board 55 incorporated in the housing recess 58 of the device block 50 will be described.
図 24に示すように、配線基板 55は、前記デバイスブロック 50の収容凹部 58内に嵌 合可能な外形をもって形成されている(図 24参照)。図 25に示すように、配線基板 5 5の表面には、所定の配線パターン 148が印刷されている。また、図 26に示すように 、配線基板 55の裏面には、所定の配線パターン 149が印刷されている。配線基板 5 5の裏面には、前記センサロータ 143のブラシ 147に対応する扇形をなす内外の両 抵抗体部 150, 151が形成されているとともに、圧力センサ 54 (後述する。)が実装さ れている。 As shown in FIG. 24, the wiring board 55 is formed with an outer shape that can be fitted into the housing recess 58 of the device block 50 (see FIG. 24). As shown in FIG. 25, a predetermined wiring pattern 148 is printed on the surface of the wiring board 55. Further, as shown in FIG. 26, a predetermined wiring pattern 149 is printed on the back surface of the wiring board 55. On the back surface of the wiring board 55, both internal and external resistor parts 150 and 151 that form a fan shape corresponding to the brush 147 of the sensor rotor 143 are formed, and a pressure sensor 54 (described later) is mounted. ing.
[0124] 図 25及び図 26に示すように、前記配線基板 55には、上下一対の基準孔 153が形 成されている。両取付孔 155は、前記デバイスブロック 50の両基準ピン 104に対応し ており、その取付ピン 106の先端側の小径部に嵌合可能に形成されている(図 15及 び図 16参照)。また、基準孔 153は、配線基板 55に配線パターン 148, 149を印刷 する際の基準孔としても使用される。 As shown in FIGS. 25 and 26, the wiring board 55 is formed with a pair of upper and lower reference holes 153. Both mounting holes 155 correspond to both reference pins 104 of the device block 50, and are formed so that they can be fitted to the small diameter portion on the tip side of the mounting pin 106 (see FIGS. 15 and 16). The reference hole 153 is also used as a reference hole when the wiring patterns 148 and 149 are printed on the wiring board 55.
[0125] 図 25及び図 26に示すように、前記配線基板 55には、上下一対の取付孔 155が形 成されている。両取付孔 155は、前記デバイスブロック 50の両取付ピン 106に対応し ており、その取付ピン 106の先端側の小径部に嵌合可能に形成されている(図 15及 び図 16参照)。 [0126] 図 25に示すように、前記配線基板 55には、左右 2列で計 4個のターミナル揷通孔 1 57が形成されている。これらのターミナル揷通孔 157は、前記デバイスブロック 50の 収容凹部 58の底面上に突出された計 4本の各ターミナル 98の反コネクタ側の端末 部 98 (a)に対応しており、その端末部 98 (a)に嵌合可能に形成されている(図 15参 照)。 As shown in FIGS. 25 and 26, the wiring board 55 is formed with a pair of upper and lower mounting holes 155. Both mounting holes 155 correspond to both mounting pins 106 of the device block 50, and are formed so as to be fitted to the small diameter portion on the tip side of the mounting pin 106 (see FIGS. 15 and 16). As shown in FIG. 25, a total of four terminal through holes 157 are formed in the wiring board 55 in two rows on the left and right. These terminal through holes 157 correspond to the terminal portions 98 (a) on the side opposite to the connector of each of the four terminals 98 protruding on the bottom surface of the receiving recess 58 of the device block 50, and the terminals It is formed so that it can be fitted into the part 98 (a) (see Fig. 15).
また、図 25に示すように、前記配線基板 55の中央部には、支軸部揷通孔 158が形 成されている。支軸部揷通孔 158は、前記センサロータ 143の支軸部 143cに対応し ており、その支軸部 143cに遊嵌可能に形成されている(図 16参照)。 Further, as shown in FIG. 25, a support shaft through hole 158 is formed at the center of the wiring board 55. The support shaft portion through-hole 158 corresponds to the support shaft portion 143c of the sensor rotor 143, and is formed so as to be freely fitted on the support shaft portion 143c (see FIG. 16).
[0127] 図 26に示すように、前記配線基板 55の裏面上には、圧力センサ 54が実装されて いる。圧力センサ 54は、その主体をなすセンサ本体部 54aと、そのセンサ本体部 54a 上(図 26にお 、て紙面表方)に突出する円柱状の圧力検出部 54bとを有して 、る。 センサ本体部 54aは、前記デバイスブロック 50の圧力センサ用嵌合孔部 77に対応し ており、その嵌合孔部 77に嵌合可能に形成されている。また、圧力検出部 54bは、 デバイスブロック 50の圧力検出孔部 78に対応しており、その圧力検出孔部 78に嵌 合可能に形成されて ヽる(図 17参照)。 As shown in FIG. 26, a pressure sensor 54 is mounted on the back surface of the wiring board 55. The pressure sensor 54 includes a sensor main body 54a that is a main body of the pressure sensor 54, and a columnar pressure detection portion 54b that protrudes on the sensor main body 54a (front side in FIG. 26). The sensor main body 54 a corresponds to the pressure sensor fitting hole 77 of the device block 50, and is formed so as to be fitted into the fitting hole 77. The pressure detection unit 54b corresponds to the pressure detection hole 78 of the device block 50, and is formed so as to be able to fit into the pressure detection hole 78 (see FIG. 17).
また、図 25に示すように、配線基板 55には、前記抵抗体部 150, 151と計 4個のタ 一ミナル揷通孔 157との間を横切る長細状の隔離孔 160が形成されている。 Further, as shown in FIG. 25, the wiring board 55 is formed with a long and narrow isolation hole 160 that crosses between the resistor parts 150 and 151 and a total of four terminal through holes 157. Yes.
[0128] 前記配線基板 55は、前記デバイスブロック 50の収容凹部 58内に次に述べるように して搭載されている。すなわち、配線基板 55は、その裏面がデバイスブロック 50の収 容凹部 58内の底面に面するようにして、その収容凹部 58内に嵌合されている(図 24 参照)。このとき、両基準孔 153内にデバイスブロック 50の両基準ピン 104の先端側 の小径部が相対的に嵌合されることにより、配線基板 55が板面に平行する方向すな わちラジアル方向及び回転方向に位置決めされる(図 12参照)。また、両基準ピン 1 04の小径部の先端部の先細りのテーパ状部分が両基準孔 153をガイドすることによ り、配線基板 55が所定位置に速やかに位置決めすることができる。また、両基準孔 1 53の口縁部が両基準ピン 104の段付面 104a (図 16参照)上に当接されることにより 、配線基板 55が収容凹部 58の基準面 DL上に支持される(図 12参照)。 [0128] The wiring board 55 is mounted in the housing recess 58 of the device block 50 as described below. That is, the wiring board 55 is fitted in the housing recess 58 so that the back surface thereof faces the bottom surface in the housing recess 58 of the device block 50 (see FIG. 24). At this time, the small diameter portions on the tip side of both reference pins 104 of the device block 50 are relatively fitted in both reference holes 153, so that the wiring board 55 is parallel to the plate surface, that is, in the radial direction. And positioned in the direction of rotation (see Figure 12). Further, the tapered portion at the tip of the small diameter portion of both reference pins 104 guides both reference holes 153, whereby the wiring board 55 can be quickly positioned at a predetermined position. Further, the edge portions of both reference holes 1 53 are brought into contact with the stepped surface 104a (see FIG. 16) of both reference pins 104, whereby the wiring board 55 is supported on the reference surface DL of the housing recess 58. (See Figure 12).
[0129] 前記配線基板 55の外周部が前記収容凹部 58の支持面 107 (図 16参照)上に当 接されること〖こよっても、配線基板 55が収容凹部 58の基準面 DL上に支持される(図 12参照)。また、両取付孔 155内にデバイスブロック 50の両取付ピン 106の先端側 の小径部が相対的に嵌合され、かつ両取付孔 155の口縁部が両取付ピン 106の段 付面 106a (図 16参照)上に当接されることによつても、配線基板 55が収容凹部 58の 基準面 DL上に支持される(図 12参照)。このとき、両取付ピン 106の小径部の先端 部の先細りのテーパ状部分が両取付孔 155をガイドすることによつても、配線基板 55 が所定位置に速や力に位置決めすることができる。 [0129] The outer peripheral portion of the wiring board 55 contacts the support surface 107 (see Fig. 16) of the receiving recess 58. Even if the contact is made, the wiring board 55 is supported on the reference plane DL of the housing recess 58 (see FIG. 12). In addition, the small-diameter portion on the tip side of both mounting pins 106 of the device block 50 is relatively fitted in both mounting holes 155, and the edge of both mounting holes 155 is the stepped surface 106a ( The wiring board 55 is also supported on the reference plane DL of the housing recess 58 (see FIG. 12). At this time, the wiring board 55 can be positioned at a predetermined position with high speed and force also by the tapered portion of the tip of the small diameter portion of the both mounting pins 106 guiding the both mounting holes 155.
[0130] 前記配線基板 55の各ターミナル揷通孔 157 (図 25参照)内に、前記デバイスブロッ ク 50の収容凹部 58の底面上に突出された計 4本の各ターミナル 98の端末部 98 (a) (図 24参照)が挿入される(図 24参照)。そして、配線基板 55の各ターミナル揷通孔 157の周りの配線パターン 148, 149 (図 25及び図 26参照)の導電部(符号省略)と 各ターミナル 98の端末部 98 (a)とがはんだ付けによって接続される。なお、はんだ付 けによる結線部に符号、 164を付す(図 13及び図 24参照)。 [0130] In each terminal through hole 157 (see Fig. 25) of the wiring board 55, a total of four terminal portions 98 of each terminal 98 projecting from the bottom surface of the housing recess 58 of the device block 50 ( a) (see Fig. 24) is inserted (see Fig. 24). Then, the conductive parts (reference numerals omitted) of the wiring patterns 148, 149 (see FIG. 25 and FIG. 26) around each terminal through hole 157 of the wiring board 55 and the terminal part 98 (a) of each terminal 98 are soldered. Connected by. In addition, the reference numeral 164 is attached to the connection part by soldering (see FIGS. 13 and 24).
また、配線基板 55の支軸部揷通孔 158内には、前記センサロータ 143の支軸部 1 43cが遊嵌される (図 12及び図 13参照)。 Further, the support shaft portion 143c of the sensor rotor 143 is loosely fitted in the support shaft portion through hole 158 of the wiring board 55 (see FIGS. 12 and 13).
[0131] 図 27に示すように、デバイスブロック 50の収容凹部 58内に対する配線基板 55の 搭載にともない、圧力センサ 54のセンサ本体部 54aが、デバイスブロック 50の圧力セ ンサ用嵌合孔部 77内に嵌合されるとともに、その圧力検出部 54bがデバイスブロック 50の圧力検出孔部 78内に嵌合される。なお、圧力センサ 54のセンサ本体部 54aと 圧力センサ用嵌合孔部 77との間には、両者間をシールするためのシール材(図示し ない。)が適宜介在される。 As shown in FIG. 27, as the wiring board 55 is mounted in the housing recess 58 of the device block 50, the sensor body 54a of the pressure sensor 54 is fitted into the pressure sensor fitting hole 77 of the device block 50. The pressure detector 54b is fitted into the pressure detection hole 78 of the device block 50. A sealing material (not shown) for sealing between the sensor main body 54a of the pressure sensor 54 and the pressure sensor fitting hole 77 is appropriately interposed.
[0132] また、図 12に示すように、前記配線基板 55の表面上に突出する取付ピン 106の先 端部を熱力しめにより押し潰することにより膨大部 162を形成する。これにより、デバ イスブロック 50に配線基板 55が抜け止めされる。 Also, as shown in FIG. 12, the enormous portion 162 is formed by crushing the tip end portion of the mounting pin 106 protruding on the surface of the wiring board 55 by thermal force. As a result, the wiring board 55 is prevented from being detached from the device block 50.
[0133] 次に、前記デバイスブロック 50にモジュールィ匕されたデバイス部品を覆うデバイス カバー 60について説明する。図 11に示すように、デバイスカバー 60は、榭脂製で、 デバイスブロック 50の収容凹部 58の周壁部 57に対応する外径形状をもつ平板状に 形成されている。 [0134] 図 28に示すように、前記デバイスカバー 60の裏面には、上下一対の基準凹部 168 が形成されている。両基準凹部 168は、前記デバイスブロック 50の両基準ピン 104 に対応しており、その取付ピン 106の先端側の小径部に嵌合可能に形成されている (図 16参照)。また、デバイスカバー 60の裏面の中央部には、軸受凹部 170が形成 されている(図 28参照)。軸受凹部 170は、前記センサロータ 143の支軸部 143cに 対応しており、その支軸部 143cを軸支可能に形成されている(図 16参照)。 [0133] Next, the device cover 60 that covers the device components modularized in the device block 50 will be described. As shown in FIG. 11, the device cover 60 is made of resin and is formed in a flat plate shape having an outer diameter corresponding to the peripheral wall portion 57 of the housing recess 58 of the device block 50. As shown in FIG. 28, a pair of upper and lower reference recesses 168 are formed on the back surface of the device cover 60. Both reference recesses 168 correspond to both reference pins 104 of the device block 50, and are formed so that they can be fitted to the small-diameter portion on the tip side of the mounting pin 106 (see FIG. 16). Further, a bearing recess 170 is formed at the center of the back surface of the device cover 60 (see FIG. 28). The bearing recess 170 corresponds to the support shaft portion 143c of the sensor rotor 143, and is formed so that the support shaft portion 143c can be supported (see FIG. 16).
[0135] 前記デバイスカバー 60の裏面には、上下一対の力しめ部用逃がし凹部 172が形 成されている(図 28参照)。両逃がし凹部 172は、前記デバイスブロック 50の両取付 ピン 106に対応しており、その取付ピン 106の膨大部 162 (図 12参照)を収容可能に 形成されている(図 16参照)。また、デバイスカバー 60の裏面には、ターミナル用逃 力 Sし凹部 173が形成されている(図 28参照)。逃がし凹部 173は、前記配線基板 55 と前記各ターミナル 98の端末部 98 (a)とのはんだ付けによる結線部 164に対応して おり、その接続部分を収容可能に形成されている(図 13参照)。また、デバイスカバ 一 60の裏面には、モータ用逃がし凹部 174が形成されている(図 13参照)。逃がし 凹部 174は、前記ステップモータ 108のモータハウジング 112に対応しており、その モータハウジング 112の後部を収容可能に形成されて 、る(図 6及び図 7参照)。 [0135] A pair of upper and lower force relief recesses 172 are formed on the back surface of the device cover 60 (see FIG. 28). Both relief recesses 172 correspond to both mounting pins 106 of the device block 50, and are formed so as to be able to accommodate the enormous portions 162 (see FIG. 12) of the mounting pins 106 (see FIG. 16). Further, a terminal relief S and a recess 173 are formed on the back surface of the device cover 60 (see FIG. 28). The escape recess 173 corresponds to the connection part 164 by soldering between the wiring board 55 and the terminal part 98 (a) of each terminal 98, and is formed so as to accommodate the connection part (see FIG. 13). ). Further, a motor relief recess 174 is formed on the back surface of the device cover 60 (see FIG. 13). The relief recess 174 corresponds to the motor housing 112 of the step motor 108, and is formed so as to be able to accommodate the rear portion of the motor housing 112 (see FIGS. 6 and 7).
[0136] 図 12及び図 13に示すように、前記デバイスカバー 60は、前記デバイスブロック 50 にその収容凹部 58の開口端面を閉鎖するように被せられる。このとき、デバイスカバ 一 60の両基準凹部 168内にデバイスブロック 50の両基準ピン 104の先端側の小径 部が相対的に嵌合されることにより、デバイスカバー 60が板面に平行する方向すな わちラジアル方向及び回転方向に位置決めされる。また、デバイスカバー 60の軸受 凹部 170内に前記センサロータ 143の支軸部 143cが相対的に嵌合されることにより 、デバイスカバー 60にセンサロータ 143が回転可能に軸支される。 As shown in FIGS. 12 and 13, the device cover 60 is placed on the device block 50 so as to close the open end surface of the accommodating recess 58. At this time, the device cover 60 is oriented in a direction parallel to the plate surface by relatively fitting the small-diameter portions of the tip ends of the reference pins 104 of the device block 50 into the reference recesses 168 of the device cover 60. In other words, it is positioned in the radial and rotational directions. Further, the shaft 143c of the sensor rotor 143 is relatively fitted in the bearing recess 170 of the device cover 60, so that the sensor rotor 143 is rotatably supported by the device cover 60.
[0137] また、デバイスカバー 60の両かしめ部用逃がし凹部 172内にデバイスブロック 50の 前記両取付ピン 106の膨大部 162が収容される(図 12参照)。また、デバイスカバー 60のターミナル用逃がし凹部 173内に、前記配線基板 55と各ターミナル 98の端末 部 98 (a)とのはんだ付けによる結線部 164が収容される(図 13参照)。また、デバイス カバー 60のモータ用逃がし凹部 174内に前記ステップモータ 108のモータハウジン グ 112の後部が収容される(図 6及び図 7参照)。そして、デバイスブロック 50の周壁 部 57にデバイスカバー 60の外周部が榭脂溶着により接合されている(図 12及び図 1 3参照)。なお、カバー溶着構造については後で詳しく説明する。 [0137] Further, the enormous portion 162 of the mounting pins 106 of the device block 50 is accommodated in the escape recess 172 for both caulking portions of the device cover 60 (see Fig. 12). In addition, in the terminal escape recess 173 of the device cover 60, a connection part 164 by soldering the wiring board 55 and the terminal part 98 (a) of each terminal 98 is accommodated (see FIG. 13). Further, the motor housing of the step motor 108 is placed in the motor relief recess 174 of the device cover 60. The rear part of the cable 112 is accommodated (see FIGS. 6 and 7). And the outer peripheral part of the device cover 60 is joined to the peripheral wall part 57 of the device block 50 by the resin welding (refer FIG. 12 and FIG. 13). The cover welding structure will be described in detail later.
[0138] 図 29に示すように、前記デバイスブロック 50のガスケット用嵌合溝 90 (図 14参照) にはガスケット 180が嵌合される。 As shown in FIG. 29, the gasket 180 is fitted into the gasket fitting groove 90 (see FIG. 14) of the device block 50.
図 30に示すように、ガスケット 180は、デバイスブロック 50のガスケット用嵌合溝 90 (図 14参照)に対応する形状をもって形成されている。ガスケット 180は、環状をなす 第 1〜第 5の計 5つのシール部 181〜185が相互に一部を共用する不規則な網目状 に形成されている。図 29に示すように、第 1のシール部 181は、ガスケット用嵌合溝 9 0の前記第 1の溝部 91に嵌合可能に形成されている。また、第 2のシール部 182は、 ガスケット用嵌合溝 90の前記第 2の溝部 92に嵌合可能に形成されている。また、第 3 のシール部 183は、ガスケット用嵌合溝 90の前記第 3の溝部 93に嵌合可能に形成さ れている。また、第 4のシール部 184は、ガスケット用嵌合溝 90の前記第 4の溝部 94 に嵌合可能に形成されている。また、第 5のシール部 185は、ガスケット用嵌合溝 90 の前記第 5の溝部 95に嵌合可能に形成されている。なお、ガスケット 180は、前記ス ロットルボデ一 2に対する前記デバイスブロック 50の取付けに際して、そのデバイスブ ロック 50のガスケット用嵌合溝 90に嵌合される。 As shown in FIG. 30, the gasket 180 has a shape corresponding to the gasket fitting groove 90 of the device block 50 (see FIG. 14). The gasket 180 is formed in an irregular mesh shape in which a total of five first to fifth seal portions 181 to 185 having a ring shape share a part with each other. As shown in FIG. 29, the first seal portion 181 is formed so as to be able to be fitted into the first groove portion 91 of the gasket fitting groove 90. The second seal portion 182 is formed so as to be able to fit into the second groove portion 92 of the gasket fitting groove 90. The third seal portion 183 is formed so as to be able to fit into the third groove portion 93 of the gasket fitting groove 90. The fourth seal portion 184 is formed so as to be able to fit into the fourth groove portion 94 of the gasket fitting groove 90. The fifth seal portion 185 is formed so as to be able to fit into the fifth groove portion 95 of the gasket fitting groove 90. The gasket 180 is fitted into the gasket fitting groove 90 of the device block 50 when the device block 50 is attached to the throttle body 2.
[0139] 次に、前記デバイスユニット 3を前記スロットルボデ一 2に取付ける手順について説 明する。すなわち、図 2に示すように、デバイスユニット 3をスロットルボデ一 2のュニッ ト装着部 26に対応させる(図 2中、二点鎖線 3参照)。この状態から、デバイスブロック 50のデバイスブロック 50の取付面 50aを、スロットルボデ一 2のユニット装着部 26の 装着面 26aに面接触させる。そして、ユニット装着部 26の各締結ボス部 44のねじ孔 4 4a (図 5参照)と、デバイスブロック 50の各取付ボス部 62のボルト揷通孔 62a (図 29 参照)とが整合する状態で、締結用ボルト 45を各ボルト揷通孔 62aを通して各ねじ孔 44aに締め付けることにより、スロットルボデ一 2にデバイスブロック 50がスロットルバ ルブ 14の回動軸線 9L方向(図 3において左右方向)に着脱可能に取付けられる(図 1〜図 3参照)。 Next, a procedure for attaching the device unit 3 to the throttle body 2 will be described. That is, as shown in FIG. 2, the device unit 3 is made to correspond to the unit mounting portion 26 of the throttle body 2 (see the two-dot chain line 3 in FIG. 2). From this state, the mounting surface 50a of the device block 50 of the device block 50 is brought into surface contact with the mounting surface 26a of the unit mounting portion 26 of the throttle body 2. Then, the screw holes 44a (see Fig. 5) of the fastening boss portions 44 of the unit mounting portion 26 and the bolt insertion holes 62a (see Fig. 29) of the mounting boss portions 62 of the device block 50 are aligned. By tightening the fastening bolt 45 into each screw hole 44a through each bolt insertion hole 62a, the device block 50 is attached to and detached from the throttle body 14 in the 9L direction (left and right direction in FIG. 3) of the rotation axis of the throttle valve 14. It can be attached (see Fig. 1 to Fig. 3).
[0140] 図 8に示すように、デバイスブロック 50をユニット装着部 26に面接触させるに際し、 デバイスブロック 50の接続筒部 66が、ユニット装着部 26の軸受ボス部 10の開口凹 部 22内に嵌合される。これとともに、センサロータ 143の連結筒部 143b内に、スロッ トルシャフト 9のセンサロータ連結部 24が板ばね 144を介して連結される。これにより 、センサロータ 143がスロットルシャフト 9と一体的に回転可能に連結される。板ばね 1 44は、センサロータ連結部 24に対してセンサロータ 143を径方向に弹性的に保持 する。したがって、スロットルポジションセンサ 52が、センサロータ 143の回転をもって スロットルバルブ 14の開度を検出することができる。 [0140] As shown in FIG. 8, when the device block 50 is brought into surface contact with the unit mounting portion 26, The connecting tube portion 66 of the device block 50 is fitted into the opening recess 22 of the bearing boss portion 10 of the unit mounting portion 26. At the same time, the sensor rotor connecting portion 24 of the throttle shaft 9 is connected to the connecting cylinder portion 143 b of the sensor rotor 143 via the leaf spring 144. As a result, the sensor rotor 143 is coupled to the throttle shaft 9 so as to be rotatable together. The leaf spring 144 holds the sensor rotor 143 in a radial direction relative to the sensor rotor connecting portion 24. Therefore, the throttle position sensor 52 can detect the opening degree of the throttle valve 14 with the rotation of the sensor rotor 143.
[0141] 図 6に示すように、前記デバイスブロック 50を前記ユニット装着部 26に面接触させ た際には、デバイスブロック 50のバイパス通路溝 68が、ユニット装着部 26のバイパス 通路溝 37に整合する。これ〖こより、閉断面をなしかつバイパス入口孔 28とバイパス出 ロ孔 30とを連通することにより、スロットルバルブ 14を迂回するバイパス通路 70が形 成される。これにより、ボア 7内を流れる吸入空気は、バイパス入口孔 28からバイパス 通路 70を通じてバイパス出口孔 30からボア 7に流出する。また、バイパス出口孔 30 において、吸入空気 (補助空気)は、横孔部 32の弁体嵌合部用孔部 32a、小径側の 孔部 32bを経て、縦孔部 31からボア 7の下流側の中心部に向けて流出される(図 4及 び図 7参照)。 [0141] As shown in FIG. 6, when the device block 50 is brought into surface contact with the unit mounting portion 26, the bypass passage groove 68 of the device block 50 is aligned with the bypass passage groove 37 of the unit mounting portion 26. To do. Thus, a bypass passage 70 that bypasses the throttle valve 14 is formed by forming a closed section and communicating the bypass inlet hole 28 and the bypass outlet hole 30. As a result, the intake air flowing through the bore 7 flows from the bypass inlet hole 28 through the bypass passage 70 to the bore 7 from the bypass outlet hole 30. In addition, in the bypass outlet hole 30, the intake air (auxiliary air) passes from the vertical hole portion 31 to the downstream side of the bore 7 through the valve body fitting portion hole portion 32 a of the lateral hole portion 32 and the small diameter side hole portion 32 b. (See Fig. 4 and Fig. 7).
[0142] また、デバイスブロック 50の弁体嵌合部 74が、ユニット装着部 26のバイパス出口孔 30における横孔部 32の弁体嵌合部用孔部 32a内に嵌合される(図 6及び図 7参照) 。これにともない、 ISCバルブ 51の弁体 110力 横孔部 32の小径側の孔部 32bの弁 シート部 33に対して同一軸線上に整合し、弁体 110の弁先部 133が弁シート部 33 に対向する。これにより、スロットルシャフト 9の軸線 9Lと平行をなす方向に進退移動 可能に配置される(図 7参照)。また、 ISCバルブ 51のステップモータ 108は、ェンジ ンのアイドル時において、制御装置 102 (図 1参照)により駆動制御される。 [0142] Further, the valve body fitting portion 74 of the device block 50 is fitted into the valve body fitting portion hole portion 32a of the lateral hole portion 32 in the bypass outlet hole 30 of the unit mounting portion 26 (FIG. 6). And Figure 7). Accordingly, the valve body 110 force of the ISC valve 51 is aligned on the same axis with respect to the valve seat portion 33 of the small diameter side hole portion 32b of the side hole portion 32, and the valve tip portion 133 of the valve body 110 is aligned with the valve seat portion. Opposite to 33. As a result, the throttle shaft 9 is disposed so as to be movable back and forth in a direction parallel to the axis 9L of the throttle shaft 9 (see FIG. 7). The step motor 108 of the ISC valve 51 is driven and controlled by the control device 102 (see FIG. 1) when the engine is idle.
[0143] 前記 ISCバルブ 51の作動を説明する。いま、図 10に示すように、 ISCバルブ 51の 弁体 110により弁シート部 33が閉鎖された状態すなわち閉弁状態にあるものとする。 この閉弁状態おいて、制御装置 102 (図 1参照)からステップモータ 108に開弁信号 が出力されると、モータロータ 114 (図 19参照)が開弁方向に回転 (例えば、正転)さ れる。このため、モータロータ 114のロータシャフト 127の回転により、そのロータシャ フト 127のねじ軸部 129とナット部材 136との螺合を介して、弁体 110が後退(図 10 において上動)されることにより、弁シート部 33が開かれる(図 9参照)。 [0143] The operation of the ISC valve 51 will be described. Now, as shown in FIG. 10, it is assumed that the valve seat portion 33 is closed by the valve body 110 of the ISC valve 51, that is, the valve closed state. In this closed state, when a valve opening signal is output from the control device 102 (see FIG. 1) to the step motor 108, the motor rotor 114 (see FIG. 19) rotates (for example, forward rotation) in the valve opening direction. . For this reason, rotation of the rotor shaft 127 of the motor rotor 114 causes the rotor shaft to rotate. The valve seat 110 is retracted (upwardly moved in FIG. 10) through the threaded engagement between the screw shaft portion 129 of the foot 127 and the nut member 136, thereby opening the valve seat portion 33 (see FIG. 9).
[0144] また、 ISCバルブ 51の開弁状態(図 9参照)において、制御装置 102 (図 1参照)か らステップモータ 108に閉弁信号が出力されると、モータロータ 114 (図 19参照)が閉 弁方向に回転(例えば、逆転)される。このため、モータロータ 114のロータシャフト 1 27の回転により、そのロータシャフト 127のねじ軸部 129とナット部材 136との螺合を 介して、弁体 110が進出(図 9において下動)されることにより、弁シート部 33が閉じら れる(図 10参照)。上記したように、ステップモータ 108の駆動制御に基づいて、弁体 110が進退移動されることにより、バイパス通路 70を流れる吸入空気量が調整すな わち制御される。なお、 ISCバルブ 51は、本明細書でいう「アイドル制御装置」、「流 量制御弁」に相当する。また、弁シート部 33を備えるスロットルボデ一 2と ISCバルブ 51とにより、補助吸気量制御装置 51A (図 7参照)が構成されている。 [0144] When the valve closing signal is output from the control device 102 (see Fig. 1) to the step motor 108 in the open state of the ISC valve 51 (see Fig. 9), the motor rotor 114 (see Fig. 19) It is rotated (eg reverse) in the valve closing direction. For this reason, the rotation of the rotor shaft 127 of the motor rotor 114 causes the valve body 110 to advance (downward movement in FIG. 9) through the threaded engagement between the screw shaft portion 129 of the rotor shaft 127 and the nut member 136. As a result, the valve seat portion 33 is closed (see FIG. 10). As described above, the valve body 110 is moved forward and backward based on the drive control of the step motor 108, whereby the amount of intake air flowing through the bypass passage 70 is adjusted, that is, controlled. The ISC valve 51 corresponds to “idle control device” and “flow rate control valve” in this specification. The throttle body 2 including the valve seat 33 and the ISC valve 51 constitute an auxiliary intake air amount control device 51A (see FIG. 7).
[0145] また、デバイスブロック 50の検出筒部 81 (図 23参照)力 ユニット装着部 26の吸気 温検出用孔 42内に挿入され、かつその検出筒部 81の先端部がボア 7内に突出され る(図 4参照)。したがって、検出筒部 81の先端部が、ボア 7内を流れる吸入空気に晒 される。これにより、デバイスブロック 50の検出筒部 81内に配置された温度センサ 53 のサーミスタ 140 (図 23参照)の温度検出能をもって、ボア 7内を流れる吸入空気の 温度いわゆる吸気温を検出することができる。また、サーミスタ 140は、デバイスプロ ック 50の検出筒部 81の先端部の温度(吸気温)を検出することにより、電気信号に変 換してその信号を制御装置 102 (図 1参照)に出力する。 [0145] Also, the detection cylinder 81 of the device block 50 (see Fig. 23) is inserted into the intake air temperature detection hole 42 of the unit mounting part 26, and the tip of the detection cylinder 81 protrudes into the bore 7. (See Fig. 4). Therefore, the tip of the detection cylinder 81 is exposed to the intake air flowing through the bore 7. As a result, the temperature of the thermistor 140 (see FIG. 23) of the temperature sensor 53 disposed in the detection cylinder portion 81 of the device block 50 can be detected to detect the temperature of the intake air flowing in the bore 7, so-called intake air temperature. it can. In addition, the thermistor 140 detects the temperature (intake air temperature) at the tip of the detection cylinder 81 of the device block 50, converts it to an electrical signal, and converts the signal to the control device 102 (see FIG. 1). Output.
[0146] 図 32〜34に示すように、前記デバイスブロック 50をユニット装着部 26に面接触さ せることにより、前記スロットルボデ一 2のボア 7 (図 4参照)と、デバイスブロック 50の 圧力検出孔部 78 (図 29参照)とを連通する一連の閉断面をなす圧力通路 187が形 成される。 As shown in FIGS. 32 to 34, the device block 50 is brought into surface contact with the unit mounting portion 26, so that the bore 7 (see FIG. 4) of the throttle body 2 and the pressure detection of the device block 50 are detected. A pressure passage 187 having a series of closed cross sections communicating with the hole 78 (see FIG. 29) is formed.
すなわち、デバイスブロック 50の中継凹部 87がユニット装着部 26の合流孔部 39に 整合される(図 32参照)。また、デバイスブロック 50の絞り溝部 86の開放端面がュ- ット装着部 26の装着面 26aにより閉鎖される(図 32参照)。また、デバイスブロック 50 の右側の連絡凹部 84がユニット装着部 26の連絡溝 40の一端部 (後端部)に整合さ れる(図 32及び図 33参照)。また、ユニット装着部 26の連絡溝 40の中央部の開放端 面がデバイスブロック 50の取付面 50aにより閉鎖される(図 33参照)。また、デバイス ブロック 50の左側の連絡凹部 83がユニット装着部 26の連絡溝 40の他端部(前端部 )に整合される(図 33及び図 34参照)。また、ユ ット装着部 26の条溝部 85及び圧 力検出孔部 78の開放端面がデバイスブロック 50の取付面 50aにより閉鎖される(図 3 4参照)。 That is, the relay recess 87 of the device block 50 is aligned with the junction hole 39 of the unit mounting portion 26 (see FIG. 32). Further, the open end surface of the throttle groove 86 of the device block 50 is closed by the mounting surface 26a of the boot mounting portion 26 (see FIG. 32). Also, the connecting recess 84 on the right side of the device block 50 is aligned with one end (rear end) of the connecting groove 40 of the unit mounting portion 26. (See Fig. 32 and Fig. 33). Further, the open end surface of the central portion of the communication groove 40 of the unit mounting portion 26 is closed by the mounting surface 50a of the device block 50 (see FIG. 33). Further, the communication recess 83 on the left side of the device block 50 is aligned with the other end portion (front end portion) of the communication groove 40 of the unit mounting portion 26 (see FIGS. 33 and 34). Further, the open end surfaces of the groove portion 85 and the pressure detection hole portion 78 of the unit mounting portion 26 are closed by the mounting surface 50a of the device block 50 (see FIG. 34).
[0147] これにより、両圧力取入口 38、合流孔部 39、中継凹部 87、絞り溝部 86、右側の連 絡凹部 84、連絡溝 40、左側の連絡凹部 83、条溝部 85、圧力検出孔部 78による一 連の閉断面をなすラビリンス構造の圧力通路 187が形成される(図 31参照)。このた め、ボア 7内の吸気圧 (負圧)が圧力通路 187を通じて圧力センサ 54の圧力検出部 5 4bに作用することにより、ボア 7内の吸気圧を圧力センサ 54によって検出することが できる。また、圧力センサ 54は、圧力検出孔部 78を通じて圧力検出部 54bに作用す る圧力すなわちスロットルバルブ 14の下流側におけるボア 7内の吸気圧 (負圧)を検 出することによりその検出信号を制御装置 102 (図 1参照)に出力する。 [0147] As a result, both the pressure inlets 38, the merge hole 39, the relay recess 87, the throttle groove 86, the right communication recess 84, the communication groove 40, the left communication recess 83, the groove 85, the pressure detection hole A labyrinth pressure passage 187 having a series of closed cross sections by 78 is formed (see FIG. 31). Therefore, the intake pressure (negative pressure) in the bore 7 acts on the pressure detector 54b of the pressure sensor 54 through the pressure passage 187, so that the intake pressure in the bore 7 can be detected by the pressure sensor 54. . In addition, the pressure sensor 54 detects the pressure acting on the pressure detection portion 54b through the pressure detection hole portion 78, that is, the intake pressure (negative pressure) in the bore 7 on the downstream side of the throttle valve 14 to detect the detection signal. Output to the controller 102 (see Fig. 1).
[0148] また、デバイスブロック 50をスロットルボデ一 2に面接触させるに際し、デバイスブロ ック 50のガスケット用嵌合溝 90に装着されたガスケット 180 (図 29参照)は、デバイス ブロック 50の取付面 50aとユニット装着部 26の装着面 26aとの間における機械的な 連結部分及び連通部分を弾性的にシールする(図 3参照)。しかして、図 31に示すよ うに、ガスケット 180の第 4のシーノレ咅 と第 5のシーノレ咅 との共用咅 (符号、 1 80aを付す。)は、第 2のシール部 182と第 4のシール部 184との共用部(符号、 180 bを付す。)、及び、第 2のシール部 182と第 5のシール部 185との共用部(符号、 180 cを付す。)に対して T字状に連続している。このため、共用部 180aが共用部 180b及 び共用部 180cと連続されない場合と比べて、デバイスブロック 50に対するガスケット 180の据わりを良くすることができる。その共用部 180aは、図 33に示すように、ュニ ット装着部 26の装着面 26aの連絡溝 40の開口端面上を横切るものの、その連絡溝 4 0を二分するものでない。 [0148] When the device block 50 is brought into surface contact with the throttle body 2, the gasket 180 (see Fig. 29) mounted in the gasket fitting groove 90 of the device block 50 is attached to the mounting surface of the device block 50. The mechanical connection part and communication part between 50a and the mounting surface 26a of the unit mounting part 26 are elastically sealed (see FIG. 3). Thus, as shown in FIG. 31, the common seal (reference numeral 180a) for the fourth and fifth sheaths of the gasket 180 is the second seal part 182 and the fourth seal. T-shaped for common part with part 184 (reference numeral, 180b) and common part for second seal part 182 and fifth seal part 185 (reference numeral, 180c) It is continuous. For this reason, compared with the case where the shared part 180a is not continuous with the shared part 180b and the shared part 180c, the installation of the gasket 180 with respect to the device block 50 can be improved. As shown in FIG. 33, the shared portion 180a crosses the open end surface of the connecting groove 40 of the mounting surface 26a of the unit mounting portion 26, but does not bisect the connecting groove 40.
[0149] 次に、前記デバイスユニット 3におけるデバイスブロック 50とデバイスカバー 60との 榭脂溶着構造にっ ヽて説明する。 この榭脂溶着構造は、図 35に示すように、デバイスカバー 60をデバイスブロック 50 の全周に亘つてレーザー溶着 (溶着部に符号、 190を付す。)により接合するもので ある。図 36に示すように、デバイスカバー 60の溶着前のデバイスブロック 50において 、収容凹部 58の周壁部 57の開口端面には、内周側を高くする接合面部 192aとしか つ外周側を低くする接合面部 192bとする階段状の接合面が形成されている。この接 合面は周壁部 57の全周に亘つて一体形成されて!、る(図 24参照)。 Next, a resin-welded structure between the device block 50 and the device cover 60 in the device unit 3 will be described. In this resin-welded structure, as shown in FIG. 35, the device cover 60 is joined to the entire circumference of the device block 50 by laser welding (reference numeral 190 is attached to the welded portion). As shown in FIG. 36, in the device block 50 before the device cover 60 is welded, the opening end surface of the peripheral wall portion 57 of the housing recess 58 is joined to the joint surface portion 192a that raises the inner peripheral side and the outer peripheral side is lowered. A step-like joint surface is formed as the surface portion 192b. This joint surface is integrally formed over the entire circumference of the peripheral wall 57 (see FIG. 24).
[0150] 図 36に示すように、前記外周側の接合面部 192b上に突出高さ 194Hをもって突 出する前記接合面部 192aを有する突出部分は、周壁部 57の開口端面の全周に亘 る凸条 194となっている。凸条 194は、断面四角形状に形成されている。凸条 194の 先端部には、予め榭脂溶着に必要とされる溶着代 Aが設定されている。さら〖こ、凸条 194の溶着代 Aに所定量 (例えば、溶着代 Aと同寸法)を加えた余裕代 Bにおける内 周側及び外周側の隅角部には、面取り状の斜面 195が形成されている。 [0150] As shown in FIG. 36, the protruding portion having the bonding surface portion 192a protruding above the bonding surface portion 192b on the outer peripheral side with a protruding height 194H is a convex over the entire circumference of the opening end surface of the peripheral wall portion 57. Article 194. The ridge 194 is formed in a quadrangular cross section. A welding allowance A required for resin welding is set in advance at the tip of the ridge 194. Furthermore, chamfered slopes 195 are formed at the corners on the inner and outer circumferences of margin B, which is a predetermined amount (for example, the same dimensions as welding margin A) added to welding margin A of ridge 194. Is formed.
[0151] また、前記デバイスカバー 60の外周部には、前記デバイスブロック 50の外周側の 接合面部 192b上に向けて突出するストツバ部 197が全周に亘つて一体形成されて いる(図 28参照)。図 36に示すように、ストツバ部 197は、断面四角形状に形成され ている。ストツバ部 197の突出高さ 197Hは、前記凸条 194の突出高さ 194H力も溶 着代 Aを差し引いた高さに設定されている。また、ストッパ部 197の外周面は、デバイ スカバー 60の外周面及びデバイスブロック 50の周壁部 57の外周面と同一面をなす ように形成されている。また、ストッパ部 197の幅 197Wは、デバイスブロック 50の外 周側の接合面部 192bの幅 192b Wよりも小さい幅に設定されている。したがって、ス トツパ部 197の内周面と凸条 194の外周面との間に環状の隙間 198が形成される。 なお、デバイスブロック 50の外周側の接合面部 192bとストッパ部 197とは、互いに当 接可能でかつ当接により溶着時における凸条 194の溶着代 Aを規定する当接部 20 0を構成している。当接部 200は、凸条 194の外周側に所定間隔の隙間 198を隔て て多重環状に設けられて 、る。 [0151] Further, the outer periphery of the device cover 60 is integrally formed over the entire periphery with a stagger portion 197 protruding toward the outer peripheral joint surface 192b of the device block 50 (see FIG. 28). ). As shown in FIG. 36, the stagger portion 197 is formed in a quadrangular cross section. The protrusion height 197H of the stagger portion 197 is set to a height obtained by subtracting the welding allowance A from the protrusion height 194H force of the protrusion 194. Further, the outer peripheral surface of the stopper portion 197 is formed to be flush with the outer peripheral surface of the device cover 60 and the outer peripheral surface of the peripheral wall portion 57 of the device block 50. The width 197W of the stopper portion 197 is set to be smaller than the width 192bW of the joint surface portion 192b on the outer peripheral side of the device block 50. Accordingly, an annular gap 198 is formed between the inner peripheral surface of the stopper portion 197 and the outer peripheral surface of the ridge 194. The joint surface portion 192b and the stopper portion 197 on the outer peripheral side of the device block 50 constitute a contact portion 200 that can be contacted with each other and that defines the welding allowance A of the protrusion 194 at the time of welding by contact. Yes. The contact portion 200 is provided in a multiple ring shape with a gap 198 having a predetermined interval on the outer peripheral side of the ridge 194.
[0152] しかして、前記デバイスブロック 50は、レーザ光の吸収率の高い吸収性榭脂材で 形成されている。デバイスブロック 50の榭脂材には、例えば、ポリブチレンテレフタレ 一ト榭脂 (PBT)に、ガラス繊維を約 30重量%混合しかつカーボンブラック、染料や 顔料等の所定の着色材を混入したものを使用することができる。 [0152] Thus, the device block 50 is formed of an absorbent resin material having a high absorption rate of laser light. As the resin material of the device block 50, for example, polybutylene terephthalate resin (PBT) mixed with about 30% by weight of glass fiber, carbon black, dye or What mixed predetermined coloring materials, such as a pigment, can be used.
また、前記デバイスカバー 60は、レーザ光の透過率の高い透過性榭脂材で形成さ れている。デバイスカバー 60の榭脂材には、例えば、ポリブチレンテレフタレート榭 脂 (PBT)に、ガラス繊維を約 30重量%混合したものを使用することができる。 Further, the device cover 60 is formed of a transmissive resin material having a high laser beam transmittance. As the resin material of the device cover 60, for example, polybutylene terephthalate resin (PBT) mixed with about 30% by weight of glass fiber can be used.
また、前記スロットルポジションセンサ 52 (図 8参照)のセンサロータ 143、及び、前 記配線基板 55 (詳しくは、基材)も、デバイスブロック 50及びデバイスカバー 60と同 材質の榭脂材で形成されて!、るものとする。 In addition, the sensor rotor 143 of the throttle position sensor 52 (see FIG. 8) and the wiring board 55 (more specifically, the base material) are also formed of the same material as the device block 50 and the device cover 60. And!
[0153] 次に、前記デバイスブロック 50に前記デバイスカバー 60を榭脂溶着する手順につ いて説明する。 Next, a procedure for welding the device cover 60 to the device block 50 will be described.
まず、図 36に示すように、デバイスブロック 50の周壁部 57の開口端面に、収容凹 部 58を閉鎖するデバイスカバー 60を整合する。これにより、デバイスブロック 50の外 周側の接合面部 192bに、デバイスカバー 60のストッパ部 197の先端面が溶着代 A を隔てて対面する。 First, as shown in FIG. 36, the device cover 60 that closes the housing recess 58 is aligned with the open end face of the peripheral wall 57 of the device block 50. As a result, the front end surface of the stopper portion 197 of the device cover 60 faces the joint surface portion 192b on the outer peripheral side of the device block 50 with the welding allowance A therebetween.
[0154] 次に、図 37に示すように、図示しない光学ヘッドによりレーザー光 LBを、デバイス カバー 60側からデバイスブロック 50の凸条 194の先端部に向けて照射する。これに より、デバイスカバー 60を透過したレーザー光 LBが凸条 194の先端部に照射され、 その先端部が発熱することで溶融される。なお、レーザー光 LBは、凸条 194の全周 に亘つて同時に照射したり、あるいは凸条 194に沿って照射しながら周回させたりす ればよい。 Next, as shown in FIG. 37, a laser beam LB is irradiated from the device cover 60 side toward the tip of the convex strip 194 of the device block 50 by an optical head (not shown). As a result, the laser beam LB transmitted through the device cover 60 is irradiated onto the tip of the projection 194, and the tip is melted by generating heat. The laser beam LB may be irradiated simultaneously over the entire circumference of the ridge 194, or may be circulated while irradiating along the ridge 194.
[0155] そして、凸条 194の先端部を溶着代 Aとして、デバイスブロック 50にデバイスカバー 60を押圧すなわち沈み込ませることにより、デバイスブロック 50にデバイスカバー 60 を榭脂溶着すなわちレーザー光 LBにより榭脂溶着すなわちレーザー溶着することが できる。このとき、デバイスブロック 50の外周側の接合面部 192bに対してストッパ部 1 97の先端面が当接することにより、凸条 194の先端部の溶着代 Aが規定される。また 、ストッパ部 197の内周面と凸条 194の外周面との間に形成される隙間 198に、溶着 により外周側にはみ出す榭脂バリ 202を収容することができる。また、凸条 194の溶 着代 Aに所定量を加えた余裕代 B (図 36参照)における内周側及び外周側の隅角 部に形成した斜面 195と、デバイスカバー 60の裏面 60aとのなす受入凹部 (符号省 略)に榭脂バリ 202を受け入れることができる。その後、溶融樹脂が冷却されて硬化さ れることにより、デバイスブロック 50とデバイスカバー 60とのレーザー溶着が完了する [0155] Then, the tip of the protrusion 194 is set as the welding allowance A, and the device cover 60 is pressed or submerged into the device block 50, so that the device cover 60 is welded to the device block 50 by resin welding, that is, laser light LB. It can be fat welded or laser welded. At this time, the welding margin A of the tip end portion of the protrusion 194 is defined by bringing the tip end surface of the stopper portion 197 into contact with the joint surface portion 192b on the outer peripheral side of the device block 50. In addition, in the gap 198 formed between the inner peripheral surface of the stopper portion 197 and the outer peripheral surface of the ridge 194, the resin burr 202 protruding to the outer peripheral side by welding can be accommodated. In addition, the slope 195 formed at the corners on the inner and outer peripheral sides of the margin B (see Fig. 36) obtained by adding a predetermined amount to the welding allowance A of the ridge 194, and the back surface 60a of the device cover 60 Receiving recess Abbreviation) can accept rosin burr 202. Thereafter, the molten resin is cooled and cured to complete laser welding of the device block 50 and the device cover 60.
[0156] 図 38に示すように、デバイスブロック 50にデバイスカバー 60を沈み込ませる際に、 図示しないクランプ装置のクランプ部材 204により、デバイスブロック 50の凸条 194に 対するデバイスカバー 60の溶着部の外周側(図 38において左側)にずれた部位を 接合方向(図 38において下方)に片持ち状に押圧する。これにより、デバイスカバー 60の外周部にたわみを生じさせる。これにより、凸条 194に対するデバイスカバー 60 の接触圧を高めることができ、デバイスブロック 50とデバイスカバー 60とのレーザー 光 LB (図 37参照)による榭脂溶着によるシール性を一層向上することができる。 [0156] As shown in FIG. 38, when the device cover 60 is submerged in the device block 50, the clamp member 204 of the clamping device (not shown) causes the welded portion of the device cover 60 to be attached to the convex strip 194 of the device block 50. The part shifted to the outer periphery side (left side in FIG. 38) is cantilevered in the joining direction (downward in FIG. 38). As a result, the outer periphery of the device cover 60 is bent. As a result, the contact pressure of the device cover 60 with the ridge 194 can be increased, and the sealability of the device block 50 and the device cover 60 can be further improved by welding the resin with the laser beam LB (see FIG. 37). .
[0157] 上記したデバイスユニット 3によると、デバイスブロック 50に設けられかつデバイス力 バー 60の外周部に全周に亘つて対向する凸条 194の先端部を溶着代 Aとして、デ バイスブロック 50にデバイスカバー 60を榭脂溶着したものである(図 37参照)。した がって、デバイスブロック 50とデバイスカバー 60との接合面 (詳しくは、凸条 194の接 合面部 192a)の平面度に影響されることなぐデバイスブロック 50にデバイスカバー 60を榭脂溶着することができる。このため、デバイスブロック 50とデバイスカバー 60と の榭脂溶着によるシール性を向上することができる。したがって、榭脂溶着によるシ ール性の低下に起因するデバイスユニット 3の内部空間への異物の侵入を防止し、 その異物の侵入によるデバイス部品の性能低下や構成部品の損傷を回避することが できる。 [0157] According to the device unit 3 described above, the tip of the protrusion 194 provided on the device block 50 and facing the outer periphery of the device force bar 60 over the entire circumference is used as the welding allowance A, and the device block 50 The device cover 60 is welded to the resin (see Fig. 37). Therefore, the device cover 60 is welded to the device block 50 without being affected by the flatness of the joint surface between the device block 50 and the device cover 60 (specifically, the joint surface portion 192a of the protrusion 194). be able to. For this reason, the sealing performance by the resin welding of the device block 50 and the device cover 60 can be improved. Therefore, it is possible to prevent foreign matter from entering the internal space of the device unit 3 due to the deterioration of the sealing property due to the welding of the resin, and to prevent the performance deterioration of the device parts and the damage of the component parts due to the foreign matter penetration. it can.
[0158] また、デバイスブロック 50の凸条 194の内周側及び外周側に形成した斜面 195に よる受入凹部 (符号省略)に、凸条 194の内周側及び外周側にはみ出そうとする榭脂 ノ リ 202を受け入れることができる。これにより、榭脂バリ 202のはみ出しを抑制するこ とができる。なお、溶着代 Aを除いた斜面 195による受入凹部 (符号省略)の体積を、 その斜面 195側にはみ出す榭脂バリ 202の体積とほぼ等しい体積に設定することに より、榭脂バリ 202を全体的に吸収することができる。 [0158] In addition, in the receiving recesses (reference numerals omitted) by the inclined surfaces 195 formed on the inner peripheral side and the outer peripheral side of the convex strip 194 of the device block 50, the rod that tries to protrude from the inner peripheral side and the outer peripheral side of the convex strip 194. Oil 202 can be accepted. As a result, the protrusion of the burrs 202 can be suppressed. In addition, by setting the volume of the receiving recess (reference number omitted) by the slope 195 excluding the welding allowance A to a volume substantially equal to the volume of the grease burr 202 protruding to the slope 195 side, Can be absorbed.
[0159] また、デバイスブロック 50とデバイスカバー 60との対向面間に設けた当接部 200の 互いの当接により、榭脂溶着時における凸条 194の溶着代 A (図 37参照)を規定す ることができる。これにより、凸条 194の過溶着を防止することができる。 [0159] In addition, the welding allowance A (see Fig. 37) of the ridges 194 at the time of resin welding is defined by the mutual contact of the contact portions 200 provided between the opposing surfaces of the device block 50 and the device cover 60. You Can. As a result, over-welding of the ridges 194 can be prevented.
[0160] また、当接部 200を、凸条 194の外周側に隙間 198による所定間隔を隔てて多重 環状に形成したものである。したがって、凸条 194の外周側にはみ出そうとする榭脂 バリ 202を凸条 194と当接部 200との間の隙間 198 (図 37参照)に隠蔽することがで きる。これにより、デバイスユニット 3の見栄えを向上することができる。 [0160] Further, the contact portion 200 is formed in a multiple ring shape on the outer peripheral side of the protrusion 194 with a predetermined interval by the gap 198. Therefore, the grease burr 202 that tries to protrude to the outer peripheral side of the ridge 194 can be concealed in the gap 198 (see FIG. 37) between the ridge 194 and the contact portion 200. Thereby, the appearance of the device unit 3 can be improved.
[0161] また、凸条 194を有しかつレーザ光の吸収率の高い吸収性榭脂材で形成したデバ イスブロック 50に、レーザ光の透過率の高 、透過性榭脂材で形成したデバイスカバ 一 60をレーザー光 LBにより榭脂溶着すなわちレーザー溶着したものである(図 37参 照)。したがって、デバイスブロック 50とデバイスカバー 60との榭脂溶着(レーザー溶 着)によるシール性を向上することができる。 [0161] In addition, a device block 50 having a projecting stripe 194 and made of an absorbent resin material having a high laser light absorption rate is formed on a device block 50 having a high laser light transmittance and made of a transparent resin material. The cover 60 was welded with a laser beam LB, ie, laser welding (see Fig. 37). Therefore, it is possible to improve the sealing performance by resin welding (laser welding) between the device block 50 and the device cover 60.
[0162] また、デバイスカバー 60における溶着部 190よりも外周側(図 39において左側)に ずれた部位をデバイスブロック 50側へ向けて片持ち状に押圧した状態で、デバイス ブロック 50にデバイスカバー 60をレーザー光 LB (図 37参照)により榭脂溶着したも のである(図 38参照)。したがって、デバイスカバー 60における溶着部 190よりも外周 側(図 39において左側)にずれた部位を片持ち状に押圧することによるデバイスカバ 一 60のたわみ変形を利用して、デバイスブロック 50の凸条 194に対するデバイス力 バー 60の接触圧を高めることができる。この状態で、デバイスブロック 50にデバイス カバー 60をレーザー光 LB (図 37参照)により榭脂溶着することにより、その榭脂溶着 (レーザー溶着)によるシール性を一層向上することができる。 [0162] In addition, the device cover 60 is attached to the device block 50 in a state where a portion of the device cover 60 that is shifted to the outer peripheral side (left side in FIG. 39) from the welded portion 190 is pressed in a cantilevered manner toward the device block 50 side. The resin was welded with a laser beam LB (see Fig. 37) (see Fig. 38). Therefore, the convexity of the device block 50 is obtained by utilizing the bending deformation of the device cover 60 by pressing the portion of the device cover 60 that is displaced from the welded portion 190 to the outer peripheral side (left side in FIG. 39) in a cantilevered manner. Device force against 194 Bar 60 contact pressure can be increased. In this state, by sealing the device cover 60 to the device block 50 with the laser beam LB (see FIG. 37), the sealing performance by the resin welding (laser welding) can be further improved.
[0163] また、スロットルバルブ 14の開度を検出するスロットルポジションセンサ 52 (図 12参 照)がデバイスブロック 50にモジュールィ匕されたデバイスユニット 3を提供することが できる。 Further, it is possible to provide the device unit 3 in which the throttle position sensor 52 (see FIG. 12) for detecting the opening degree of the throttle valve 14 is modularized in the device block 50.
[0164] また、スロットルポジションセンサ 52 (図 12参照)を、配線基板 55の抵抗体部 150, 151に対して、センサロータ 143のブラシ 147が摺動する接触式のスロットルポジショ ンセンサ 52とすることができる。 [0164] Further, the throttle position sensor 52 (see Fig. 12) is a contact type throttle position sensor 52 in which the brush 147 of the sensor rotor 143 slides against the resistor parts 150 and 151 of the wiring board 55. Can do.
[0165] また、配線基板 55のはんだ付けによる結線部 164と抵抗体部 150, 151との間に、 配線基板 55を表裏方向に貫通する隔離孔 160を設けている(図 24参照)。このため 、デバイスユニット 3が高温下にさらされた際に、はんだ付けによるフラックスの拡散や にじみが発生したとしても、そのフラックスを隔離孔 160により断絶することにより、フラ ッタスの抵抗体部 150, 151への到達を防止ある 、は低減することができる。 [0165] Further, an isolation hole 160 penetrating through the wiring board 55 in the front-back direction is provided between the connection part 164 by soldering of the wiring board 55 and the resistor parts 150, 151 (see FIG. 24). For this reason, when the device unit 3 is exposed to a high temperature, flux diffusion due to soldering or Even if bleeding occurs, the flux can be cut off by the isolation hole 160 to prevent the flutter from reaching the resistor portions 150 and 151.
[0166] したがって、フラックスが抵抗体部 150, 151に付着することによるスロットルポジショ ンセンサ 52の検出精度の低下を防止あるいは低減することができ、スロットルポジシ ヨンセンサ 52の信頼性を向上することができる。また、はんだ付けによるフラックスの 拡散やにじみが発生しても差し支えな!/、ので、はんだ付けをしな!、クリップ式の端子 部材を用いた結線構造を採用したり、特殊なフラックスを使用したり、フラックスを無 洗浄ィ匕したりする等の対策を講じなくてもよいため、コストを低減することができる。ま た、抵抗体部 150, 151に対するはんだ付け部の配置の自由度を増大することがで きる。これにより、抵抗体部 150, 151に対してはんだ付け部を近付けやすぐ配線基 板 55を小型化することができる。また、隔離孔 160は、プレス成形により配線基板 55 を打ち抜き加工する場合は、それと同時に隔離孔 160を打ち抜き加工することが可 能であり、また、榭脂成形により配線基板 55を形成する場合は、型成形により形成す ることが可能であるので、コストアップを抑制することができる。 [0166] Therefore, it is possible to prevent or reduce a decrease in detection accuracy of the throttle position sensor 52 due to the flux adhering to the resistor portions 150 and 151, and to improve the reliability of the throttle position sensor 52. In addition, flux diffusion and bleeding may occur even when soldering is performed! /, So do not solder! Use a connection structure that uses clip-type terminal members, or use a special flux. The cost can be reduced because there is no need to take measures such as cleaning the flux or cleaning the flux. In addition, the degree of freedom of the arrangement of the soldering portions with respect to the resistor portions 150 and 151 can be increased. As a result, the wiring board 55 can be reduced in size as soon as the soldered parts are brought closer to the resistor parts 150 and 151. In addition, when the wiring board 55 is punched by press molding, the isolation hole 160 can be punched at the same time, and when the wiring board 55 is formed by resin molding. Further, since it can be formed by molding, an increase in cost can be suppressed.
[0167] また、デバイスカバー 60にセンサロータ 143を回転可能に支持することにより、セン サロータ 143を安定的に支持することができる(図 12及び図 13参照)。 [0167] Further, the sensor rotor 143 can be stably supported by rotatably supporting the sensor rotor 143 on the device cover 60 (see Figs. 12 and 13).
また、デバイスブロック 50とデバイスカバー 60との対向面間に設けた当接部 200の 互いの当接により、榭脂溶着時における凸条 194の溶着代 Aを規定している(図 37 参照)。したがって、デバイスカバー 60にセンサロータ 143を回転可能に支持するこ とにより、デバイスブロック 50に規定の溶着代 Aをもって榭脂溶着されたデバイスカバ 一 60にセンサロータ 143を精度良く回転可能に支持することができる。このため、配 線基板 55の抵抗体部 150, 151に対するブラシ 147の接触荷重 (ブラシ荷重)を所 定荷重に保つことができる。 In addition, the abutment portion 200 provided between the opposing surfaces of the device block 50 and the device cover 60 mutually abuts to define the welding allowance A of the ridge 194 at the time of resin welding (see FIG. 37). . Therefore, by supporting the sensor rotor 143 on the device cover 60 in a rotatable manner, the sensor rotor 143 is supported on the device cover 60 that has been welded to the device block 50 with a prescribed welding allowance A with high accuracy. be able to. For this reason, the contact load (brush load) of the brush 147 with respect to the resistor portions 150 and 151 of the wiring board 55 can be maintained at a predetermined load.
[0168] また、デバイスブロック 50の基準ピン 104に対する配線基板 55の基準孔 153の嵌 合により、デバイスブロック 50に配線基板 55を基準ピン 104の径方向に関して位置 決めすることができる(図 12参照)。さらに、デバイスブロック 50の基準ピン 104に対 するデバイスカバー 60の基準凹部 168の嵌合により、デバイスブロック 50にデバイス カバー 60を基準ピン 104の径方向に関して位置決めすることができる。これにより、 デバイスブロック 50の基準ピン 104を利用して、配線基板 55及びデバイスカバー 60 を基準ピン 104の径方向に関して精度良く位置決めすることができる。 [0168] Further, by fitting the reference hole 153 of the wiring board 55 to the reference pin 104 of the device block 50, the wiring board 55 can be positioned in the device block 50 with respect to the radial direction of the reference pin 104 (see Fig. 12). ). Furthermore, the device cover 60 can be positioned in the device block 50 with respect to the radial direction of the reference pin 104 by fitting the reference recess 168 of the device cover 60 to the reference pin 104 of the device block 50. This Using the reference pins 104 of the device block 50, the wiring board 55 and the device cover 60 can be accurately positioned with respect to the radial direction of the reference pins 104.
また、配線基板 55の抵抗体部 150, 151に対して、デバイスカバー 60に支持され たセンサロータ 143のブラシ 147が精度良くトレースすることができ、スロットルポジシ ヨンセンサ 52の性能向上を図ることができる。 In addition, the brush 147 of the sensor rotor 143 supported by the device cover 60 can accurately trace the resistor portions 150 and 151 of the wiring board 55, and the performance of the throttle position sensor 52 can be improved. .
[0169] また、デバイスブロック 50の基準ピン 104を利用して、配線基板 55の挿入位置を基 準面 DLに規定することができる(図 12参照)。これにより、配線基板 55の抵抗体部 1 50, 151に対するセンサロータ 143のブラシ 147が精度良くトレースすることができる 。このため、スロットルバルブ 14の開度の検出にかかるスロットルポジションセンサ 52 のリニアリティ性能を向上することができる。 In addition, the insertion position of the wiring board 55 can be defined on the reference plane DL using the reference pins 104 of the device block 50 (see FIG. 12). Thereby, the brush 147 of the sensor rotor 143 with respect to the resistor portions 150 and 151 of the wiring board 55 can be traced with high accuracy. For this reason, the linearity performance of the throttle position sensor 52 for detecting the opening of the throttle valve 14 can be improved.
[0170] また、配線基板 55の取付孔 155を前記デバイスブロック 50の取付ピン 106に嵌合 した状態で、取付ピン 106の先端部を熱力しめすることにより、配線基板 55をデバイ スブロック 50に抜け止めすることができる(図 12参照)。 [0170] Further, with the mounting hole 155 of the wiring board 55 fitted to the mounting pin 106 of the device block 50, the wiring board 55 is attached to the device block 50 by applying heat to the tip of the mounting pin 106. It can be prevented from coming off (see Fig. 12).
[0171] また、デバイスブロック 50の取付ピン 106を利用して、配線基板 55の挿入位置を規 定することができる(図 12参照)。 [0171] Further, the insertion position of the wiring board 55 can be defined using the mounting pins 106 of the device block 50 (see FIG. 12).
[0172] また、デバイスブロック 50とセンサロータ 143との間に設けたウェーブヮッシャ 145 により、センサロータ 143がデバイスカバー 60側に付勢される(図 12参照)。これによ り、センサロータ 143の軸方向のがたつきを防止あるいは低減し、配線基板 55の抵 抗体部 150, 151に対するセンサロータ 143のブラシ 147の接触荷重のばらつきを 抑帘 Uすることができる。 Further, the sensor rotor 143 is urged toward the device cover 60 by the wave washer 145 provided between the device block 50 and the sensor rotor 143 (see FIG. 12). This prevents or reduces the backlash of the sensor rotor 143 in the axial direction, and suppresses variations in the contact load of the brush 147 of the sensor rotor 143 on the resistance parts 150, 151 of the wiring board 55. it can.
[0173] また、デバイスブロック 50及びデバイスカバー 60並びにセンサロータ 143を、同材 質の榭脂材で形成したものである。したがって、デバイスブロック 50及びデバイス力 バー 60並びにセンサロータ 143の温度変化に対する線膨張差のばらつきを低減し、 配線基板 55の抵抗体部 150, 151に対するセンサロータ 143のブラシ 147の接触荷 重のばらつきを抑制することができる。 [0173] Further, the device block 50, the device cover 60, and the sensor rotor 143 are formed of the same resin material. Therefore, the variation of the linear expansion difference with respect to the temperature change of the device block 50, the device force bar 60, and the sensor rotor 143 is reduced, and the contact load of the brush 147 of the sensor rotor 143 to the resistor portions 150, 151 of the wiring board 55 is varied. Can be suppressed.
[0174] また、デバイスブロック 50に設定した基準面 DL上に配線基板 55の抵抗体部 150, 151側の面すなわち裏面を配置する構成としたものである(図 12参照)。したがって、 配線基板 55の板厚のばらつき及び線膨張率に依存することなぐ配線基板 55の抵 抗体部 150, 151に対するセンサロータ 143のブラシ 147の接触荷重 (ブラシ荷重) を設定することができる。すなわち、デバイスブロック 50の基準面 DLを基準として、 配線基板 55の抵抗体部 150, 151側の面の配置位置と、その抵抗体部 150, 151 側の面に対するブラシ荷重が決まるため、配線基板 55の基材の材質の膨張率や板 厚のばらつきによるブラシ荷重のばらつきをなくすことができる。これにより、配線基板 55の抵抗体部 150, 151とブラシ 147との摺動による摩耗粉の発生を防止あるいは 低減することができる。 [0174] Also, the resistor substrate 150, 151 side surface of the wiring board 55, that is, the back surface is arranged on the reference surface DL set in the device block 50 (see FIG. 12). Therefore, the resistance of the wiring board 55 does not depend on the variation in the thickness of the wiring board 55 and the linear expansion coefficient. The contact load (brush load) of the brush 147 of the sensor rotor 143 with respect to the antibody portions 150 and 151 can be set. In other words, with respect to the reference plane DL of the device block 50, the arrangement position of the surface on the resistor part 150, 151 side of the wiring board 55 and the brush load on the surface on the resistor part 150, 151 side are determined. It is possible to eliminate variations in brush load due to variations in the expansion rate and thickness of the 55 base materials. As a result, the generation of wear powder due to sliding between the resistor portions 150 and 151 of the wiring board 55 and the brush 147 can be prevented or reduced.
[0175] また、スロットルバルブ 14を迂回するノ ィパス通路 70を流れる補助空気量を制御 する ISCバルブ 51 (図 21及び図 22参照)がデバイスブロック 50にモジュール化され たデバイスユニット 3を提供することができる。 [0175] Also, a device unit 3 is provided in which an ISC valve 51 (see FIGS. 21 and 22) for controlling the amount of auxiliary air flowing through a no-pass passage 70 that bypasses the throttle valve 14 is modularized in the device block 50. Can do.
[0176] また、吸気温を検出する温度センサ 53 (図 23参照)がデバイスブロック 50にモジュ 一ルイ匕されたデバイスユニット 3を提供することができる。 In addition, the device unit 3 in which the temperature sensor 53 (see FIG. 23) for detecting the intake air temperature is modularized in the device block 50 can be provided.
[0177] また、吸気圧を検出する圧力センサ 54 (図 27参照)がデバイスブロック 50にモジュ 一ルイ匕されたデバイスユニット 3を提供することができる。 Further, it is possible to provide the device unit 3 in which the pressure sensor 54 (see FIG. 27) for detecting the intake pressure is modularized in the device block 50.
[0178] また、前記したデバイスユニット 3のカバー溶着方法によると、デバイスブロック 50に 設けられかつデバイスカバー 60の外周部に全周に亘つて対向する凸条 194の先端 部を溶着代 Aとしてデバイスブロック 50にデバイスカバー 60を榭脂溶着する(図 37 参照)。したがって、デバイスブロック 50とデバイスカバー 60との接合面の平面度に 影響されることなぐデバイスブロック 50にデバイスカバー 60を榭脂溶着することがで きる。このため、デバイスブロック 50とデバイスカバー 60との榭脂溶着によるシール性 を向上することができる。 [0178] Further, according to the cover welding method of the device unit 3 described above, the tip of the protruding strip 194 provided on the device block 50 and opposed to the outer peripheral portion of the device cover 60 over the entire circumference is used as the welding allowance A. Weld the device cover 60 onto the block 50 (see Figure 37). Therefore, the device cover 60 can be welded to the device block 50 without being affected by the flatness of the joint surface between the device block 50 and the device cover 60. For this reason, it is possible to improve the sealing performance by welding the device block 50 and the device cover 60 to each other.
[0179] また、凸条 194を有しかつレーザ光の吸収率の高い吸収性榭脂材で形成したデバ イスブロック 50に、レーザ光の透過率の高 、透過性榭脂材で形成したデバイスカバ 一 60をレーザー光 LBにより榭脂溶着すなわちレーザー溶着する(図 37参照)。した がって、デバイスブロック 50とデバイスカバー 60との榭脂溶着(レーザー溶着)による シール性を向上することができる。 [0179] In addition, a device block 50 having a protruding line 194 and formed of an absorbent resin material having a high laser light absorption rate is formed on a device block 50 having a high laser light transmittance and a transparent resin material. Cover 60 is welded by laser beam LB, ie, laser welding (see Fig. 37). Therefore, it is possible to improve the sealing performance by resin welding (laser welding) between the device block 50 and the device cover 60.
[0180] また、デバイスカバー 60における溶着部 190よりも外周側(図 39において左側)に ずれた部位をデバイスブロック 50側へ向けて片持ち状に押圧することにより、デバイ スカバー 60のたわみ変形を利用して、デバイスブロック 50の凸条 194に対するデバ イスカバー 60の接触圧を高めることができる(図 38参照)。この状態で、デバイスプロ ック 50にデバイスカバー 60をレーザー光 LB (図 37参照)により榭脂溶着することに より、その榭脂溶着 (レーザー溶着)によるシール性を一層向上することができる。 [0180] Further, the device cover 60 is pressed in a cantilevered manner toward the device block 50 side by shifting the portion shifted to the outer peripheral side (left side in FIG. 39) from the welded portion 190, thereby obtaining a device. The contact pressure of the device cover 60 against the protrusion 194 of the device block 50 can be increased by utilizing the deflection deformation of the cover 60 (see FIG. 38). In this state, by sealing the device cover 60 to the device block 50 with the laser beam LB (see FIG. 37), the sealing performance by the resin welding (laser welding) can be further improved.
[0181] また、前記したエンジンの吸気装置 1 (図 1〜図 4参照)によると、ボア 7を開閉するス ロットルバルブ 14を設けたスロットルボデ一 2に、デバイスブロック 50とデバイスカバ 一 60との榭脂溶着によるシール性を向上することのできるスロットルボデー用デバイ スユニット 3を備えることができる。 [0181] Further, according to the intake system 1 (see Figs. 1 to 4) of the engine described above, the device block 50 and the device cover 60 are connected to the throttle body 2 provided with the throttle valve 14 for opening and closing the bore 7. It is possible to provide a device unit 3 for a throttle body that can improve the sealing performance by welding the resin.
[0182] また、スロットルボデ一 2に対してデバイスブロック 50が締結用ボルト 45 (図 1及び 図 2参照)により着脱可能に締結されているので、必要に応じて締結用ボルト 45を取 り外すことにより、スロットルボデ一 2からデバイスブロック 50を分離させることができる 。このため、スロットルボデ一 2及びデバイスブロック 50のメンテナンスを容易に行うこ とがでさる。 [0182] Since the device block 50 is detachably fastened to the throttle body 2 with fastening bolts 45 (see Figs. 1 and 2), the fastening bolts 45 are removed as necessary. As a result, the device block 50 can be separated from the throttle body 2. Therefore, maintenance of the throttle body 2 and the device block 50 can be easily performed.
[0183] また、前記凸条 194は、次の変更例 1〜6のものに変更することができる。 [0183] Further, the ridge 194 can be changed to those of the following modified examples 1 to 6.
[変更例 1] [Modification 1]
図 39に示すように、変更例 1における凸条 194Aは、先端部の内周側及び外周側 に斜面 195 (図 36参照)を有しない単なる断面四角形状に形成したものである。 As shown in FIG. 39, the ridges 194A in the first modification are formed in a simple rectangular shape with no inclined surface 195 (see FIG. 36) on the inner and outer peripheral sides of the tip.
[変更例 2] [Modification 2]
図 40に示すように、変更例 2における凸条 194Bは、前記変更例 1における凸条 19 4A (図 39参照)の先端部の内周側のみに斜面 195 (図 36参照)を形成したものであ る。 As shown in FIG. 40, the ridge 194B in the modified example 2 is formed by forming a slope 195 (see FIG. 36) only on the inner peripheral side of the tip of the ridge 194A in the modified example 1 (see FIG. 39). It is.
[変更例 3] [Modification 3]
図 41に示すように、変更例 3における凸条 194Cは、前記変更例 1における凸条 19 4A (図 39参照)の先端部の外周側のみに斜面 195 (図 36参照)を形成したものであ る。 As shown in FIG. 41, the ridge 194C in the modified example 3 is formed by forming a slope 195 (see FIG. 36) only on the outer peripheral side of the tip of the ridge 194A (see FIG. 39) in the modified example 1. is there.
[0184] [変更例 4] [0184] [Modification 4]
図 42に示すように、変更例 4における凸条 194Dは、前記実施例 1における斜面 1 95 (図 36参照)を、断面凸型円弧状の曲面 195Aに変更したものである。 [変更例 5] As shown in FIG. 42, the ridge 194D in the modified example 4 is obtained by changing the slope 195 (see FIG. 36) in the first embodiment to a curved surface 195A having a convex cross-section arc shape. [Modification 5]
図 43に示すように、変更例 5における凸条 194Eは、前記実施例 1における斜面 19 5 (図 36参照)を、断面凹型円弧状の曲面 195Bに変更したものである。 As shown in FIG. 43, the ridge 194E in the modified example 5 is obtained by changing the slope 195 (see FIG. 36) in the first embodiment to a curved surface 195B having a concave arcuate cross section.
[変更例 6] [Modification 6]
図 44に示すように、変更例 6における凸条 194Fは、前記実施例 1における斜面 19 5 (図 36参照)を、断面段付状の段差面 195Cに変更したものである。 As shown in FIG. 44, the protrusion 194F in the modification 6 is obtained by changing the slope 195 (see FIG. 36) in the first embodiment to a step surface 195C having a stepped cross section.
[0185] [実施例 2] [0185] [Example 2]
実施例 2を説明する。本実施例は、前記実施例 1の一部に変更を加えたものである から、その変更部分について説明し、重複する説明は省略する。また、以降の実施 例についても、その変更部分について説明し、重複する説明は省略する。本実施例 は、前記実施例 1におけるデバイスブロック 50とデバイスカバー 60との当接部 200 ( 図 36及び図 37参照)に変更をカ卩えたものである。 Example 2 will be described. Since the present embodiment is obtained by changing a part of the first embodiment, the changed portion will be described and redundant description will be omitted. Also, in the following examples, the changed parts will be described, and duplicate descriptions will be omitted. In this embodiment, a change is made to the contact portion 200 (see FIGS. 36 and 37) between the device block 50 and the device cover 60 in the first embodiment.
[0186] 図 45に示すように、本実施例は、前記実施例 1におけるデバイスカバー 60のストツ パ部 197 (図 36参照)を省略することにより、デバイスカバー 60の外周部 206を平板 状に形成している。また、デバイスブロック 50の外周部には、デバイスカバー 60の外 周部 206に向けて突出するストッパ部 208が全周に亘つて一体形成されている。スト ッパ部 208は、断面四角形状に形成されている。ストッパ部 208の突出高さ 208Hは 、前記凸条 194の突出高さ 194H力も溶着代 Aを差し引 、た高さに設定されて!、る。 As shown in FIG. 45, in this embodiment, the outer peripheral portion 206 of the device cover 60 is formed into a flat plate shape by omitting the stopper portion 197 (see FIG. 36) of the device cover 60 in the first embodiment. Forming. Further, a stopper portion 208 protruding toward the outer peripheral portion 206 of the device cover 60 is integrally formed on the outer peripheral portion of the device block 50 over the entire periphery. The stopper portion 208 is formed in a quadrangular cross section. The protrusion height 208H of the stopper 208 is set to a height obtained by subtracting the welding allowance A from the protrusion height 194H force of the ridge 194!
[0187] また、ストッパ部 208の外周面は、デバイスブロック 50の周壁部 57の外周面と同一 面をなし、かつ、デバイスカバー 60の外周面と同一面をなすように形成されている。 また、ストッパ部 208の内周面と凸条 194の外周面との間には環状の隙間 209が形 成されている。なお、デバイスブロック 50のストッパ部 208とデバイスカバー 60の外周 部 206とは、互いに当接可能でかつ当接により溶着時における凸条 194の溶着代 A を規定する当接部 210を構成している。当接部 210は、凸条 194の外周側に所定間 隔の隙間 209を隔てて多重環状に設けられている。その他の構成は、前記実施例 1 のものと同様である。 Further, the outer peripheral surface of the stopper portion 208 is formed to be flush with the outer peripheral surface of the peripheral wall portion 57 of the device block 50 and to be flush with the outer peripheral surface of the device cover 60. An annular gap 209 is formed between the inner peripheral surface of the stopper portion 208 and the outer peripheral surface of the ridge 194. The stopper portion 208 of the device block 50 and the outer peripheral portion 206 of the device cover 60 constitute an abutting portion 210 that can abut against each other and that defines the welding allowance A of the protrusion 194 during welding. Yes. The abutting portion 210 is provided in a multiple ring shape on the outer peripheral side of the ridge 194 with a predetermined gap 209 therebetween. Other configurations are the same as those of the first embodiment.
[0188] 本実施例によると、図 46に示すように、凸条 194の先端部を溶着代 Aとしてデバイ スブロック 50にデバイスカバー 60がレーザー溶着される際、デバイスカバー 60の外 周部 206に対して、デバイスブロック 50のストッパ部 208の先端面が当接することに より、凸条 194の先端部の溶着代 Aが規定される。また、ストツバ部 208の内周面と凸 条 194の外周面との間に形成される隙間 209に、溶着による榭脂バリ 202を収容す ることができる。したがって、本実施例によっても、前記実施例 1と同様の作用'効果 を得ることができる。 According to the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 46, when the device cover 60 is laser welded to the device block 50 with the tip of the projection 194 as the welding allowance A, When the distal end surface of the stopper portion 208 of the device block 50 comes into contact with the peripheral portion 206, the welding allowance A of the distal end portion of the convex strip 194 is defined. In addition, a resin burr 202 by welding can be accommodated in a gap 209 formed between the inner peripheral surface of the stagger portion 208 and the outer peripheral surface of the protrusion 194. Therefore, this embodiment can also achieve the same effect as the first embodiment.
[0189] [実施例 3] [0189] [Example 3]
実施例 3を説明する。本実施例は、前記実施例 1の一部に変更を加えたものである から、その変更部分について説明し、重複する説明は省略する。 Example 3 will be described. Since the present embodiment is obtained by changing a part of the first embodiment, the changed portion will be described and redundant description will be omitted.
本実施例は、前記実施例 1におけるデバイスブロック 50とデバイスカバー 60との当 接部 200 (図 36及び図 37参照)〖こもう 1つの当接部を設けたものである。 In this embodiment, a contact portion 200 (see FIGS. 36 and 37) between the device block 50 and the device cover 60 in the first embodiment is provided.
図 47に示すように、本実施例は、前記実施例 1におけるデバイスブロック 50の周壁 部 57の開口端面に、外周側の接合面部 192bに対して凸条 194を間にして線対称 状をなす内周側の接合面部 192cが形成されている。 As shown in FIG. 47, in this embodiment, the opening end surface of the peripheral wall portion 57 of the device block 50 in the first embodiment is line-symmetrical with a protrusion 194 between the outer peripheral joint surface portion 192b. An inner peripheral joint surface portion 192c is formed.
[0190] また、デバイスカバー 60の外周部には、デバイスブロック 50の内周側の接合面部 1 92c上に向けて突出するストッパ部 212が全周に亘つて一体形成されている。ストツ パ部 212は、前記ストッパ部 197に対してデバイスブロック 50の凸条 194を間にして 線対称状をなしている。したがって、ストッパ部 212の外周面と凸条 194の内周面と の間に環状の隙間 213が形成される。なお、デバイスブロック 50の内周側の接合面 部 192cとストッパ部 212とは、互いに当接可能でかつ当接により溶着時における凸 条 194の溶着代 Aを規定する当接部 214を構成している。当接部 214は、凸条 194 の内周側に所定間隔の隙間 213を隔てて多重環状に設けられている。その他の構 成は、前記実施例 1のものと同様である。 [0190] In addition, a stopper portion 212 that protrudes toward the joint surface portion 192c on the inner peripheral side of the device block 50 is integrally formed on the outer peripheral portion of the device cover 60 over the entire periphery. The stopper 212 is line-symmetric with respect to the stopper 197 with the protrusion 194 of the device block 50 interposed therebetween. Therefore, an annular gap 213 is formed between the outer peripheral surface of the stopper portion 212 and the inner peripheral surface of the ridge 194. The joint surface portion 192c on the inner peripheral side of the device block 50 and the stopper portion 212 constitute an abutting portion 214 that can abut against each other and that defines the welding allowance A of the protrusion 194 during welding. ing. The contact portion 214 is provided in a multiple ring shape with a gap 213 at a predetermined interval on the inner peripheral side of the protrusion 194. Other configurations are the same as those of the first embodiment.
[0191] 本実施例によると、図 48に示すように、デバイスブロック 50にデバイスカバー 60が レーザー溶着される際、デバイスブロック 50の外周側の接合面部 192bに対してスト ツバ部 197の先端面が当接するとともに、デバイスブロック 50の内周側の接合面部 1 92cに対してストツバ部 212の先端面が当接することにより、凸条 194の先端部の溶 着代 Aが規定される。また、ストッパ部 212の外周面と凸条 194の内周面との間に形 成される隙間 213に、溶着により凸条 194の内周側にはみ出す榭脂バリ 202を収容 することができる。 According to the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 48, when the device cover 60 is laser welded to the device block 50, the front end surface of the stubber portion 197 with respect to the joint surface portion 192b on the outer peripheral side of the device block 50 , And the tip end surface of the stagger portion 212 abuts against the joint surface portion 192c on the inner peripheral side of the device block 50, whereby the welding allowance A of the tip end portion of the protrusion 194 is defined. In addition, in the gap 213 formed between the outer peripheral surface of the stopper portion 212 and the inner peripheral surface of the ridge 194, the grease burr 202 that protrudes to the inner peripheral side of the ridge 194 is accommodated by welding. can do.
[0192] 本実施例によっても、前記実施例 1と同様の作用 ·効果を得ることができる。また、 当接部 214を、凸条 194の内周側に所定間隔の隙間 213を隔てて多重環状に形成 したものである。したがって、凸条 194の内周側にはみ出そうとする榭脂バリ 202を凸 条 194と当接部 214との間の隙間 213に隠蔽することができ、ひいてはその榭脂バリ 202が車両振動等によりデバイスユニット 3の内部空間へ飛散することを防止し、その 榭脂バリ 202によるデバイス部品の性能低下や構成部品の損傷を回避することがで きる。なお、内周側のストッパ部 212は、デバイスカバー 60に代えて、デバイスブロッ ク 50〖こ形成することちでさる。 [0192] Also in this embodiment, the same actions and effects as those of Embodiment 1 can be obtained. In addition, the contact portion 214 is formed in a multiple ring shape with a gap 213 having a predetermined interval on the inner peripheral side of the protrusion 194. Therefore, it is possible to conceal the grease burr 202 that tries to protrude to the inner peripheral side of the ridge 194 in the gap 213 between the ridge 194 and the abutting portion 214, and the resin burr 202 can be Therefore, scattering into the internal space of the device unit 3 can be prevented, and deterioration of the performance of the device parts and damage to the components due to the resin burr 202 can be avoided. The inner peripheral stopper 212 is formed by forming a device block 50 mm in place of the device cover 60.
[0193] 図 49に示すように、デバイスブロック 50にデバイスカバー 60を沈み込ませる際に、 図示しな!、クランプ装置のクランプ部材 218により、デバイスブロック 50の凸条 194に 対するデバイスカバー 60の溶着部の内周側(図 49において右側)にずれた部位を 接合方向(図 49において下方)に片持ち状に押圧する。これにより、デバイスカバー 60にたわみを生じさせる。これにより、凸条 194に対するデバイスカバー 60の接触圧 を高めることができ、デバイスブロック 50とデバイスカバー 60とのレーザー光による榭 脂溶着によるシール性を一層向上することができる。 [0193] As shown in FIG. 49, when the device cover 60 is submerged in the device block 50, not shown! The clamping member 218 of the clamping device causes the device cover 60 to be The part shifted to the inner circumference side (right side in FIG. 49) of the welded portion is pressed in a cantilevered manner in the joining direction (downward in FIG. 49). This causes the device cover 60 to bend. As a result, the contact pressure of the device cover 60 with respect to the ridges 194 can be increased, and the sealability of the device block 50 and the device cover 60 due to resin welding by laser light can be further improved.
また、図 50に示すように、前記実施例 3におけるデバイスブロック 50の外周側の接 合面部 192bとストッパ部 197とによる当接部 200 (図 47参照)は省略することもできる Further, as shown in FIG. 50, the contact portion 200 (see FIG. 47) formed by the contact surface portion 192b and the stopper portion 197 on the outer peripheral side of the device block 50 in the third embodiment may be omitted.
[0194] [実施例 1の補足説明 1] [0194] [Supplementary Explanation of Example 1]
次に、前記実施例 1におけるデバイスブロック 50における ISCバルブ 51の組付け にかかる構成について詳しく説明する。 Next, the configuration related to the assembly of the ISC valve 51 in the device block 50 in the first embodiment will be described in detail.
図 53に示すように、前記デバイスブロック 50のモータ嵌合部 72の内周面には、複 数本(図 53では 6本を示す。)の線条突起 220が等間隔(60° 間隔)で一体形成さ れている(図 54参照)。各線条突起 220は、図 52に示すように、モータ嵌合部 72の 段部 73から開口側(図 52において上側)に向力つて直線状に延びている。各線条突 起 220の長さ(図 52において上下方向の長さが相当する。)は、モータ嵌合部 72の 軸方向長さの約半分以上でかつ互いに異なる長さとなっている。各線条突起 220は 、モータ嵌合部 72内に対する前記 ISCバルブ 51のステップモータ 108のモータハウ ジング 112 (図 17参照)の挿入時の挿入荷重により塑性変形可能に形成されている 。また、各線条突起 220の後端部(図 52において上端部)には、モータ嵌合部 72の 開口側に向力つて次第に広くなる斜面 221が形成されている。なお、各線条突起 22 0は、本明細書でいう「塑性変形部」に相当する。また、各斜面 221は、本明細書でい う「ァクチユエータ用ガイド部」に相当する。 As shown in FIG. 53, on the inner peripheral surface of the motor fitting portion 72 of the device block 50, a plurality (6 are shown in FIG. 53) of linear protrusions 220 are equally spaced (60 ° intervals). (See Fig. 54). As shown in FIG. 52, each linear protrusion 220 extends linearly from the stepped portion 73 of the motor fitting portion 72 toward the opening side (the upper side in FIG. 52). The length of each linear protrusion 220 (corresponding to the length in the vertical direction in FIG. 52) is about half or more of the axial length of the motor fitting portion 72 and different from each other. Each wire protrusion 220 is The motor fitting portion 72 is formed so as to be plastically deformable by an insertion load when the motor housing 112 (see FIG. 17) of the step motor 108 of the ISC valve 51 is inserted into the motor fitting portion 72. In addition, an inclined surface 221 that gradually increases toward the opening side of the motor fitting portion 72 is formed at the rear end portion (upper end portion in FIG. 52) of each linear protrusion 220. Each linear protrusion 220 corresponds to a “plastic deformation portion” in the present specification. Each slope 221 corresponds to an “actuator guide section” in this specification.
[0195] 図 52に示すように、前記モータ嵌合部 72の反スロットルボデ一側(図 52において 上側)の開口端部には、その内径を大きくする開口孔部 224が形成されている。また 、周方向に隣り合う前記線条突起 220の相互間には、開口孔部 224に連続しかつ段 部 73に近くに延びる条溝 225が形成されている(図 53参照)。この条溝 225の形成 により、周方向に隣り合う条溝 225の相互間に線条突起 220を有する支持凸部 226 が形成されている(図 54参照)。また、モータ嵌合部 72の段部 73における反スロット ルボデ一側(図 52において上側)の段面上には、環状のバリ逃がし溝 228が形成さ れている(図 53参照)。なお、デバイスブロック 50において、前記弁体嵌合部 74の内 周面側に関する構成については、既に説明しているためここでの説明は省略する。 As shown in FIG. 52, an opening hole 224 that increases the inner diameter is formed at the opening end of the motor fitting portion 72 on the side opposite to the throttle body (upper side in FIG. 52). Further, between the linear protrusions 220 adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction, a groove 225 that continues to the opening hole 224 and extends close to the step 73 is formed (see FIG. 53). Due to the formation of the groove 225, a support convex portion 226 having a linear protrusion 220 is formed between the adjacent grooves 225 in the circumferential direction (see FIG. 54). An annular burr relief groove 228 is formed on the step surface of the stepped portion 73 of the motor fitting portion 72 on the side opposite to the throttle body (upper side in FIG. 52) (see FIG. 53). In addition, in the device block 50, since the structure regarding the internal peripheral surface side of the said valve body fitting part 74 has already been demonstrated, description here is abbreviate | omitted.
[0196] 図 17に示す状態において、前記デバイスブロック 50のモータ嵌合部 72及び弁体 嵌合部 74に対して、 ISCノ レブ 51を組付ける際には、デバイスブロック 50のモータ 嵌合部 72を通じて弁体嵌合部 74内に ISCバルブ 51の弁体 110を嵌合すなわち挿 入する。これととともに、モータ嵌合部 72内に ISCバルブ 51のステップモータ 108の モータハウジング 112を嵌合すなわち挿入する。このとき、モータ嵌合部 72の各線条 突起 220の斜面 221 (図 52参照)内に対するモータハウジング 112の嵌合により、モ ータハウジング 112がセンタリングされる。 In the state shown in FIG. 17, when the ISC solenoid 51 is assembled to the motor fitting portion 72 and the valve body fitting portion 74 of the device block 50, the motor fitting portion of the device block 50 is used. The valve body 110 of the ISC valve 51 is fitted, that is, inserted into the valve body fitting portion 74 through 72. At the same time, the motor housing 112 of the step motor 108 of the ISC valve 51 is fitted, that is, inserted into the motor fitting portion 72. At this time, the motor housing 112 is centered by fitting the motor housing 112 into the inclined surface 221 (see FIG. 52) of each linear protrusion 220 of the motor fitting portion 72.
[0197] 続いて、モータ嵌合部 72内にモータハウジング 112が挿入されていくにともない、 各線条突起 220がモータハウジング 112により塑性変形されるいわゆる押し潰される 。その結果、モータハウジング 112に変形をきたすことなぐモータ嵌合部 72の支持 凸部 226とモータハウジング 112との間の隙間がほとんどなくなる。このため、モータ 嵌合部 72内にモータハウジング 112が圧入される。そして、最終的に、デバイスプロ ック 50の段部 73上にモータハウジング 112の底板部 112aが当接することにより、モ 一タ嵌合部 72内に対するモータハウジング 112の圧入が完了する(図 22参照)。こ のとき、各線条突起 220の塑性変形によって生じる榭脂バリは、デバイスブロック 50 の段部 73上のバリ逃がし溝 228 (図 52及び図 53参照)内に収容される。 Subsequently, as the motor housing 112 is inserted into the motor fitting portion 72, the linear protrusions 220 are crushed so as to be plastically deformed by the motor housing 112. As a result, there is almost no gap between the support convex portion 226 of the motor fitting portion 72 and the motor housing 112 without causing the motor housing 112 to be deformed. For this reason, the motor housing 112 is press-fitted into the motor fitting portion 72. Finally, the bottom plate portion 112a of the motor housing 112 abuts on the step portion 73 of the device block 50, so that the module The press-fitting of the motor housing 112 into the one-fitting portion 72 is completed (see FIG. 22). At this time, the grease burrs generated by the plastic deformation of the linear protrusions 220 are accommodated in the burr escape grooves 228 (see FIGS. 52 and 53) on the step 73 of the device block 50.
[0198] 次に、前記スロットルボデ一 2に対する前記デバイスブロック 50の弁体嵌合部 74の 組付けにかかる構成について詳しく説明する。 [0198] Next, a configuration for assembling the valve body fitting portion 74 of the device block 50 to the throttle body 2 will be described in detail.
図 56に示すように、弁体嵌合部 74の外周面は、基部側の大径部 230と、先端側の 小径部 232と、大径部 230と小径部 232とをなだらかにつなぐテーパ部 231とを有し ている(図 52参照)。大径部 230の外周面には、複数本(図 55では 12本を示す。)の 線状突起 234が等間隔(30° 間隔)で一体形成されている。各線状突起 234は、大 径部 230の軸方向(図 52において上下方向)に延びている。各線状突起 234は、前 記スロットルボデ一 2のユニット装着部 26の装着面 26aに開口する前記バイパス出口 孔 30の弁体嵌合部用孔部 32aの開口端部内に対する弁体嵌合部 74の挿入時の挿 入荷重により塑性変形可能に形成されている(図 56参照)。なお、テーパ部 231は、 本明細書でいう「弁体嵌合部用ガイド部」に相当する。また、各線状突起 234は、本 明細書でいう「塑性変形部」に相当する。また、スロットルボデ一 2のユニット装着部 2 6の装着面 26aに開口するバイパス出口孔 30の横孔部 32に関する構成にっ 、ては 、既に説明しているためここでの説明は省略する。 As shown in FIG. 56, the outer peripheral surface of the valve body fitting portion 74 has a tapered portion that gently connects the large-diameter portion 230 on the base side, the small-diameter portion 232 on the distal end side, and the large-diameter portion 230 and the small-diameter portion 232. 231 (see Fig. 52). On the outer peripheral surface of the large-diameter portion 230, a plurality of (12 in FIG. 55) linear protrusions 234 are integrally formed at equal intervals (30 ° intervals). Each linear protrusion 234 extends in the axial direction (vertical direction in FIG. 52) of the large-diameter portion 230. Each linear protrusion 234 is a valve body fitting portion 74 with respect to the inside of the opening end portion of the valve body fitting portion hole 32a of the bypass outlet hole 30 that opens to the mounting surface 26a of the unit mounting portion 26 of the throttle body 2. It is formed so that it can be plastically deformed by the insertion load during insertion (see Fig. 56). The tapered portion 231 corresponds to a “valve body fitting portion guide portion” in the present specification. Further, each linear protrusion 234 corresponds to a “plastic deformation portion” in the present specification. Further, since the configuration related to the lateral hole portion 32 of the bypass outlet hole 30 that opens to the mounting surface 26a of the unit mounting portion 26 of the throttle body 2 has already been described, the description thereof is omitted here.
[0199] 図 56に示す状態において、前記スロットルボデ一 2のユニット装着部 26にデバイス ユニット 3を組付ける際には、スロットルボデ一 2のバイパス出口孔 30における弁体嵌 合部用孔部 32aの開口端部内に、デバイスブロック 50の弁体嵌合部 74を小径部 23 2、テーパ部 231、大径部 230の順に嵌合する。このとき、弁体嵌合部用孔部 32aの 開口端部内に対する弁体嵌合部 74のテーパ部 231の嵌合すなわち挿入により、弁 体嵌合部 74がセンタリングされる。続いて、弁体嵌合部用孔部 32aの開口端部内に 大径部 230が嵌合されるにともない、各線状突起 234が弁体嵌合部用孔部 32aの開 口端部内により塑性変形されるいわゆる押し潰される。その結果、弁体嵌合部 74に 変形をきたすことなぐ弁体嵌合部用孔部 32aの開口端部内と弁体嵌合部 74の大径 部 230との間の隙間がほとんどなくなる。このため、弁体嵌合部用孔部 32aの開口端 部内に大径部 230が圧入される。そして、最終的に、ユニット装着部 26の装着面 26 aにデバイスブロック 50の取付面 50aが当接することにより、弁体嵌合部用孔部 32a 内に対する弁体嵌合部 74の大径部 230の圧入が完了する(図 7参照)。 In the state shown in FIG. 56, when assembling the device unit 3 to the unit mounting portion 26 of the throttle body 2, the valve body fitting hole 32a in the bypass outlet hole 30 of the throttle body 2 The valve body fitting portion 74 of the device block 50 is fitted into the opening end of the small diameter portion 232, the tapered portion 231 and the large diameter portion 230 in this order. At this time, the valve body fitting portion 74 is centered by fitting, that is, inserting, the taper portion 231 of the valve body fitting portion 74 into the opening end portion of the valve body fitting portion hole 32a. Subsequently, as the large-diameter portion 230 is fitted into the opening end portion of the valve body fitting portion hole portion 32a, each linear protrusion 234 becomes more plastic in the opening end portion of the valve body fitting portion hole portion 32a. It is so-called crushed to be deformed. As a result, there is almost no gap between the opening end portion of the valve body fitting portion hole 32a and the large diameter portion 230 of the valve body fitting portion 74 without causing deformation of the valve body fitting portion 74. For this reason, the large diameter portion 230 is press-fitted into the opening end of the valve body fitting portion hole 32a. Finally, the mounting surface 26 of the unit mounting part 26 When the mounting surface 50a of the device block 50 comes into contact with a, the press fitting of the large diameter portion 230 of the valve body fitting portion 74 into the valve body fitting portion hole 32a is completed (see FIG. 7).
[0200] 上記したデバイスユニット 3によると、デバイスブロック 50に対して複数のデバイス部 品(ISCバルブ 51、スロットルポジションセンサ 52、温度センサ 53、及び、圧力センサ 54)を反スロットルボデ一側(図 11にお 、て上側、図 3にお!/、て左側)力 スロットル バルブ 14の回動軸線 9L方向(図 3において左右方向)に沿って組付けたものである 。これにより、デバイスブロック 50に対して複数のデバイス部品を異なる方向力も組付 ける場合 (前記特許文献 3参照)と比べて、デバイスブロック 50に対する複数のデバ イス部品の組付性を向上することができる。ひいては、デバイスブロック 50に対する 複数のデバイス部品の組付けの自動化に対応することが可能となり、デバイスュ-ッ ト 3の量産性を向上し、低コストィ匕を実現することができる。 [0200] According to the above device unit 3, a plurality of device components (ISC valve 51, throttle position sensor 52, temperature sensor 53, and pressure sensor 54) are connected to the device block 50 on the side opposite to the throttle body (Fig. 11 on the upper side, FIG. 3! /, On the left side) Force Throttle valve 14 is assembled along the rotation axis 9L direction (left and right direction in FIG. 3). As a result, the assembling property of the plurality of device parts to the device block 50 can be improved as compared with the case where a plurality of device parts are also assembled to the device block 50 with different directional forces (see Patent Document 3). it can. As a result, it becomes possible to cope with automation of assembly of a plurality of device parts to the device block 50, thereby improving the mass productivity of the device unit 3 and realizing low cost.
[0201] また、デバイスブロック 50の各端子板 99a, 99bに対する ISCバルブ 51のステップ モータ 108の端子 117の抵抗溶接等による接続(図 22参照)、デバイスブロック 50の 各端子板 100a, 100bに対する温度センサ 53のサーミスタ 140の各ターミナル 141 の端末部の抵抗溶接等による接続(図 23参照)も、反スロットルボデ一側(図 22にお いて上側、図 23において左側)から行なうことができる。したがって、デバイスブロック 50に対する ISCバルブ 51のステップモータ 108、温度センサ 53のサーミスタ 140の 各ターミナル 141の組付性を向上し、その組付けにかかる自動化に容易に対応する ことができる。 [0201] In addition, connection to the terminal blocks 99a and 99b of the device block 50 by resistance welding or the like of the terminal 117 of the step motor 108 of the ISC valve 51 (see Fig. 22), the temperature of the terminal blocks 100a and 100b of the device block 50 Connection by resistance welding or the like (see FIG. 23) of the terminal portion of each terminal 141 of the thermistor 140 of the sensor 53 can also be made from the side opposite to the throttle body (upper side in FIG. 22, left side in FIG. 23). Therefore, it is possible to improve the assembly of the step motor 108 of the ISC valve 51 and the terminal 141 of the thermistor 140 of the temperature sensor 53 with respect to the device block 50, and to easily cope with the automation related to the assembly.
[0202] また、複数のデバイス部品(ISCノ レブ 51、スロットルポジションセンサ 52、温度セ ンサ 53、及び、圧力センサ 54) 1S スロットルバルブ 14の回動軸線 9L方向(図 3にお いて左右方向)に非重合状態で配置されている。このため、デバイスブロック 50に対 する複数のデバイス部品の組付時の相互干渉を回避し、それらのデバイス部品の組 付けを並列的に行なうことが可能となる。このことは、デバイスユニット 3の量産性の向 上に有効である。 [0202] In addition, multiple device parts (ISC solenoid 51, throttle position sensor 52, temperature sensor 53, and pressure sensor 54) 1S Rotation axis of throttle valve 14 9L direction (left and right direction in Fig. 3) In a non-polymerized state. Therefore, it is possible to avoid mutual interference when assembling a plurality of device parts to the device block 50, and to assemble these device parts in parallel. This is effective in improving the mass productivity of the device unit 3.
[0203] また、スロットルバルブ 14を迂回するノ ィパス通路 70を流れる補助空気量を制御 する ISCバルブ 51 (図 19参照)がデバイスブロック 50にモジュール化されたデバイス ユニット 3を提供することができる。 [0204] また、デバイスブロック 50のモータ嵌合部 72を通じて弁体嵌合部 74内に弁体 110 を嵌合するととともに、モータ嵌合部 72内にステップモータ 108 (詳しくは、モータハ ウジング 112)を嵌合することにより、デバイスブロック 50に ISCノ レブ 51を容易に組 付けることができる(図 22参照)。 [0203] Further, the device unit 3 in which the ISC valve 51 (see FIG. 19) that controls the amount of auxiliary air flowing through the nopass passage 70 that bypasses the throttle valve 14 is modularized can be provided. [0204] Further, the valve body 110 is fitted into the valve body fitting portion 74 through the motor fitting portion 72 of the device block 50, and the step motor 108 (specifically, the motor housing 112) is placed in the motor fitting portion 72. By fitting the ISC solenoid 51, the device block 50 can be easily assembled (see Fig. 22).
[0205] また、デバイスブロック 50のモータ嵌合部 72内にステップモータ 108 (詳しくは、モ ータハウジング 112)を圧入することにより、そのモータ嵌合部 72内にステップモータ 108を位置決めすることができる(図 22参照)。 Further, the step motor 108 can be positioned in the motor fitting portion 72 by press-fitting the step motor 108 (specifically, the motor housing 112) into the motor fitting portion 72 of the device block 50. (See Figure 22).
[0206] また、デバイスブロック 50のモータ嵌合部 72内にステップモータ 108 (詳しくは、モ ータハウジング 112)を圧入する際に、そのモータ嵌合部 72の内周面に設けられて いる各線条突起 220 (図 52〜図 54参照)が塑性変形されることにより、モータ嵌合部 72内にステップモータ 108を容易に圧入することができる。 [0206] Further, when the step motor 108 (specifically, the motor housing 112) is press-fitted into the motor fitting portion 72 of the device block 50, each linear strip provided on the inner peripheral surface of the motor fitting portion 72 is provided. The step motor 108 can be easily press-fitted into the motor fitting portion 72 by plastically deforming the protrusion 220 (see FIGS. 52 to 54).
[0207] また、デバイスブロック 50のモータ嵌合部 72内にステップモータ 108 (詳しくは、モ ータハウジング 112)を嵌合する際に、各線条突起 220の斜面 221 (図 52参照)によ りステップモータ 108が案内されることにより、そのモータ嵌合部 72内にステップモー タ 108を容易にセンタリングすることができる。 [0207] Further, when the step motor 108 (specifically, the motor housing 112) is fitted into the motor fitting portion 72 of the device block 50, the step is performed by the slope 221 (see Fig. 52) of each linear protrusion 220. By guiding the motor 108, the step motor 108 can be easily centered in the motor fitting portion 72.
[0208] また、デバイスブロック 50の弁体嵌合部 74をスロットルボデ一 2のバイパス出口孔 3 0の弁体嵌合部用孔部 32a内に嵌合することにより、弁体嵌合部 74をスロットルボデ 一 2に重畳的に配置することができる(図 7参照)。このため、スロットルボデ一 2にデ バイスユニット 3をコンパクトに組込むことができる。 [0208] Further, the valve body fitting portion 74 of the device block 50 is fitted into the valve body fitting portion hole 32a of the bypass outlet hole 30 of the throttle body 2. Can be superimposed on the throttle body 2 (see Fig. 7). For this reason, the device unit 3 can be assembled into the throttle body 2 in a compact manner.
[0209] また、スロットルボデ一 2のバイパス出口孔 30の弁体嵌合部用孔部 32aの開口端部 内にデバイスブロック 50の弁体嵌合部 74の大径部 230を圧入することにより、その 弁体嵌合部用孔部 32aの開口端部内に弁体嵌合部 74を位置決めすることができる( 図 7参照)。 [0209] Further, the large diameter portion 230 of the valve body fitting portion 74 of the device block 50 is press-fitted into the opening end portion of the valve body fitting portion hole 32a of the bypass outlet hole 30 of the throttle body 2. Thus, the valve body fitting portion 74 can be positioned within the opening end of the valve body fitting portion hole 32a (see FIG. 7).
[0210] また、スロットルボデ一 2のバイパス出口孔 30の弁体嵌合部用孔部 32aの開口端部 内にデバイスブロック 50の弁体嵌合部 74の大径部 230を圧入する際に、その弁体 嵌合部 74の大径部 230の外周面に設けられている各線状突起 234 (図 55及び図 5 6参照)が塑性変形される。これにより、弁体嵌合部用孔部 32aの開口端部内に弁体 嵌合部 74の大径部 230を容易に圧入することができる。 [0211] また、スロットルボデ一 2のバイパス出口孔 30の弁体嵌合部用孔部 32aの開口端部 内にデバイスブロック 50の弁体嵌合部 74の大径部 230を嵌合する際に、テーパ部 2 31 (図 56参照)により弁体嵌合部 74が案内される。これにより、弁体嵌合部用孔部 3 2aの開口端部内に弁体嵌合部 74を容易にセンタリングすることができる(図 7参照) [0210] When the large diameter portion 230 of the valve body fitting portion 74 of the device block 50 is press-fitted into the opening end portion of the valve body fitting portion hole portion 32a of the bypass outlet hole 30 of the throttle body 2. The linear protrusions 234 (see FIGS. 55 and 56) provided on the outer peripheral surface of the large-diameter portion 230 of the valve body fitting portion 74 are plastically deformed. Thereby, the large-diameter portion 230 of the valve body fitting portion 74 can be easily press-fitted into the opening end portion of the valve body fitting portion hole 32a. [0211] When fitting the large-diameter portion 230 of the valve body fitting portion 74 of the device block 50 into the opening end portion of the valve body fitting portion hole 32a of the bypass outlet hole 30 of the throttle body 2 Further, the valve body fitting portion 74 is guided by the tapered portion 2 31 (see FIG. 56). Thereby, the valve body fitting part 74 can be easily centered in the opening end part of the hole part 32a for valve body fitting parts (refer FIG. 7).
[0212] また、スロットルバルブ 14の開度を検出するスロットルポジションセンサ 52 (図 12参 照)がデバイスブロック 50にモジュールィ匕されたデバイスユニット 3を提供することが できる。 [0212] Further, the device unit 3 in which the throttle position sensor 52 (see FIG. 12) for detecting the opening degree of the throttle valve 14 is modularized in the device block 50 can be provided.
[0213] また、吸気温を検出する温度センサ 53 (図 23参照)がデバイスブロック 50にモジュ 一ルイ匕されたデバイスユニット 3を提供することができる。 [0213] Further, it is possible to provide the device unit 3 in which the temperature sensor 53 (see FIG. 23) for detecting the intake air temperature is modulated into the device block 50.
[0214] また、吸気圧を検出する圧力センサ 54 (図 27参照)がデバイスブロック 50にモジュ 一ルイ匕されたデバイスユニット 3を提供することができる。 [0214] Further, it is possible to provide the device unit 3 in which the pressure sensor 54 (see FIG. 27) for detecting the intake pressure is modularized in the device block 50.
[0215] また、前記したエンジンの吸気装置 1 (図 1〜図 4参照)によると、エンジンのボア 7を 開閉するスロットルバルブ 14を備えるスロットルボデ一 2に、デバイスブロック 50に対 する複数のデバイス部品(ISCバルブ 51、スロットルポジションセンサ 52、温度センサ 53、及び、圧力センサ 54)の組付性を向上することのできるデバイスユニット 3を設け ることがでさる。 [0215] Further, according to the engine intake device 1 (see Figs. 1 to 4), a plurality of devices corresponding to the device block 50 are provided in the throttle body 2 including the throttle valve 14 that opens and closes the engine bore 7. It is possible to provide a device unit 3 that can improve the assemblability of components (ISC valve 51, throttle position sensor 52, temperature sensor 53, and pressure sensor 54).
[0216] また、スロットルボデ一 2に対してデバイスブロック 50が締結用ボルト 45 (図 1及び 図 2参照)により着脱可能に締結されているので、必要に応じて締結用ボルト 45を取 り外すことにより、スロットルボデ一 2からデバイスブロック 50を分離させることができる 。このため、スロットルボデ一 2及びデバイスブロック 50のメンテナンスを容易に行うこ とがでさる。 [0216] Since the device block 50 is detachably fastened to the throttle body 2 with fastening bolts 45 (see Figs. 1 and 2), the fastening bolts 45 are removed as necessary. As a result, the device block 50 can be separated from the throttle body 2. Therefore, maintenance of the throttle body 2 and the device block 50 can be easily performed.
[0217] [実施例 1の補足説明 2] [0217] [Supplementary Explanation 2 of Example 1]
次に、前記実施例 1における前記 ISCバルブ 51 (図 19参照)において、両ドライべ ァリング 124, 125により軸支されたロータシャフト 127の軸移動を規制するための軸 移動規制機構 250, 252について詳しく説明する。 Next, regarding the ISC valve 51 (see FIG. 19) in the first embodiment, the shaft movement restricting mechanisms 250 and 252 for restricting the axial movement of the rotor shaft 127 pivotally supported by both the driver rings 124 and 125 will be described. explain in detail.
図 57に示すように、一方(図 57において下側)の軸移動規制機構 250は、ステップ モータ 108の開作動時におけるロータシャフト 127の軸方向前方(図 57において下 方)への軸移動を規制するものであるので、開作動側軸移動規制機構 250という。ま た、他方(図 57において上側)の軸移動規制機構 252は、ステップモータ 108の開 作動時におけるロータシャフト 127の軸方向後方(図 57において上方)への軸移動 を規制するものであるので、開作動側軸移動規制機構 252という。 As shown in FIG. 57, one (lower side in FIG. 57) shaft movement restricting mechanism 250 is arranged in front of the rotor shaft 127 in the axial direction when the step motor 108 is opened (lower side in FIG. 57). Therefore, it is referred to as an opening operation side shaft movement restriction mechanism 250. Further, the other (upper side in FIG. 57) shaft movement restricting mechanism 252 restricts axial movement of the rotor shaft 127 in the axial rearward direction (upward in FIG. 57) when the step motor 108 is opened. This is referred to as an opening operation side shaft movement restriction mechanism 252.
[0218] まず、開作動側の軸移動規制機構 250を説明する。図 57に示すように、開作動側 の軸移動規制機構 250は、ステップモータ 108の開作動時において、弁体 110の最 大全開位置を規定するとともに、ステップモータ 108のステータ 113に対するロータシ ャフト 127の弁体 110側(図 57において下側)への進出移動を規制するものである。 その軸移動規制機構 250は、ロータシャフト 127の軸方向の一端部すなわち前端部 (図 57において下端部)と、弁体 110に設けられかつロータシャフト 127の前端部を 受入れる凹孔 254内の底面部 (符号、 254cを付す。)とにより構成されている(図 59 参照)。 First, the opening movement side shaft movement restricting mechanism 250 will be described. As shown in FIG. 57, the shaft movement restricting mechanism 250 on the opening operation side regulates the maximum fully opened position of the valve body 110 when the step motor 108 is opened, and the rotor shaft 127 with respect to the stator 113 of the step motor 108. This restricts the advancing movement to the valve body 110 side (lower side in FIG. 57). The axial movement restricting mechanism 250 includes an axial end portion of the rotor shaft 127, that is, a front end portion (a lower end portion in FIG. 57), and a bottom surface in a recessed hole 254 provided in the valve body 110 and receiving the front end portion of the rotor shaft 127. (See reference numeral 254c) (see Fig. 59).
[0219] 図 59に示すように、前記ロータシャフト 127の前端面(図 59において下端面)には 、凸型球面状のバルブストッパ部 256が突出されている。バルブストッパ部 256は、 前記弁体 110の凹孔 254内の底面部 254cに点接触状に当接可能となっている。詳 しくは、ステップモータ 108の開作動により弁体 110が閉状態(図 58参照)から開い ていくと、最終的に、図 57に示すように、弁体 110がモータハウジング 112の底板部 112aに当接する以前において、モータロータ 114のロータシャフト 127のバルブスト ッパ部 256が弁体 110の凹孔 254内の底面部 254cに点接触状に当接する(図 59 参照)ように構成している。これにより、ステップモータ 108のステータ 113に対する口 ータシャフト 127の進出移動(図 57において下方への移動)が規制される。また、弁 体 110のそれ以上の開動作が規制されることにより、弁体 110の最大全開位置が規 定される(図 57参照)。なお、弁体 110は、ステップモータ 108の開作動時における口 一タシャフト 127の軸移動方向の端部に当接する部材に相当する。 [0219] As shown in Fig. 59, a convex spherical valve stopper 256 is projected from the front end surface (lower end surface in Fig. 59) of the rotor shaft 127. The valve stopper portion 256 can come into contact with the bottom surface portion 254c in the concave hole 254 of the valve body 110 in a point contact manner. Specifically, when the valve body 110 is opened from the closed state (see FIG. 58) by the opening operation of the step motor 108, the valve body 110 finally becomes the bottom plate portion 112a of the motor housing 112 as shown in FIG. The valve stopper portion 256 of the rotor shaft 127 of the motor rotor 114 is configured to contact the bottom surface portion 254c in the concave hole 254 of the valve body 110 in a point contact manner (see FIG. 59). As a result, the advance movement of the stepper shaft 127 relative to the stator 113 of the step motor 108 (movement downward in FIG. 57) is restricted. Further, by restricting further opening operation of the valve body 110, the maximum fully open position of the valve body 110 is defined (see FIG. 57). The valve body 110 corresponds to a member that comes into contact with an end portion of the axial shaft 127 in the axial movement direction when the step motor 108 is opened.
[0220] 次に、閉動側の軸移動規制機構 252を説明する。図 58に示すように、閉作動側の 軸移動規制機構 252は、ステップモータ 108の閉作動時において、ステップモータ 1 08のステータ 113に対するロータシャフト 127の反弁体側への後退移動(図 58にお いて上方への移動)を規制するものである。その軸移動規制機構 252は、ロータシャ フト 127の軸方向の他端部すなわち後端部(図 58において上端部)と、前記ステータ 113に設けられかつロータシャフト 127の後端部に対向するカバープレート 123とに より構成されている(図 60参照)。 [0220] Next, the closing side shaft movement restricting mechanism 252 will be described. As shown in FIG. 58, when the step motor 108 is closed, the shaft movement restricting mechanism 252 on the closing operation side moves backward to the counter valve body side of the rotor shaft 127 relative to the stator 113 of the step motor 108 (see FIG. 58). (Upward movement). The shaft movement restricting mechanism 252 is a The other end portion in the axial direction of the shaft 127, that is, the rear end portion (the upper end portion in FIG. 58), and a cover plate 123 provided on the stator 113 and facing the rear end portion of the rotor shaft 127 (see FIG. (See Figure 60).
[0221] 図 60に示すように、前記ロータシャフト 127の後端面(図 60において上端面)は、 凸型球面状のバルブストッパ部 257として形成されて!、る。バルブストッパ部 257は、 前記カバープレート 123に点接触状に当接可能となっている。しかして、前に述べた ように、モータロータ 114は、前記バルブスプリング 138の弾性力により弁体 110とと もに後退方向(図 58において上方)へ付勢されている。このため、ロータシャフト 127 のバルブストッパ部 257は、バルブスプリング 138の弾性力をもって、常にカバープレ ート 123に点接触状に当接する状態に保持されている。 [0221] As shown in FIG. 60, the rear end surface (upper end surface in FIG. 60) of the rotor shaft 127 is formed as a convex spherical valve stopper 257 !. The valve stopper 257 can contact the cover plate 123 in a point contact manner. As described above, the motor rotor 114 is urged in the backward direction (upward in FIG. 58) together with the valve body 110 by the elastic force of the valve spring 138. For this reason, the valve stopper portion 257 of the rotor shaft 127 is always held in a point contact state with the cover plate 123 by the elastic force of the valve spring 138.
[0222] また、ステップモータ 108の閉作動により弁体 110が開状態(図 57参照)から閉じて いくと、最終的に、弁体 110がスロットルボデ一 2のユニット装着部 26の弁シート部 33 に当接することで、バイパス通路 70が閉鎖されるとともに、弁体 110のそれ以上の閉 動作が規制されることにより、弁体 110の最大全閉位置が規定される(図 58参照)。こ のとき、ロータシャフト 127が後退方向(図 58において上方)への反力を受ける力 バ ルブストツパ部 257がカバープレート 123に点接触状に当接しているため、ステップ モータ 108のステータ 113に対するロータシャフト 127の反弁体側への後退移動(図 58において上方への移動)が規制される。なお、カバープレート 123は、ステップモ ータ 108の閉作動時におけるロータシャフト 127の軸移動方向の端部に当接する部 材に相当する。 [0222] When the valve body 110 is closed from the open state (see Fig. 57) by the closing operation of the step motor 108, the valve body 110 finally becomes the valve seat portion of the unit mounting portion 26 of the throttle body 2. By contacting 33, the bypass passage 70 is closed and further closing operation of the valve body 110 is restricted, whereby the maximum fully closed position of the valve body 110 is defined (see FIG. 58). At this time, the force valve stopper 257 that receives the reaction force in the backward direction (upward in FIG. 58) of the rotor shaft 127 is in point contact with the cover plate 123, so the rotor of the step motor 108 with respect to the stator 113 The reverse movement of the shaft 127 to the side opposite to the valve body (upward movement in FIG. 58) is restricted. The cover plate 123 corresponds to a member that comes into contact with the end of the rotor shaft 127 in the axial movement direction when the step motor 108 is closed.
[0223] 上記した ISCバルブ 51 (図 57参照)によると、ステップモータ 108のロータシャフト 1 27により弁体 110が作動されることでバイパス通路 70が開閉される。そして、ステップ モータ 108の開作動時におけるロータシャフト 127の前方(図 57において下方)への 軸移動が、そのロータシャフト 127の前端部のバルブストッパ部 256と弁体 110との 当接によって規制される(図 59参照)。このため、ステップモータ 108の開作動時に おけるロータシャフト 127の軸移動に起因するステップモータ 108の作動不良を防止 あるいは低減することができる。 According to the ISC valve 51 (see FIG. 57) described above, the bypass passage 70 is opened and closed by operating the valve body 110 by the rotor shaft 127 of the step motor 108. Further, the shaft movement of the rotor shaft 127 forward (downward in FIG. 57) during the opening operation of the step motor 108 is restricted by the contact between the valve stopper portion 256 at the front end portion of the rotor shaft 127 and the valve body 110. (See Figure 59). For this reason, it is possible to prevent or reduce the malfunction of the step motor 108 due to the axial movement of the rotor shaft 127 when the step motor 108 is opened.
[0224] また、ステップモータ 108の開作動時におけるロータシャフト 127のバルブストッパ 部 256と弁体 110との当接により、 ISCバルブ 51の全開位置でステップモータ 108の イニシャライズを行なうことができる。このことは、例えば、エンジンの始動にバッテリを 使わない二輪車 (バッテリレス車と呼ばれる。 )における ISCバルブ 51の制御に対応 することができる。すなわち、ノ ッテリレス車では、通常、エンジンを停止したときにバ ッテリで ISCバルブ 51の全閉位置でステップモータ 108のイニシャライズを行なわな ければならないのに対し、本実施例の ISCバルブ 51によると、エンジンを始動しなが ら ISCバルブ 51の全開位置でステップモータ 108のイニシャライズを行なうことができ るため、バッテリレス車における ISCバルブ 51の制御に対応することができる。 [0224] Further, the valve stopper of the rotor shaft 127 when the step motor 108 is opened. The step motor 108 can be initialized at the fully opened position of the ISC valve 51 by the contact between the part 256 and the valve body 110. This can correspond to, for example, control of the ISC valve 51 in a two-wheeled vehicle (called a battery-less vehicle) that does not use a battery to start the engine. In other words, in the case of a battery with no battery, normally, when the engine is stopped, the ISC valve 51 must be fully closed when the ISC valve 51 is fully closed. Since the step motor 108 can be initialized at the fully opened position of the ISC valve 51 while starting the engine, it is possible to cope with the control of the ISC valve 51 in a battery-less vehicle.
[0225] また、ステップモータ 108の閉作動時におけるロータシャフト 127の後方(図 58にお いて上方)への軸移動力 そのロータシャフト 127の後端部のバルブストッパ部 257と カバープレート 123との当接によって規制される(図 60参照)。このため、ステップモ ータ 108の閉作動時におけるロータシャフト 127の軸移動に起因するステップモータ 108の作動不良を防止あるいは低減することができる。 [0225] Further, the axial moving force of the rotor shaft 127 to the rear (upward in Fig. 58) during the closing operation of the step motor 108 is caused between the valve stopper 257 at the rear end of the rotor shaft 127 and the cover plate 123. Regulated by contact (see Figure 60). For this reason, it is possible to prevent or reduce the malfunction of the step motor 108 due to the axial movement of the rotor shaft 127 when the step motor 108 is closed.
また、ステップモータ 108の閉作動時におけるロータシャフト 127のバルブストッパ 部 257とカノく一プレート 123との当接により、 ISCバルブ 51の全開位置でステップモ ータ 108のイニシャライズを行なうことができる。 Further, the step motor 108 can be initialized at the fully open position of the ISC valve 51 by the contact between the valve stopper portion 257 of the rotor shaft 127 and the canopy plate 123 when the step motor 108 is closed.
[0226] また、ステップモータ 108のイニシャライズを、 ISCバルブ 51の全開位置と全閉位置 との両方の位置で行なうことができる。このため、一機種のステップモータ 108で、い ずれの位置でのイニシャライズに対応することができる。 [0226] Further, the step motor 108 can be initialized at both the fully open position and the fully closed position of the ISC valve 51. Therefore, one type of step motor 108 can be initialized at any position.
[0227] また、ステップモータ 108の開作動時におけるロータシャフト 127の前方(図 57にお いて下方)への軸移動を、そのロータシャフト 127の前端部のバルブストッパ部 256と 弁体 110との点接触状の当接によって規制することができる(図 59参照)。このため、 ロータシャフト 127と弁体 110との間の摺動抵抗を低減することができる。ちなみに、 ロータシャフト 127の前端部のバルブストッパ部 256と、弁体 110の凹孔 254内の底 面部 254cとによるロック状態を解除するために必要なロック解除トルク T1は、全開側 へロータシャフト 127を軸移動させるトルクを F、両者間の摩擦係数を 1、両者間の 当接しあう半径を rlとすると、半径 rlはバルブストッパ部 256と弁体 110の凹孔 254 内の底面部 254cとの点接触状の当接であるため、 rl ^O (ゼロ)となるため、 Tl =F ;z l Xrl = 0 [0227] Further, when the step motor 108 is opened, the rotor shaft 127 is moved forward (downward in Fig. 57) between the valve stopper 256 and the valve body 110 at the front end of the rotor shaft 127. It can be regulated by point contact type contact (see Fig. 59). For this reason, the sliding resistance between the rotor shaft 127 and the valve body 110 can be reduced. Incidentally, the unlocking torque T1 necessary for releasing the locked state by the valve stopper portion 256 at the front end portion of the rotor shaft 127 and the bottom surface portion 254c in the concave hole 254 of the valve body 110 is the rotor shaft 127 to the fully open side. Is F, the coefficient of friction between the two is 1, and the radius between the two is rl, the radius rl is the distance between the valve stopper 256 and the bottom surface 254c in the concave hole 254 of the valve body 110. Because it is a point contact abutment, rl ^ O (zero), so Tl = F; zl Xrl = 0
となる。したがって、ロック解除トルク Tlが小さくて済むため、全開位置からスムーズ に閉作動することができる。なお、弁体 110の凹孔 254内の底面部 254cに凸型球面 状のバルブストツパ部を設け、そのバルブストッパ部にロータシャフト 127の前端面を 点接触状に当接させてもよい。 It becomes. Accordingly, since the unlocking torque Tl is small, the closing operation can be smoothly performed from the fully opened position. A convex spherical valve stopper portion may be provided on the bottom surface portion 254c in the concave hole 254 of the valve body 110, and the front end surface of the rotor shaft 127 may be brought into point contact with the valve stopper portion.
[0228] また、ステップモータ 108の閉作動時におけるロータシャフト 127の後方(図 58にお いて上方)への軸移動を、そのロータシャフト 127の後端部のバルブストッパ部 257と カバープレート 123との点接触状の当接によって規制することができる(図 60参照)。 このため、ロータシャフト 127とカバープレート 123との間の摺動抵抗を低減すること ができる。このときのロック解除トルクも、前記開作動時のロック解除トルク T1と同様に 小さくて済むため、全閉位置からスムーズに開作動することができる。なお、カバープ レート 123に凸型球面状のバルブストツパ部を設け、そのバルブストッパ部にロータシ ャフト 127の後端面を点接触状に当接させてもよい。 Further, when the step motor 108 is closed, the shaft movement of the rotor shaft 127 to the rear (upward in FIG. 58) is caused by the valve stopper 257 and the cover plate 123 at the rear end of the rotor shaft 127. It can be regulated by the point contact type contact (see Fig. 60). For this reason, the sliding resistance between the rotor shaft 127 and the cover plate 123 can be reduced. Since the unlocking torque at this time can be small like the unlocking torque T1 at the time of the opening operation, the opening operation can be smoothly performed from the fully closed position. The cover plate 123 may be provided with a convex spherical valve stopper portion, and the rear end surface of the rotor shaft 127 may be brought into contact with the valve stopper portion in a point contact manner.
[0229] また、ステップモータ 108のステータ 113に対して、ロータシャフト 127がー対のドラ ィベアリング 124, 125により回転可能に支持されている(図 57参照)。したがって、口 ータシャフト 127を支持する軸受として、転がり軸受に比べて安価なドライベアリング 1 24, 125を用いることにより、 ISCバルブ 51の低コスト化を図ることができる。 [0229] Further, a rotor shaft 127 is rotatably supported by a pair of dry bearings 124, 125 with respect to the stator 113 of the step motor 108 (see FIG. 57). Therefore, the cost of the ISC valve 51 can be reduced by using dry bearings 124, 125 that are cheaper than rolling bearings as bearings for supporting the shaft 127.
[0230] また、滑り軸受がドライベアリング 124, 125であるので、給油の必要がない。 [0230] Further, since the sliding bearings are the dry bearings 124, 125, there is no need for refueling.
[0231] また、ステップモータ 108の金属部すなわちモータハウジング 112の底板部 112a にドライベアリング 125を精度良く配置することができる。 In addition, the dry bearing 125 can be accurately arranged on the metal portion of the step motor 108, that is, the bottom plate portion 112a of the motor housing 112.
[0232] また、ステップモータ 108の榭脂部すなわちボビン 115の端板部 119にドライべァリ ング 124を容易に配置することができる。 [0232] In addition, the driving 124 can be easily disposed on the grease portion of the step motor 108, that is, the end plate portion 119 of the bobbin 115.
[0233] また、前記したエンジンの補助吸気量制御装置 51A (図 57参照)によると、ステップ モータ 108の開作動時及び閉作動時におけるロータシャフト 127の軸移動に起因す るステップモータ 108の作動不良を防止あるいは低減することのできる ISCバルブ 51 により、バイパス通路 70を流れる補助吸気量を制御することができる。 Further, according to the auxiliary intake air amount control device 51A (see FIG. 57) of the engine described above, the operation of the step motor 108 caused by the axial movement of the rotor shaft 127 during the opening operation and the closing operation of the step motor 108. The amount of auxiliary intake air flowing through the bypass passage 70 can be controlled by the ISC valve 51 that can prevent or reduce defects.
[0234] また、前記したエンジンの吸気装置 1 (図 7参照)によると、補助吸気量制御装置 51 Aをデバイスブロック 50にモジュール化してなるデバイスユニット 3を、スロットルボデ 一 2に着脱可能又は着脱不能に設けることができる。 [0234] Further, according to the intake device 1 (see Fig. 7) of the engine described above, the device unit 3 formed by modularizing the auxiliary intake air amount control device 51A into the device block 50 is connected to the throttle body. 1. It can be detachable or non-detachable.
[0235] また、スロットルボデ一 2とデバイスユニット 3との協働によりバイパス通路 70を容易 に形成することができる(図 6参照)。 [0235] Further, the bypass passage 70 can be easily formed by the cooperation of the throttle body 2 and the device unit 3 (see Fig. 6).
[0236] また、スロットルボデ一 2に対してデバイスブロック 50が締結用ボルト 45 (図 1及び 図 2参照)により着脱可能に締結されているので、必要に応じて締結用ボルト 45を取 り外すことにより、スロットルボデ一 2からデバイスブロック 50を分離させることができる 。このため、スロットルボデ一 2及びデバイスブロック 50のメンテナンスを容易に行うこ とがでさる。 [0236] Since the device block 50 is detachably fastened to the throttle body 2 with fastening bolts 45 (see Figs. 1 and 2), the fastening bolts 45 are removed as necessary. As a result, the device block 50 can be separated from the throttle body 2. Therefore, maintenance of the throttle body 2 and the device block 50 can be easily performed.
[0237] 本発明の [課題を解決するための手段 1]は前記実施例に限定されるものではなぐ 本発明の要旨を逸脱しない範囲における変更が可能である。例えば、本発明のデバ イスユニット 3及びエンジンの吸気装置 1は、二輪車に採用されているエンジン以外 のエンジンにも適用することが可能である。また、デバイスユニット 3は、スロットルボデ 一 2以外の空気通路形成部材に設置することができる。また、スロットルボデ一 2にデ バイスブロック 50を着脱可能に設けた力 スロットルボデ一 2にデバイスブロック 50を 着脱不能に設けることもできる。また、デバイスユニット 3は、デバイスブロック 50に少 なくとも 1つのデバイス部品がモジュールィ匕されたものであればよい。 [0237] [Means for Solving the Problem 1] of the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiment. Modifications can be made without departing from the gist of the present invention. For example, the device unit 3 and the engine intake device 1 of the present invention can be applied to an engine other than the engine employed in a motorcycle. The device unit 3 can be installed in an air passage forming member other than the throttle body 2. In addition, the device block 50 can be provided in the throttle body 2 so that the device block 50 cannot be attached or detached. In addition, the device unit 3 may be any device in which at least one device component is modularized in the device block 50.
[0238] また、デバイスブロック 50に対するデバイスカバー 60の榭脂溶着は、レーザー溶着 に限らず、熱板を使用した溶着いわゆる熱板溶着、振動による溶着いわゆる振動溶 着、抵抗線を使用する溶着いわゆる抵抗線溶着に代えることができる。また、前記実 施例では、デバイスブロック 50及びデバイスカバー 60並びにセンサロータ 143を同 材質の榭脂材で形成したが、それらのうち少なくとも 1つの部材はその他の榭脂材で 形成してもよい。また、接触式のスロットルポジションセンサ 52に代え、非接触式のス ロットルポジションセンサを採用することもできる。 [0238] Also, the resin welding of the device cover 60 to the device block 50 is not limited to laser welding, so-called hot plate welding using a hot plate, so-called vibration welding using vibration, or so-called welding using a resistance wire. It can be replaced with resistance wire welding. In the above embodiment, the device block 50, the device cover 60, and the sensor rotor 143 are formed of the same material, but at least one of them may be formed of another resin. . Further, in place of the contact type throttle position sensor 52, a non-contact type throttle position sensor may be employed.
[0239] また、 ISCバルブ 51のァクチユエータとしては、前記実施例のステップモータ 108 に代えて、 DCモータ、ブラシレスモータ、電磁ソレノイド等を採用することができる。ま た、デバイスブロック 50とセンサロータ 143との間に設けたウェーブヮッシャ 145は、 皿ばね、コイルスプリング、ゴム状弹性材等に代えることができる。また、前記実施例 において、全周に亘つて連続的に形成した当接部 200, 210, 214は、周方向に断 続的に形成することもできる。また、圧力取入口 38は、 2個に限らず、 1個あるいは 3 個以上とすることができる。 [0239] Further, as the actuator of the ISC valve 51, a DC motor, a brushless motor, an electromagnetic solenoid, or the like can be employed instead of the step motor 108 of the above embodiment. Further, the wave washer 145 provided between the device block 50 and the sensor rotor 143 can be replaced with a disc spring, a coil spring, a rubber-like elastic material, or the like. In the embodiment, the contact portions 200, 210, 214 formed continuously over the entire circumference are cut in the circumferential direction. It can also be formed continuously. Further, the number of pressure intakes 38 is not limited to two, but may be one or three or more.
[0240] 本発明の [課題を解決するための手段 2]は前記実施例に限定されるものではなぐ 本発明の要旨を逸脱しない範囲における変更が可能である。例えば、本発明のデバ イスユニット 3及びエンジンの吸気装置 1は、二輪車に採用されているエンジン以外 のエンジンにも適用することが可能である。また、デバイスユニット 3は、スロットルボデ 一 2以外の空気通路形成部材に設置することができる。また、スロットルボデ一 2にデ バイスブロック 50を着脱可能に設けた力 スロットルボデ一 2にデバイスブロック 50を 着脱不能に設けることもできる。また、デバイスユニット 3は、デバイスブロック 50に少 なくとも 2つのデバイス部品がモジュールィ匕されたものであればよい。 [0240] [Means for Solving the Problem 2] of the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiment, and can be modified without departing from the gist of the present invention. For example, the device unit 3 and the engine intake device 1 of the present invention can be applied to an engine other than the engine employed in a motorcycle. The device unit 3 can be installed in an air passage forming member other than the throttle body 2. In addition, the device block 50 can be provided in the throttle body 2 so that the device block 50 cannot be attached or detached. The device unit 3 may be any device unit in which at least two device components are modularized in the device block 50.
[0241] また、デバイスブロック 50に対するデバイスカバー 60の榭脂溶着は、レーザー溶着 に限らず、熱板を使用した溶着いわゆる熱板溶着、振動による溶着いわゆる振動溶 着、抵抗線を使用する溶着いわゆる抵抗線溶着に代えることができる。また、デバイ スブロック 50に対するデバイスカバー 60の榭脂溶着に代えて、接着剤による接着、 ねじ止め、クリップ止め、スナップフィット結合等に代えることができる。また、接触式の スロットルポジションセンサ 52に代え、非接触式のスロットルポジションセンサを採用 することちでさる。 [0241] Also, the resin welding of the device cover 60 to the device block 50 is not limited to laser welding, so-called hot plate welding using a hot plate, so-called vibration welding using vibration, so-called vibration welding, or so-called welding using a resistance wire. It can be replaced with resistance wire welding. Further, instead of the resin cover welding of the device cover 60 to the device block 50, it can be replaced with adhesive bonding, screwing, clipping, snap-fit bonding, or the like. Instead of the contact type throttle position sensor 52, a non-contact type throttle position sensor can be used.
[0242] また、 ISCバルブ 51のァクチユエータとしては、前記実施例のステップモータ 108 に代えて、 DCモータ、ブラシレスモータ、電磁ソレノイド等を採用することができる。ま た、デバイスブロック 50とセンサロータ 143との間に設けたウェーブヮッシャ 145は、 皿ばね、コイルスプリング、ゴム状弹性材等に代えることができる。また、圧力取入口 38は、 2個に限らず、 1個あるいは 3個以上とすることができる。また、複数のデバイス 部品をスロットルバルブ 14の回動軸線 9L方向(図 3において左右方向)に重合状態 で配置することもできる。また、モータ嵌合部 72の各線条突起 220は省略することが できる。また、モータ嵌合部 72の各線条突起 220の斜面 221は省略することができる 。また、弁体嵌合部 74の各線状突起 234は省略することができる。また、弁体嵌合部 74のテーパ部 231及び Z又は小径部 232は省略することができる。 [0242] Further, as the actuator of the ISC valve 51, a DC motor, a brushless motor, an electromagnetic solenoid, or the like can be employed in place of the step motor 108 of the above embodiment. Further, the wave washer 145 provided between the device block 50 and the sensor rotor 143 can be replaced with a disc spring, a coil spring, a rubber-like elastic material, or the like. Further, the pressure inlet 38 is not limited to two, but may be one or three or more. It is also possible to arrange a plurality of device parts in a superposed state in the direction of the axis 9L of the throttle valve 14 (left and right in FIG. 3). Further, each linear protrusion 220 of the motor fitting portion 72 can be omitted. Further, the slope 221 of each linear protrusion 220 of the motor fitting portion 72 can be omitted. Further, each linear protrusion 234 of the valve body fitting portion 74 can be omitted. Further, the tapered portion 231 and Z or the small diameter portion 232 of the valve body fitting portion 74 can be omitted.
[0243] 本発明の [課題を解決するための手段 3]は前記実施例に限定されるものではなぐ 本発明の要旨を逸脱しない範囲における変更が可能である。例えば、本発明のデバ イスユニット 3及びエンジンの吸気装置 1は、二輪車に採用されているエンジン以外 のエンジンにも適用することが可能である。また、デバイスユニット 3は、スロットルボデ 一 2以外の空気通路形成部材に設置することができる。また、スロットルボデ一 2にデ バイスブロック 50を着脱可能に設けた力 スロットルボデ一 2にデバイスブロック 50を 着脱不能に設けることもできる。また、デバイスユニット 3は、デバイスブロック 50に少 なくとも 1つのデバイス部品がモジュールィ匕されたものであればよい。 [Means for Solving the Problem 3] of the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiment. Modifications can be made without departing from the scope of the present invention. For example, the device unit 3 and the engine intake device 1 of the present invention can be applied to an engine other than the engine employed in a motorcycle. The device unit 3 can be installed in an air passage forming member other than the throttle body 2. In addition, the device block 50 can be provided in the throttle body 2 so that the device block 50 cannot be attached or detached. In addition, the device unit 3 may be any device in which at least one device component is modularized in the device block 50.
[0244] また、デバイスブロック 50に対するデバイスカバー 60の榭脂溶着は、レーザー溶着 に限らず、熱板を使用した溶着いわゆる熱板溶着、振動による溶着いわゆる振動溶 着、抵抗線を使用する溶着いわゆる抵抗線溶着に代えることができる。また、デバイ スブロック 50に対するデバイスカバー 60の榭脂溶着に代えて、接着剤による接着、 ねじ止め、クリップ止め、スナップフィット結合等に代えることができる。また、接触式の スロットルポジションセンサ 52に代え、非接触式のスロットルポジションセンサを採用 することちでさる。 [0244] The resin welding of the device cover 60 to the device block 50 is not limited to laser welding, so-called hot plate welding using a hot plate, so-called vibration welding using vibration, or so-called welding using a resistance wire. It can be replaced with resistance wire welding. Further, instead of the resin cover welding of the device cover 60 to the device block 50, it can be replaced with adhesive bonding, screwing, clipping, snap-fit bonding, or the like. Instead of the contact type throttle position sensor 52, a non-contact type throttle position sensor can be used.
[0245] また、 ISCバルブ 51のァクチユエータとしては、前記実施例のステップモータ 108 に代えて、 DCモータ、ブラシレスモータ、電磁ソレノイド等を採用することができる。ま た、デバイスブロック 50とセンサロータ 143との間に設けたウェーブヮッシャ 145は、 皿ばね、コイルスプリング、ゴム状弹性材等に代えることができる。また、圧力取入口 38は、 2個に限らず、 1個あるいは 3個以上とすることができる。 [0245] Further, as the actuator of the ISC valve 51, a DC motor, a brushless motor, an electromagnetic solenoid, or the like can be employed instead of the step motor 108 of the above-described embodiment. Further, the wave washer 145 provided between the device block 50 and the sensor rotor 143 can be replaced with a disc spring, a coil spring, a rubber-like elastic material, or the like. Further, the pressure inlet 38 is not limited to two, but may be one or three or more.
[0246] また、開作動時の軸移動規制機構 250と閉作動時の軸移動規制機構 252のいず れか一方の軸移動規制機構は省略することが可能である。また、前記実施例では、 一対の軸受にドライベアリング 124, 125を用いたが、その少なくとも一方の軸受には 、流体潤滑タイプの滑り軸受、境界潤滑タイプの滑り軸受、涸渴潤滑タイプの滑り軸 受を用いたり、あるいは、ボールベアリング、ニードルベアリング等の転がり軸受を用 いたりすることができる。また、ドライベアリング 124は、ステップモータ 108の榭脂部( ボビン 115の端板部 119)に代えて、金属部に設けることができる。また、ドライべァリ ング 125は、ステップモータ 108の金属部(モータハウジング 112の底板部 112a)に 代えて、榭脂部に設けることができる。 また、前記実施例では、弁体 110とロータシャフト 127とを点接触状に当接させたが 、弁体 110とロータシャフト 127とを面接触させることもできる。また、前記実施例では 、カバープレート 123とロータシャフト 127とを点接触状に当接させた力 そのカバー プレート 123とロータシャフト 127とを面接触させることもできる。また、両ドライべァリ ング 124, 125には、金属製に代えて、榭脂製のものを用いることができる。 [0246] Further, either one of the shaft movement restriction mechanism 250 during the opening operation and the shaft movement restriction mechanism 252 during the closing operation can be omitted. In the above-described embodiment, the dry bearings 124 and 125 are used as a pair of bearings. However, at least one of the bearings includes a fluid lubrication type sliding bearing, a boundary lubrication type sliding bearing, and a タ イ プ lubrication type sliding shaft. A bearing can be used, or a rolling bearing such as a ball bearing or a needle bearing can be used. Further, the dry bearing 124 can be provided in a metal portion instead of the grease portion of the step motor 108 (end plate portion 119 of the bobbin 115). Further, the driving 125 can be provided in the grease portion instead of the metal portion of the step motor 108 (the bottom plate portion 112a of the motor housing 112). In the above embodiment, the valve body 110 and the rotor shaft 127 are brought into contact with each other in a point contact manner, but the valve body 110 and the rotor shaft 127 can also be brought into surface contact. Further, in the above-described embodiment, the force by which the cover plate 123 and the rotor shaft 127 are brought into contact with each other in a point contact manner can also bring the cover plate 123 and the rotor shaft 127 into surface contact. Further, as the both drying 124 and 125, those made of resin can be used instead of metal.
Claims
Applications Claiming Priority (6)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2006-176895 | 2006-06-27 | ||
| JP2006176895A JP4607058B2 (en) | 2006-06-27 | 2006-06-27 | Throttle body device unit and engine intake system |
| JP2006-176890 | 2006-06-27 | ||
| JP2006176890A JP4607057B2 (en) | 2006-06-27 | 2006-06-27 | Throttle body device unit, cover welding method thereof, and engine intake system |
| JP2006-191598 | 2006-07-12 | ||
| JP2006191598A JP4877759B2 (en) | 2006-07-12 | 2006-07-12 | Flow control valve, auxiliary intake air amount control device for engine, and intake device |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2008001583A1 true WO2008001583A1 (en) | 2008-01-03 |
Family
ID=38845353
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/JP2007/061279 Ceased WO2008001583A1 (en) | 2006-06-27 | 2007-06-04 | Device unit for throttle body |
Country Status (1)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| WO (1) | WO2008001583A1 (en) |
Cited By (6)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| FR2987950A1 (en) * | 2012-03-07 | 2013-09-13 | Bosch Gmbh Robert | ELECTRIC MACHINE FOR MOTORIZED ACTING OF THE MOBILE PARTS OF A VEHICLE AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME |
| CN105612409A (en) * | 2013-11-14 | 2016-05-25 | 日立汽车系统株式会社 | Flow Sensors |
| TWI554678B (en) * | 2015-12-01 | 2016-10-21 | Kwang Yang Motor Co | Engine throttle body structure |
| IT201700060141A1 (en) * | 2017-06-01 | 2018-12-01 | Magneti Marelli Spa | BUTTERFLY VALVE FOR AN INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE WITH A PRESSURE SENSOR AND A TEMPERATURE SENSOR |
| WO2020203007A1 (en) * | 2019-03-29 | 2020-10-08 | 株式会社不二工機 | Electric valve |
| CN113154114A (en) * | 2018-06-15 | 2021-07-23 | 杭州三花研究院有限公司 | Electric valve |
Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JPH0932588A (en) * | 1995-07-13 | 1997-02-04 | Robert Bosch Gmbh | Throttle valve adjustment unit |
| JP2001073828A (en) * | 1999-09-03 | 2001-03-21 | Honda Motor Co Ltd | Engine intake system |
| JP2004358697A (en) * | 2003-06-02 | 2004-12-24 | Denso Corp | Method of manufacturing resin product |
| JP2005106779A (en) * | 2003-10-02 | 2005-04-21 | Aisan Ind Co Ltd | Rotation angle sensor |
-
2007
- 2007-06-04 WO PCT/JP2007/061279 patent/WO2008001583A1/en not_active Ceased
Patent Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JPH0932588A (en) * | 1995-07-13 | 1997-02-04 | Robert Bosch Gmbh | Throttle valve adjustment unit |
| JP2001073828A (en) * | 1999-09-03 | 2001-03-21 | Honda Motor Co Ltd | Engine intake system |
| JP2004358697A (en) * | 2003-06-02 | 2004-12-24 | Denso Corp | Method of manufacturing resin product |
| JP2005106779A (en) * | 2003-10-02 | 2005-04-21 | Aisan Ind Co Ltd | Rotation angle sensor |
Cited By (14)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| FR2987950A1 (en) * | 2012-03-07 | 2013-09-13 | Bosch Gmbh Robert | ELECTRIC MACHINE FOR MOTORIZED ACTING OF THE MOBILE PARTS OF A VEHICLE AND METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THE SAME |
| CN105612409A (en) * | 2013-11-14 | 2016-05-25 | 日立汽车系统株式会社 | Flow Sensors |
| EP3070442A4 (en) * | 2013-11-14 | 2017-05-03 | Hitachi Automotive Systems, Ltd. | Flowrate sensor |
| US9778085B2 (en) | 2013-11-14 | 2017-10-03 | Hitachi Automotive Systems, Ltd. | Flow sensor with a protruding portion for height control and a cover for suppressing sinking of the cover during welding |
| CN105612409B (en) * | 2013-11-14 | 2018-11-23 | 日立汽车系统株式会社 | flow sensor |
| TWI554678B (en) * | 2015-12-01 | 2016-10-21 | Kwang Yang Motor Co | Engine throttle body structure |
| IT201700060141A1 (en) * | 2017-06-01 | 2018-12-01 | Magneti Marelli Spa | BUTTERFLY VALVE FOR AN INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE WITH A PRESSURE SENSOR AND A TEMPERATURE SENSOR |
| CN113154114A (en) * | 2018-06-15 | 2021-07-23 | 杭州三花研究院有限公司 | Electric valve |
| WO2020203007A1 (en) * | 2019-03-29 | 2020-10-08 | 株式会社不二工機 | Electric valve |
| CN113646568A (en) * | 2019-03-29 | 2021-11-12 | 株式会社不二工机 | Electric valve |
| JPWO2020203007A1 (en) * | 2019-03-29 | 2021-12-02 | 株式会社不二工機 | Electric valve |
| JP7175049B2 (en) | 2019-03-29 | 2022-11-18 | 株式会社不二工機 | electric valve |
| EP3951226A4 (en) * | 2019-03-29 | 2022-12-28 | Fujikoki Corporation | SOLENOID VALVE |
| US11906064B2 (en) | 2019-03-29 | 2024-02-20 | Fujikoki Corporation | Electric valve |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| WO2008001583A1 (en) | Device unit for throttle body | |
| US7770557B2 (en) | Throttle body, method of adjusting opening of opener, and method of manufacturing throttle body | |
| JP4289303B2 (en) | Intake control device for internal combustion engine | |
| JP3986850B2 (en) | Engine intake air amount control device | |
| JP4695929B2 (en) | Non-contact rotation angle detection device, manufacturing method thereof, and throttle valve control device using the same | |
| JP4093173B2 (en) | Throttle control device for internal combustion engine | |
| JP4860394B2 (en) | Sensor rotor for rotation angle sensor, throttle position sensor, device unit, and engine intake device | |
| JP4607057B2 (en) | Throttle body device unit, cover welding method thereof, and engine intake system | |
| CN112424460B (en) | Electronically controlled throttle device | |
| JP4877759B2 (en) | Flow control valve, auxiliary intake air amount control device for engine, and intake device | |
| JP6108303B2 (en) | Flow control device | |
| JP4920323B2 (en) | Engine auxiliary intake air amount control device and intake device | |
| JP3975065B2 (en) | Engine intake air amount control device for small vehicle | |
| JP4474080B2 (en) | Engine intake air amount control device | |
| JP4607058B2 (en) | Throttle body device unit and engine intake system | |
| JP4065115B2 (en) | Engine intake air amount control device | |
| JP3784679B2 (en) | Bypass intake air amount control device | |
| JP2008031964A (en) | Fuel injection device and intake device for engine | |
| JP4021168B2 (en) | Engine intake air amount control device | |
| WO2008001610A1 (en) | Air intake device for engine | |
| JP4818840B2 (en) | Engine intake system | |
| JP2004332635A (en) | Throttle control device | |
| JP2008128646A (en) | Rotating angle sensor and throttle device | |
| CN101194099A (en) | Flow control devices and air intake systems for engines | |
| JP2008101515A (en) | Intake control device for internal combustion engine |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 07767027 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: RU |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 07767027 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |